Push ButtonsTable of Contents 30.5 mm Push Buttons 0 • Bulletin 800T/800H .................................................................................................................... Page 10-2 22.5 mm Push Buttons 1 • Bulletin 800F .............................................................................................................................. Page 10-66 • Bulletin 800FC Configured Pendant Stations .......................................................................... Page 10-127 • Bulletin 800FD Monolithic .......................................................................................................... Page 10-140 • Bulletin 800M .............................................................................................................................. Web‡ 16 mm Push Buttons • Bulletin 800B .............................................................................................................................. Page 10-146 2 3 Specialty Push Buttons 4 Hazardous Location Push Buttons • Bulletin 800H Type 7 & 9 ............................................................................................................ Page 10-152 • Bulletin 800R .............................................................................................................................. Page 10-189 • Bulletin 800G .............................................................................................................................. Page 10-194 5 Touch/Palm Push Buttons • Bulletin 800P Palm Operated .................................................................................................... Page 10-210 • Bulletin 800Z Zero-Force™........................................................................................................ Page 10-214 6 Miscellaneous Push Buttons • Bulletin 800L Indicators ............................................................................................................ Page 10-221 7 • Bulletin 800H Security Stations ................................................................................................ Web‡ • Bulletin 800S Stations ................................................................................................................ Page 10-223 ‡ Information for this product line is available on the Industrial Controls Catalog website: www.ab.com/catalogs. 8 9 10 11 12 13 www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-1 Bulletin 800T/H 30.5 mm Push Buttons Product Overview Bulletin 800T/800H 30.5 mm Push Buttons Table of Contents 0 30.5 mm mounting hole Type 4/13 watertight/oiltight (Bul. 800T) Type 4/4X/13 corrosion-resistant/watertight/oiltight (Bul. 800H) Heavy industrial stations and operators See below. 1 Description Standards Compliance The Allen-Bradley Bulletin 800T and 800H 30.5 mm push button product lines are in a class by themselves. They are designed and constructed to perform in the most demanding industrial environments. In terms of sealing and switching performance, you will not find a more dependable push button offering. Allen-Bradley delivers more styles and options of operator types and contact blocks, offering flexibility to meet the most demanding specifications in the world’s toughest industrial environments. UL 508 2 Design innovation is key to the performance advantage provided in the Bulletin 800T and 800H offerings. New in this catalog are the Trigger Action E-Stop operators, the new standard bearer in a tamperresistant design. Also new is the Universal LED Illumination option that accepts a wide 12…130V AC/DC voltage input. This is compatible with all illuminated operator types, allows retrofitting in existing installations, and incorporates super bright LED technology. 3 4 CCC Certifications UL Listed (File No. E14840, E10314 Guide No. NKCR, NOIV) CSA Certified (File No. LR1234, LR11924) CSA C22.2, No. 14 EN/IEC: 60947-5-1 TABLE OF CONTENTS 5 6 7 8 9 10 Description Page Specifications ......................................................................................... 10-3 Assembled Stations .............................................................................. 10-5 DeviceNet Stations ................................................................................ 10-6 Trigger Action E-Stops ........................................................................ 10-7 Push Buttons, Momentary Non-Illuminated....................................................................................... 10-9 Illuminated................................................................................................. 10-10 Non-Illuminated — with Two-Color Molded Legend Cap ...... 10-11 Selector Switches, Non-Illuminated 2-Position .................................................................................................. 10-12 3-Position .................................................................................................. 10-14 4-Position .................................................................................................. 10-16 Selector Switches, Illuminated 2-Position .................................................................................................. 10-18 3-Position .................................................................................................. 10-19 Pilot Light Devices ................................................................................ 10-20 Emergency Stop Operators Push-Pull, Non-Illuminated 2-Position................................................................................................ 10-21 3-Position................................................................................................ 10-22 Push-Pull, Illuminated 2-Position................................................................................................ 10-23 3-Position................................................................................................ 10-24 11 Description Page Specialty Operators Potentiometer .......................................................................................... 10-25 Mechanically Interlocked Push Button .......................................... 10-25 Cluster Pilot Light................................................................................... 10-26 18 mm Small Pilot Light ...................................................................... 10-27 1-, 2-, 3-, 4-Way Toggle Switch ....................................................... 10-28 Selector Push Button............................................................................ 10-29 Cylinder Lock Push Button ................................................................ 10-30 Padlocking Mushroom Head ............................................................. 10-30 Wobble Stick ............................................................................................ 10-30 Flip Lever Operator................................................................................ 10-31 Break-Glass Push Button Station.................................................... 10-32 Custom-Built Stations.......................................................................... 10-33 Enclosures ................................................................................................. 10-33 Accessories Contact Blocks........................................................................................ 10-35 Power Modules and Universal LED Module ................................ 10-36 Replacement Color Caps.................................................................... 10-37 Selector Switch Knobs......................................................................... 10-38 Protective Boots ..................................................................................... 10-39 Push Buttons & Miscellaneous ......................................................... 10-40 Locking Attachments............................................................................ 10-42 Guards ........................................................................................................ 10-44 Replacement Lamps ............................................................................. 10-45 Replacement Keys................................................................................. 10-46 Legend Plates.......................................................................................... 10-47 Approximate Dimensions & Shipping Weights........................ 10-53 Typical Pilot Light Wiring Diagram ................................................ 10-65 12 13 www.ab.com/catalogs 10-2 Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P Bulletin 800T/H 30.5 mm Push Buttons Specifications Specifications1 Electrical Ratings Refer to the contact ratings tables on page 10-4. 2200V for one minute, 1300V for one minute (Logic Reed) 1 000 000 at max. rated load, 200 000 at max. rated load (Logic Reed) Contact ratings Dielectric strength Electrical design life cycles Mechanical Ratings 10…2000 Hz, 1.52 mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max./ 10 G max. (except Logic Reed) 1/2 cycle sine wave for 11 ms ≥ 25 G (contact fragility) and no damage at 100 G Type 1/4/12/13 (800T); Type 1/4/4X/12/13 (800H); EN/IEC 60529 IP66/65 Vibration Shock Degree of protection Mechanical design life cycles Push buttons Selector switches 0 (Momentary, non-illuminated) (Momentary, illuminated) (Push-pull/twist-to-release) (Non-illuminated) (Illuminated, key-operated) 10 000 000 min. 250 000 min. 250 000 min. 1 000 000 min. 200 000 min. 25 000 min. 200 000 min. Shallow, mini, and low-voltage contact blocks: Slow, double make and break Logic Reed and sealed switch contact blocks: Single break magnetic #18…14 AWG (#18…10 Max Duty) / 6…8 lb•in Potentiometers All other devices Contact operation Wire gauge/Terminal screw torque Typical operating forces Operators without contact blocks Spring return selector switches Illuminated push buttons and push-to-test pilot lights 2-position push-pull 3-position push-pull Twist-to-release or push-pull Potentiometer Standard Logic Reed Sealed switch Contact blocks Stackable sealed switch MaxDuty PenTUFF Self Monitoring Operating Storage Note: Operating temperatures below freezing are based on the absence of moisture and liquids. Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for use in lower temperature applications. Temperature range 1 2 3 Flush, extended button, standard mushroom, jumbo plastic mushroom: 2 lbs max. Jumbo and extended aluminum mushroom head: 3.95 lbs max. Maintained selector switch: 3.6 in•lb max. 3.6 in•lb to stop, 0.2 in•lb to return 5 lb max. 8.0 lb max. push or pull 8 lb max. push to in position or pull to center position (15 lb max. pull to out position) 9 lbs max. push or pull 30 in•oz max. twist, 6 in•oz minimum return Rotational torque 3…12 in•oz; stopping torque 12 in•lb (minimum) 1 lb 1 lb max. 3 lb max. at 0.205 in. plunger travel 1 lb max. 1.4 lb max. 1.4 lb max. 1.6 lb Environment -40…+131 °F (-40…+55 °C) -40…+185 °F (-40…+85 °C) 50…95% RH from 77…140 °F (25…60 °C) per Procedure IV of MIL-STD-810C, Method 507.1 cycling test Humidity 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 Performance Data — See Important- 3. 10 11 12 13 www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-3 Bulletin 800T/H 30.5 mm Push Buttons Specifications PenTUFF™ (Low Voltage) Contact Ratings Standard Contact Ratings 0 1 Minimum: 24V, 24 mA th Maximum thermal continuous current I 10 A AC/2.5 A DC. Bulletin 800T units with 800T-XA contacts have ratings as follows: Max. Opertnl. Volts Ue Utilization Category AC 600 DC 600 2 Max. Opertnl. Volts Ue Rated Operational Currents IEC NEMA Volts Ue Make Break AC-15 A600 120…600 72…120 24…72 7200VA 60 A 60 A 720VA 720VA 10 A DC-13 Q600 Minimum DC: 5V, 1 mA Maximum thermal continuous current Ith 2.5 A AC/1.0 A DC. Bulletin 800T units with 800T-XAV contacts have ratings as follows: Utilization Category IEC Volts Ue Make Break 1800VA 15 A 180VA 1.5 A AC 300 AC-15 C300 120…300 0…120 DC 150 DC-13 R150 24…150 0…24 1 For applications below 24V/24 mA, PenTUFF or Logic Reed contacts are Snap Action Contact Ratings Contact Rating Designation Volts Ue Make Break Minimum: 5V, 1 mA AC 300 A300 120…300 24…72 7200VA 60 A 720VA 10 A Maximum continuous current Ith 5 A. Bulletin 800T units have control circuit ratings with sealed switch contact blocks as follows: DC 250 — 230…250 115…125 Max. Opertnl. Volts Ue Utilization Category IEC Rated Operational Currents Volts Ue Make Break MaxDuty Contact Rating 3600VA 30 A 360VA 3A Maximum thermal continuous current Ith 24 A. Pilot Duty — 120V AC, 12 A; 24V DC, 10 A Motor Ratings — 120V AC, 1.5 Hp; 240V AC, 3 Hp; 24V DC, 10 A FLA/60 A LRA AC 600 AC-15 B600 120…600 0…120 DC 300 DC-13 P300 24…300 0…24 138VA 5.0 A Time Delay Contacts Stackable Sealed Switch Contact Ratings Minimum: 5V, 10 mA (digital); 24V, 1 mA (analog) Maximum continuous current Ith 2.5 A. Bulletin 800T units have control circuit ratings with sealed switch contact blocks as follows: Max. Opertnl. Volts Ue 7 8 9 10 Utilization Category Max. Opertnl. Volts Ue AC 120 Contact Rating Designation B150 IEC NEMA Volts Ue Make Break AC 300 AC-15 C300 120…300 0…120 1800VA 15 A 180VA 1.5 A DC 150 DC-13 Q150 24…150 0…24 69VA 2.5 A Logic Reed Contact Ratings Minimum — DC: 5V, 1 mA Maximum — DC: 30V, 0.06 A, AC: 150V, 0.15 A Should only be used with resistive loads. Materials Used in 800H Type 4X Operators Thermoplastic Polyester (Fiberglass Reinforced) Bushings Mounting Rings Sockets Thermoplastic Polyester Transparent Amorphous Nylon Pilot light lens cap Illuminated button caps Thrust washer Mineral Filled Nylon Trim washer 13 Nitrile (Synthetic Rubber) Gaskets and internal seals www.ab.com/catalogs 10-4 120 Adjustment range: 0.5…15 s ± 25% Ith = 5 A Glass Filled Crystalline Nylon 12 Rated Operational Currents Volts Ue Note: This device is not rated for DC applications. Rated Operational Currents Non-illuminated button caps 11 0.2 A 0.4 A NEMA 5 6 Rated Operational Currents Max. Opertnl. Volts Ue Sealed Switch Contact Ratings 4 28VA 1.0 A 69VA 2.5 A 28…600 24…281 recommended. 3 Rated Operational Currents NEMA Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P Make 3600VA Break 360VA Cat. Example: Cat. 800H-1HA4T Booted Operator – Glass Polyester Cat. 800T-2TAR Booted Operator – Stainless Steel Cat. No.O. No. Two Push Buttons 1 N. No. 800H-1HA4R Type 4/13 Operator One Push Button Contact Symbol 1 N.C.ab. No.O. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-5 . 800H-1HB4TL. No. No. Add suffix L to the cat.1 Cat.C. Type 4/4X/13 Booted Operator – Stainless Steel Die Cast Aluminum Booted Operator – Glass Polyester Contact Action Button Type Button Color Legend Marking Cat. 800H-1HB4T becomes Cat. no.L. No.C. 1 N. 1 N. 1 N. Each Button One Pilot Light.O.1 Momentary Extended Red STOP 800T-1TA 800H-1HA4T 800H-1HA4R Momentary Flush Green START 800T-1TB 800H-1HB4T 800H-1HB4R Momentary Flush Black No Legend 800T-1TX 800H-1HX4T 800H-1HX4R Momentary Flush Extended Green Red START STOP 800T-2TA 800H-2HA4T 800H-2HA4R Momentary Flush Flush Black Black No Legend 800T-2TX 800H-2HX4T 800H-2HX4R Momentary 120V AC Flush Extended Red Green Red No Legend START STOP 800T-2TAR 800H-2HAR4T 800H-2HAR4R Momentary 120V AC Flush Flush Red Black Black No Legend 800T-2TXR 800H-2HXR4T 800H-2HXR4R Maintained Knob Lever Black with white insert HAND-OFFAUTO 800T-R3TA — — Maintained Knob Lever Black with white insert No Legend 800T-R3TX — — Maintained Push-Pull/Twist Red EMERG STOP 800T-1TYM — — Maintained Flush Extended Green Red START STOP 800T-2TAM 800H-2HAM4T 800H-2HAM4R Maintained Flush Flush Black Black No Legend 800T-2TXM 800H-2HXM4T 800H-2HXM4R 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 Boot material is chlorosulfonated polyethylene. Two Push Buttons 1 N. Supplied with yellow legend plate to comply with IEC 60947-5-5 and NFPA79 E-Stop standards that require yellow background. 9 10 11 12 13 www. No.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Two Push Buttons 1 N. are bold. Each Button 3-Position Selector Switch 1 N. 1 N.O.C.B. nos. 1 N. One Push Button 1 N.C.Bulletin 800T/H 30.C.O.5 mm Push Buttons Assembled Stations Product Selection Assembled Stations 0 1 2 Die Cast Aluminum Cat. for station with bootless operators. e. Q. 4-in and 2-out are assigned internally and up to 4 unassigned I/O points can be assigned to external connectors. If a 2-hole enclosure is selected. the operators must use Color/Text option C from Table d and it must be placed in the last hole position in the enclosure. 2-in/1-out is assigned to each hole position in the enclosure. Available for certain applications. This device contains up to two physical external I/O connectors. To be valid as an E-Stop. 2 unassigned I/O points can be assigned to the other connector. M. T and U receive only one contact block for the external E-Stop string. ‡ Operator Types K and L from Table c may be used as Emergency Stops. This allows for 6 A of switching or for two E-Stop strings.ab. key ss) c d (Hole Four c + d) e e Code Blank A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R T U V W X Y External I/O Version® Description No external I/O 1 input/1 output (sinking) 1 input/1 output (sourcing) 2 input 2 output (sinking) 2 output (sourcing) 1 E-stop block♣ 2 E-stop blocks♣ 2 input + 2 input 2 input + 2 output (sinking) 2 input + 2 output (sourcing) 1 input/1 output (sinking) + 1 E-stop block♣ 1 input/1 output (sourcing) + 1 E-stop block♣ 1 input/1 output (sinking) + 2 E-stop blocks♣ 1 input/1 output (sourcing) + 2 E-stop blocks♣ 2 input + 1 E-stop block♣ 2 input + 2 E-stop blocks♣ 2 output (sinking) + 1 E-stop block♣ 2 output (sourcing) + 1 E-stop block♣ 2 output (sinking) + 2 E-stop blocks♣ 2 output (sourcing) + 2 E-stop blocks♣ 2 input + 1 input/1 output (sinking) 2 input + 1 input/1 output (sourcing) Operator Types N and P from Table c must choose Color/Text option X from Table d. These versions receive two contact blocks. The “+” symbol in the Description field of Table e indicates that two external connectors exist. An E-Stop connector also must be chosen from Table e.com/catalogs 10-6 e 800T – Enclosure Style Grey Code A B C G Hole 2 a a Code V H Hole 1 800T – 4 5 e Preferred availability cat. please contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor. are bold. L. These connectors are rated to 3 A. If more than 3 A of current is needed or if there are two E-Stop strings. use External I/O Versions G. § Enclosure Style option G from Table b can only select one operator from Table c. ® This is an 8-in/4-out device. V. N. R. P. If an E-Stop connector is used.Bulletin 800T/H 30. and W. Valid options are K and L with E-Stop. ♣ External I/O Versions F. nos. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P .5 mm Push Buttons DeviceNet Stations DeviceNet Stations 0 TwoUnit 800T – Hole Hole Hole Hole 4 3 1 2 a b 1 2 3 ThreeUnit FourUnit c d (Hole One c + d) c d (Hole Two c + d) 6 b c d (Hole One c + d) c d (Hole Two c + d) c d (Hole Three c + d) a b c d (Hole One c + d) c d (Hole Two c + d) c d (Hole Three c + d) 7 d Orientation Description Vertical Horizontal b Description 2-hole 3-hole 4-hole E-stop only§ Yellow Code K L M N c 8 9 10 11 12 13 Operator Types Code Description A Non-illuminated flush (800T-A*) B Non-illuminated extended (800T-B*) C Non-illuminated mushroom (800T-D*) D Illuminated mushroom (800T-QM*) E Illuminated extended (800T-QB*) F Illuminated guarded (800T-QA*) G 2-position SS maintained (800T-H2*) H 3-position SS maintained (800T-J2*) J Enhanced pilot light (800T-QH*) Non-illuminated 2-position push/pull K (800T-FX*)‡ Non-illuminated push/pull twist-to-release L (800T-FXT*)‡ Illuminated 2-position push/pull M (800T-FXQH*) N 2-position key SS (800T-H33*) P 3-position key SS (800T-J44*) 2-position SS spring return from right Q (800T-H5*) 3-position SS spring return from all R (800T-J91*) Illuminated 2-position SS maintained T (800T-24H*H*) Illuminated 3-position SS maintained U (800T-24J*H*) Non-illuminated 3-position push/pull V (800T-FXM*) W Potentiometer Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F G H X Color/Text Description Green Black (non-illuminated only) Orange (non-illuminated only) Grey (non-illuminated only) White Red Blue Clear (illuminated only) Yellow (non-illuminated)/ amber (illuminated) Green with Start legend Red with Stop legend Red with E-Stop legend Black with Off/On legend Black with Hand/Off/Auto legend Red with Push to Stop/Pull to Start legend Blue with Reset legend Red with Power On legend N/A (i. www. 1 N. Preferred availability cat. 800H-TFRXT6 Type 4/13 Operator Position Type 4/4X/13 45 mm Plastic 63 mm Metal Key Release Contact Type Out In Cat. nos. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed 1 N.C.1 N. Non-Illuminated Tamper resistant – front-of-panel mounting and non-removable operator head Compliant with global E-stop standards. ® Self-monitoring contact block. .1§ Cat. No.1‡ Cat.C.1 N.® X O 800TC-TFXT6D4S 800TC-TFXLT6D4S 800TC-TFXK6D4S 800HC-TFRXT6D4S 45 mm Plastic To order a device with a jumbo (60 mm) plastic head add the letter J after X. Example: Cat. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) 1 N.C. .1 N.O.O. Sealed Switch D1P D2P Note: X = Closed/O = Open Configurable only with FXK head type. 800 2 Release Function Color Key release Twise release D1R D2R AR O X O X X O X O 7 No contacts on operator Standard 1 N. . . add a C to the cat.B.C.1 N. 800T-TFXJET6 or 800H-TFRXJET6. 1 N.C. Example: Cat.M. 1 N.B. No.5 mm Push Buttons Emergency Stop Operators 2-Position Red Trigger Action Twist-to-Release. Div. . including EN ISO 13850 and EN 60947-5-5 0 1 Cat. .B. No. No. No.C. 800TC-TFXT6 or 800HC-TFRXT6.C.Bulletin 800T/H 30.C. no.C.1♣ Cat.O.1 N. 800T-TFXK6 Cat. Class 1.B. No. 800T-TFXJET6 Cat. 1 N. O X X O 800T-TFXT6A 800T-TFXLT6A 800T-TFXK6A 800H-TFRXT6A 1 S. 9 2 N. 800T-TFXJT6A or 800H-TFRXJT6A.L.C. 12 13 1 N.C. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-7 . ‡ To order a jumbo head device with "E-STOP" printed on the cap add the letters JE after X. AP D1Y D2Y AY www.L. Type 4/13 Plastic.O. No.L.B. 800TC-TFXLET6D4S.C. 1 N. 1 N.O. X O 800T-TFXT6D2 800T-TFXLTD2 800T-TFXK6D2 800H-TFRXT6D2 1 N.L.O. No.ab. 1 N.O.C. No.C.O. ♣ Provided with two DO18 keys.O. 1 N.O.O. § To order a device with "E-STOP" engraved on the cap add the letter E after L. T a – T FX T c d b 6 Code Blank C Finger-Safe Guards Description No guards Guards on terminals Contact Block(s) Operator Position Code b Blank D1 D2 D4 c A Head Type‡ Description Standard (45 mm) mushroom head Jumbo (60 mm) mushroom head Jumbo (60 mm) mushroom head with "E-STOP" 45 mm mushroom head key release 63 mm anodized aluminum head 63 mm anodized aluminum head with "E-STOP" 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code FRX FRXJ FRXJE — — — A1 A5 D1V D2V D4V AV Description Out — In — O X X O X O X X X X O O X O X O O O O X X O X X O O X O d Code Blank T 6 e Code T H 800T Type 4/13 Code FX FXJ FXJE FXK FXL FXLE 5 D2 e a Protection Rating Description Metal. 10 1 N. No. 8 1 N.1 N. 1 N. Type 4/4X/13 3 4 1 For finger-safe contact block terminals. Example: Cat. Stackable Sealed Switch 1 N. 11 1 N.com/catalogs O X O X X O X O O X O X X O X O 1 N. 1 N. 800T-TFXLET6 Cat.C. Example: Cat.C. are bold. No. No.C.1‡ No contacts — — 800T-TFXT6 800T-TFXLT6 800T-TFXK6 800H-TFRXT6 1 N.O. lamp. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) 1 N.C. .O.C. 1 N./ N.B. .L.1 N.N.C. 1 N. Type 4/4X/13 c 8 Type 4/4X/13 Note: X = Closed/O = Open 1 For finger-safe contact block terminals.1 N. In No contacts N.1 N. Stackable Sealed Switch 1 N. 4 6 Type 4/13 Preferred availability cat. No.C.B.B.L. Cat. Class 1.1 N. .C. b 10 11 12 60 mm1 QH 2 c d e Code T H 800T Type 4/13 Code FXT FXJT FXJET Contact N. or contact blocks. ‡ Operator-only supplied without power module. 1 N.ab.C.5 mm Push Buttons Emergency Stop Operators 2-Position Red Trigger Action Twist-to-Release. 13 www. . Example: Cat. No. 1 N.O. .O. No. Finger-Safe Guards Description No guards Guards on terminals Code Blank Description Standard (45 mm) mushroom head Jumbo (60 mm) mushroom head Jumbo (60 mm) mushroom head with "E-STOP" 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code FRXT FRXJT FRXJET d Code PH QH Illumination Option Description Transformer with LED lamp Universal with LED lamp Code 2 D1 D2 D4 A A1 A5 D1V D2V D4V AV D1R D2R AR e Code 16 26 46 56 f Voltage Transformer Description 120V AC 50/60 Hz 240V AC 50/60 Hz 480V AC 50/60 Hz 600V AC 50/60 Hz Universal Description 12…130V AC/DC D1P D2P AP D1Y D2Y AY O X X O Contact Blocks Description No contacts Standard 1 N.C.C. 800T-TFXTS00R 800T-TFXJTS00R 800H-TFRXTS00R 800H-TFRXJTS00R 800T-TFXTQH2RA 800T-TFXJTQH2RA 800H-TFRXTQH2RA 800H-TFRXJTQH2RA 800T-TFXTPH16RA 800T-TFXJTPH16RA 800H-TFRXTPH16RA 800H-TFRXJTPH16RA T – T a 5 7 45 mm1 Cat.1 N. 1 N. Example: Cat. 1 N.O.com/catalogs 10-8 A f b Code Blank C R Target Head Type§ 9 FXT a Protection Rating Description Metal.L. 1 N.O.B. 800TC-TFXTS00R or 800HC-TFRXTS00R. No. nos. Type 4/13 Plastic.C. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . Illuminated 0 Tamper resistant – front-of-panel mounting and non-removable operator head Compliant with global E-stop standards.O. 1 N. No.O.O. N.1 N.O.C. 1 N. 2 N. are bold.Bulletin 800T/H 30. .O.L. To order a device with "E-STOP" printed on the cap add the letter E after J. 1 N.L. . no. 1 N. No.O. Div.C.C.O.C. add a C to the cat. 1 N.O.C. Cat. including EN ISO 13850 and EN 60947-5-5 LED illumination provided as standard Operator Position 1 Type 2 Operator only‡ Universal Transformer 3 Volts 12…130V AC/DC 120V AC 50/60 Hz Contacts Out O X X O 800 60 mm1 45 mm1 Cat.C.C. 800T-TFXJETQH2RA or 800H-TFRXJETQH2RA.C. 1 N. Sealed Switch 1 N. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed 1 N.B. . 800T-B6A Booted Unit Cat.C.O.C.2 N. . Type 4/4X/13 b Finger-Safe Guards Code Description Blank No guards C Guards on terminals c Operator Type 800T Type 4/13 Code A B D DX — — 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code Flush head AR Extended head BR Mushroom head DR Mushroom head DRX less color cap Bootless GR guarded head Booted head R1 Description d Code Blank 1 2 3 Color Cap Description Used only when ordering Operator Type DX/DRX Green Black Orange d (cont'd) Code 4 5 6 7 9 f (cont'd) Color Cap Description Grey White Red Blue Yellow e Special Mushroom Head Code Description Jumbo mushroom head — J§ plastic Jumbo mushroom head — L§ metal Note: Special mushroom head options only apply to mushroom head operator type code D/DR (Table c).O.C. . ‡ A2 and A2R contact blocks cannot be stacked upon. . No.Bulletin 800T/H 30. No.O. .‡ A4R 2 N. AP 1 N.C. AV 1 N.B.O.O.C.O.O. No. f Code Blank D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 A1 A2 A4 A7 A B Contact Block(s) Description No contacts Standard 1 N. D3V 1 N. 800H-R2A Bootless Flush Head Unit Cat. .C. S Depress open. 1 N.O.O.O. 2/Zone 2 Sealed Switch D1P 1 N.L.C.C. 1 N.M.C.C.C. BP 2 N. Time Delay 1 N. Maximum continuous current Ith 10 A. 2 N. www. (Mini) 1 N. 1 N.C. Snap Action Contacts Snap-action contacts feature a quick make. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-9 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 .C Stackable Sealed Switch D1Y 1 N.L.1 N.5 mm Push Buttons Push Button Operators Momentary Contact Push Button Devices.B. 1 N. AY 1 N. 800H-AR1A Type 4/13 Contact Type No Contact 1 N.C.C. A2R 2 N. .2 N. BV 2 N.1 N.1 N.C.2 N.O.E. Non-Illuminated 0 Flush Head Unit Cat.O.2 N. No.‡ 2 N. Cat.C.O. f (cont'd) Contact Block(s) Description Class 1.O. delayed closure Snap Action M 1 N.C.L. Not available for booted operators. .1 N.B. N 2 N.1 N. Green 800T-A1 800T-B1 800H-R1 800H-AR1 Black 800T-A2 800T-B2 800H-R2 800H-AR2 Red 800T-A6 800T-B6 800H-R6 800H-AR6 Green 800T-A1D1 800T-B1D1 800H-R1D1 800H-AR1D1 Black 800T-A2D1 800T-B2D1 800H-R2D1 800H-AR2D1 Red 800T-A6D1 800T-B6D1 800H-R6D1 800H-AR6D1 Green 800T-A1D2 800T-B1D2 800H-R1D2 800H-AR1D2 Black 800T-A2D2 800T-B2D2 800H-R2D2 800H-AR2D2 Red 800T-A6D2 800T-B6D2 800H-R6D2 800H-AR6D2 Green 800T-A1A 800T-B1A 800H-R1A 800H-AR1A Black 800T-A2A 800T-B2A 800H-R2A 800H-AR2A Red 800T-A6A 800T-B6A 800H-R6A 800H-AR6A 2 3 4 5 800 T a – A 1 c d b A e f 6 a Code T H Protection Rating Description Metal. BR 2 N. except red which are "extended head". . D2V 1 N. 1 N.C.O.1 N.O.L. No.2 N. Div. but can stack on other contact blocks. A2Y 2 N. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed D1R 1 N. nos. A4Y 2 N.C. quick break snapaction mechanism that is only available on factory assembled units.C.O.C. .O. are bold. . Boot material is chlorosulfonated polyethylene.B. 1 N. 1 N.C. . (Mini) 1 N. 800T-A1A Extended Head Unit Cat.2 N. D2R 1 N. D2Y 1 N. 1 Underlying operators are "flush head" type.1 N. Preferred availability cat.C Code Time Delay Contacts Series C field installable kits can only be used with Series T or later operators.C. . AR 1 N.M.E. . . T Depress close. No. 1 N.O. No.O. delayed opening 1 N.O. Adjustable range of 0.O.1 N.C.com/catalogs Contact Block(s) Code Description PenTUFF (Low Voltage) D1V 1 N. 1 Type 4/4X/13 Booted1 Bootless Flush Head Button Color Flush Head Extended Head Cat.C. Cat.ab. D4V 1 N. § Jumbo mushroom heads not available in white color.C.O.O.C.O. Div. 2 N.5 to 15 s + 25%. D2P 1 N. Class 1.O. No. Type 4/13 Plastic. BY 2 N.1 N.O. Maximum continuous current Ith 5 A. Cat. ) contact block. Cat. Type 4/4X/13 b 8 Finger-Safe Guards Code Description Blank No guards C Guards on terminals c 9 10 Power Module Type 800T Type 4/13 Code Description Transformer (or dual input) Full voltage/ Universal P Q Code A B 12 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code PR QR d 11 M MJ – P B H 16 R c d e f g e a 7 Extended Head without Guard Cat.O. No. 50/60 Hz Full Voltage — Incandescent 12 12V AC/DC 24 24V AC/DC 48 48V AC/DC 10 120V AC/DC 20 240V AC/DC Universal — LED 2 12…130V AC/DC Dual Input 16 120V AC 24 24V AC/DC® Code Blank X A B C G R W Lens Color Description No lens with standard contacts 1 N. 50/60 Hz 56 600V AC.1 N. .C. No.O.1 N. nos.1 N. No. 800 T 6 a b Code T H Protection Rating Description Metal.C. 800T-XA (1 N. 800T-SB00XX 800T-SA00XX 800H-SRB00XX 800H-SRA00XX 800T-QB24R 800T-QA24R 800H-QRB24R 800H-QRA24R 800T-QB24G 800T-QA24G 800H-QRB24G 800H-QRA24G 800T-QB24A 800T-QA24A 800H-QRB24A 800H-QRA24A 800T-QBN25 800T-QAN25 800H-QRBN25 800H-QRAN25 800T-QBH2R 800T-QAH2R 800H-QRBH2R 800H-QRAH2R 800T-QBH2G 800T-QAH2G 800H-QRBH2G 800H-QRAH2G 800T-QBH2A 800T-QAH2A 800H-QRBH2A 800H-QRAH2A 800T-PB16R 800T-PA16R 800H-PRB16R 800H-PRA16R 800T-PB16G 800T-PA16G 800H-PRB16G 800H-PRA16G 800T-PB16A 800T-PA16A 800H-PRB16A 800H-PRA16A 800T-PBH16R 800T-PAH16R 800H-PRBH16R 800H-PRAH16R 800T-PBH16G 800T-PAH16G 800H-PRBH16G 800H-PRAH16G 800T-PBH16A 800T-PAH16A 800H-PRBH16A 800H-PRAH16A 800T-PBN16 800T-PAN16 800H-PRBN16 800H-PRAN16 Head Type Description Extended head with guard Extended head without guard Mushroom Jumbo mushroom g Illumination Options Code Description Blank Incandescent H LED Dual Input D Diode type‡ T Transformer — relay type Transformer — relay type TH LED f Voltage Transformer Code Description 16 120V AC. lens cap.Bulletin 800T/H 30. Cat. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed AR 1 N. No lens if ordering any contacts other than standard 1 N. ‡ Diode type dual input provides circuit isolation via opposing diodes.C. . . Type 4/13 Plastic. . .com/catalogs h Contact Block(s) Code Description X No contacts Standard Blank 1 N. Cat. or contact blocks. D1 1 N. No. ® Dual input diode only.C. are bold. 50/60 Hz Transformer LED No Lamp 5 1 Includes as standard one Cat. .O.O. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . Class 1. No.O.1 N. Div. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) AV 1 N.C. Operator only supplied without power module.C.1 N. 800H-PRB16R Type 4/13 Type 4/4X/13 Extended Head Extended Head Extended Head Extended Head Without Guard1 With Guard1 without Guard1 with Guard1 Cat. . 13 10-10 h Preferred availability cat.C. No. Sealed Switch AP 1 N. 50/60 Hz 26 240V AC.5 mm Push Buttons Push Button Operators Momentary Contact Push Button Devices. Stackable Sealed Switch AY 1 N. 50/60 Hz 46 480V AC.O.1 N.O.1 N. 800T-PB16R 1 Type Lamp Type Operator Only 2 Full Voltage 3 Volts Color Incandescent 24V AC/DC No Lamp 0…250V AC/DC LED 12…130V AC/DC Universal Red Green Amber No Lens Red Green Amber Red Green Amber Red Green Amber No Lens Incandescent 4 120V AC. Illuminated 0 Extended Head Without Guard Cat. No.O.ab. Amber Blue Clear Green Red White www. lamp.O.1 N. . Not recommended for use with solid-state outputs.C. O.C.C. AY 1 N. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 7 10-11 .1 N.2 N. .M.C. D3V 1 N.C.O. Cat.L.E. .O.2 N. AP 1 N. BY 2 N. No. A2 2 N. Text 800T-LC101W IN 800T-LC103W OUT 800T-LC105W HIGH Cap Color Text Color 2 800T-LC218W Black White 800T-LC219W 800T-LC121W LOW 800T-LC220W 800T-LC202W STOP / O 800T-LC222W STOP 800T-LC204W | 800T-LC501B RESET 800T-LC207W START ↑ FORWARD 800T-LC208W 800T-LC209W ↑ START / | 800T-LC210W O JOG 800T-LC212W STOP UP 800T-LC213W OFF DOWN 800T-LC214W STOP / O RAISE 800T-LC215W RESET LOWER 800T-LC216W R White White Black 3 800T-LC503B 800T-LC508B 800T-LC521B 800T-LC602W Red White 4 800T-LC604W 800T-LC606W 800T-LC622W Blue White 800T-LC707W 800T-LC711W 5 Note: Package Qty.O. Time Delay 1 N.O.L. D2V 1 N. BV 2 N. Non-Illuminated — With Two-Color Molded Legend Caps Operator Only Type 4/13 Type 4/4X/13 Less legend cap Less contact blocks Button Type Cat. .C. 2/Zone 2 Sealed Switch D1P 1 N.O. N 2 N. (Mini) A1 1 N.C. .L. (Mini) D6 1 N. O Black Cat.1 N. D2Y 1 N.C Stackable Sealed Switch D1Y 1 N.O. No. 800H-BR00 with Cat.O. 800T-LC103W installed Legend Caps Text Cap Color Text Color | START Green ON White Cat.C.B. .C. A7 1 N.C.C 6 e (cont'd) Contact Block(s) Code Description PenTUFF (Low Voltage) D1V 1 N.C.O. No.1 N.M.1 N.1 N.C. Class 1.C. Flush 800T-A00 800H-AR00 Extended 800T-B00 800H-BR00 Cat. are bold.1 N. but can stack upon other contact blocks. A 1 N. . AR 1 N.O. Type 4/4X/13 b Finger-Safe Guards Code Description Blank No guards C Guards on terminals c Operator Type 800T Type 4/13 Code A B Description Flush head Extended head T – A a d 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code AR BR b Text 101W 103W 105W 121W 202W 204W 207W 208W 209W 210W 212W 213W 214W 215W 216W 217W 218W 219W 220W 222W 501B 503B 508B 521B 602W 604W 606W 622W 707W 711W | START ON START / | O STOP RESET ↑ FORWARD REVERSE JOG UP DOWN RAISE LOWER IN OUT HIGH LOW STOP / O | START ↑ START / | O STOP OFF STOP / O RESET R Color Cap Text Green White Black White White Black Red White Blue White www.O.B.‡ A4R 2 N.2 N. BR 2 N. 800T-LC604 installed 800T-LC217W START / | REVERSE 0 Contact Block(s) Code Description Blank No contacts Standard D1 1 N.2 N. Class 1. .O. .O.C.C.O. D2 1 N. Type 4/13 Plastic. 13 Preferred availability cat.O. No.C. 8 9 10 11 12 ‡ A2 and A2R contact blocks cannot be stacked upon. AV 1 N.O. No. = 1 800 a Code T H Protection Rating Description Metal.C. BP 2 N. D2R 1 N.L.O. D4V 1 N.‡ A4 2 N.O.com/catalogs 103W A d e e c Cap Text/Color Code 1 Cat. . S Depress open.C.C. . delayed closure Snap Action M 1 N. B 2 N.ab.O. A2Y 2 N. .1 N.E. No.Bulletin 800T/H 30.B. Div.1 N. nos. No. D2P 1 N.C. .2 N. delayed opening 1 N. Div. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed D1R 1 N.O.2 N.O. D4 1 N. A2R 2 N.O.C.O.C. D5 1 N.O.C.C. D3 1 N.O.C. T Depress close. 800T-A00 with Cat. . .C. A4Y 2 N.5 mm Push Buttons Push Button Operators Momentary Contact Push Button Devices.B. No. Type 4/13 Plastic. . Stackable Sealed Switch♣ 1 N. ♣ Contact target tables same as those listed for standard contact blocks. — A A B White Note: X = Closed/O = Open 1 Target tables are reversed from those shown.O. .O.C. Type 4/13 operators. 800 Code T H Protection Rating Description Metal.O.C. 800T. orange.Bulletin 800T/H 30.C.O.C.O. 2 N. Type 4/4X/13 Code Blank C Finger-Safe Guards Description No guards Guards on terminals Code 2 4 5 9 10 11 Code 17 18 19 c 8 Knob Insert Colors 800T Type 4/13 Code H HX Code HA HG Description White Packet of colored inserts Metal Wing Lever Colors§ Color Red Grey Cat. 1 N. O 1 N. 1 N.C. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P Contact Block(s) Description 2-Position Contact Configuration No contacts — Standard 1 N. 1 N.2 N.O.O.C.1 N.O. . 1 N.C. No.5 mm Push Buttons Selector Switches 2-Position Selector Switch Devices.com/catalogs 10-12 Standard Knob Cat. .1 N.O. . 1 N. 1 N. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed♣ 1 N.2 N. nos. 1 N. 2 N. . X O T Knob Lever MM X O X Type 4/4X/13 M = Maintained S = Spring Return — O a 6 Standard Knob Preferred availability cat.C. 800T-H2A Knob Lever Operator Cat.1 N.O.O. Sealed Switch♣ 1 N.O. § Only available on Bul. 1 N. 800H-HR2A Type 4/13 Operator Position 2 Contact Type Side No Contacts 3 4 Contact — 1 N. . Class1.O.O. . e Code Blank D1 D2 A B D1M D2M D1V D2V AV BV D1R D2R AR BR D1P D2P AP BP 12 D1Y D2Y AY BY 13 www. No. — X O X O X O X O .C. Non-Illuminated 0 1 Standard Knob Operator Cat.ab. 800T-H2 – HA a 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code HR HRX Code — — Code 11 15 16 Code 6 7 8 Operator Type and Function Standard Knob Operator Function Maintained Spring return from left‡ Spring return from right Knob Lever§ Operator Function Maintained Spring return from left‡ Spring return from right Metal Wing Lever§ Operator Function Maintained Spring return from left‡ Spring return from right Coin Slot§ Operator Function Maintained Spring return from left Spring return from right One insert of each color (blue. 5 — White 1 N.C.O. are bold.C. green. .C. No.C. and yellow). X O X 2 N.O. 800T-H17 800H-HR2 S→M 800T-H4 800T-H18 800H-HR4 M←S 800T-H5 800T-H19 800H-HR5 MM 800T-H2D1 800T-H17D1 800H-HR2D1 S→M1 800T-H4D1 800T-H18D1 800H-HR4D1 M←S 800T-H5D1 800T-H19D1 800H-HR5D1 MM 800T-H2A 800T-H17A 800H-HR2A S→M1 800T-H4A 800T-H18A 800H-HR4A M←S 800T-H5A 800T-H19A 800H-HR5A b c 2 A d e d b 7 Cat. red. No. 800T-H17A Standard Knob Operator Cat.1 N.2 N. No. 2 N.1 N.C. PenTUFF (Low Voltage)♣ 1 N. . O X Max Duty (Horsepower Rated)♣ 1 N. ‡ Target tables are reversed from those shown.C. X O 1 N.C. No.2 N. Div.2 N.O. 1 N.C. 2 N.O. 1 N. No. 2 N. . 1 N. . .1 N. 1 N. . Sealed Switch§ 1 N.O. 2 N.2 N.1 N. Replacement key part no. 1 N.2 N. 2 N.O. 1 N.O.C.O.C.com/catalogs Contact Block(s) Description 2-Position Contact Configuration No contacts — Standard 1 N.O.O. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed§ 1 N.C.O. X O 1 N. nos. O X Max Duty (Horsepower Rated) 1 N. . 1 N. MM 800T-H31 800T-H32 800T-H33 M←S 800T-H48 — — X O MM 800T-H31D1 800T-H32D1 800T-H33D1 S→M1 — 800T-H42D1 — M←S 800T-H48D1 — — MM 800T-H31A 800T-H32A 800T-H33A S→M1 — 800T-H42A — M←S 800T-H48A — — Note: X = Closed/O = Open 2 3 4 5 e 800 T – H31 a b c A d a Code T Protection Rating Description Metal.O. are bold. .O.2 N. 1 N.1 N. 1 N. .C. Blank D1 D2 A B D1M D2M D1V D2V AV BV D1R D2R AR BR D1P D2P AP BP D1Y D2Y AY BY www. 1 N.O. Class1.C.C.O. Key No.O. No. Stackable Sealed Switch§ 1 N. No. 800T-H33A Type 4/13 Cylinder Lock♣ Key Removal — Left Operator Position Contact Type Side No Contacts 1 N.O. Keys removable from maintained positions only. Type 4/13 Code Blank C Finger-Safe Guards Description No guards Guards on terminals b c Code H31 H32 H33 Code H42 Code H48 Key Removal Position Maintained Operator Function Key removal — left Key removal — right Key removal — both Spring Return From Left Operator Function Key removal — right1 Spring Return From Right Operator Function Key removal — left Code e d Key Options for Cylinder Locks♣ T Series T Series Code Code Key No. § Contact target tables same as those listed for standard and PenTUFF contact blocks.C. . Cat.1 N.C.O.1 N.C.C.C. Blank D018 (Std. See page 10-46 for additional replacement key numbers. 1 N. Key) 15 T112 03 D020 16 T115 04 D025 17 T324 05 D335 18 T382 06 D429 19 T404 07 D461 20 T171 08 D111 21 T484 09 D587 22 T547 10 D682 23 T569 11 D713 24 T692 12 D900 25 T752 13 D992 26 T178 14 D118 — — 1 Target tables are reversed from those shown.O. for standard D018 key is X-181170. 2 N. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 6 10-13 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 . 800T only) 0 1 2-Position Cylinder Lock Operator Cat. Contact — — — — White A O X A B White O X Key Removal — Right Key Removal — Both M = Maintained S = Spring Return Cat. 1 N.5 mm Push Buttons Selector Switches 2-Position Selector Switch Devices.C.2 N. O 1 N.C.ab.2 N.O. Non-Illuminated (Bul. Cat.C. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) 1 N. .O.C. — X O X O X O X O Preferred availability cat. X O X 2 N.C. Div.O. .C. No. 1 N.Bulletin 800T/H 30. ♣ Device supplied with 2 keys. and yellow). Cat. 2-800T-XAPs — BP 1 on white side/1 on black side Stackable Sealed Switch 1 N.) KA1 cam KA7 cam Code Blank KA1 KA7 C Cam Option‡♣ Description KC1 cam KC7 cam KD7 cam KE7 cam KQ1 cam KQ7 cam KR1 cam KR7 cam KT1 cam KT7 cam KU7 cam Code KC1 KC7 KD7 KE7§ KQ1 KQ7 KR1§ KR7§ KT1§ KT7§ KU7§ e 11 800T-J2A d Protection Rating Description Metal.1 N. No.O. 2-800T-XARs — BR 1 on white side/1 on black side Sealed Switch 1 N.O.Bulletin 800T/H 30. Non-Illuminated 0 Standard Knob Operator Cat.2 N.O.O.C. 2-800T-XAVs — BV 1 on white side/1 on black side Cam Option‡♣ Description KB7 cam (std. .1 N. are bold.5 mm Push Buttons Selector Switches 3-Position Selector Switch Devices.C.2 N. No. AP 1-800T-XAP on white side 2 N. . red.1 N. A 1-800T-XA on white side 2 N.com/catalogs KD7 O O O X O O O X O O X O O O X O O X O X O X O X KE7 X O O O X O O O X O O X X O O X O X O X O X O X KQ1 O X X O O X X O X O O O X O O O O X O X O X O X KQ7 X O X O X O X O X O X O X O X O O X O X O X O X KR1 X O O O X O O O X O O X X O O X Preferred availability cat. . 800T-J2A 1 Knob Lever Operator Cat. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed 1 N. 4 T – a Code T H 800T-J17A 800H-JR2A 800T-J4A 800T-J18A 800H-JR4A M M←S 800T-J5A 800T-J19A 800H-JR5A S→M←S 800T-J91A 800T-J20A 800H-JR91A b Finger-Safe Guards Code Description Blank No guards C Guards on terminals c 800T Type 4/13 Code J J 2 c d Knob/Lever Type Operators Standard Knob Code Operator Function 2 Maintained 4 Spring return from left 5 Spring return from right 91 Spring return from both Knob Lever Code Operator Function 17 Maintained 18 Spring return from left 19 Spring return from right 20 Spring return from both Metal Wing Lever Code Operator Function 11 Maintained 15 Spring return from left 16 Spring return from right 141 Spring return from both Coin Slot Code Operator Function 10 Spring return from both Knob Insert Colors 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code JR Description White Packet of JRX colored inserts1 Metal Wing Lever Colors Code Color Code JA Red — JG Grey — JX 10 12 White Black White 13 Black Circuits Contact Block Side A B A B A B A B f (cont'd) Contact Blocks♣ Code Description Blank No contacts Class 1. Type 4/13 Plastic.1 N. nos.C. No.O.1 N.ab. . Div. AR 1-800T-XAR on white side 2 N. . 800H-JR2A Type 4/13 Operator Position 2 Standard Knob Contact Type No Contacts — — Cat. green.O.C. .C. . Type 4/4X/13 6 9 b a 5 8 MMM S→M M Note: X = Closed/O = Open 800 7 Standard Knob M = Maintained S = Spring Return 3 O X Type 4/4X/13 Knob Lever O X O X O X O X KA1 X O X O X O X O O X O X O X O X KA7 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O X O X O X O X KC1 X O X O X O X O O O O X O O O X O X O O O X O O KC7 X O X O X O X O X O X O X O X O O X O O O X O O www. .C. No. 800T. orange.C.C. Cam and Contact Block Functionality Table Contact Block Suffix Code e e (cont'd) Contact Blocks Code Description Blank No contacts on operator Standard 1 N. AY 1-800T-XAY on white side 2 N. MMM 800T-J2 800T-J17 800H-JR2 S→M M 800T-J4 800T-J18 800H-JR4 M M←S 800T-J5 800T-J19 800H-JR5 S→M←S 800T-J91 800T-J20 800H-JR91 — O O X O 1 N.O.2 N. Cam Codes KB7 (Std. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P O X O X O X O X KR7 X O X O X O X O X O X O X O X O O X O X O X O X KT1 X O O X X O O X O X O X O X O X O O O X O O O X KT7 X O X O X O X O X O X O X O X O O O O X O O O X KU7 O X O X O X O X X O O X X O O X O X O X O X O X O O X O O O X O .O.1 N.2 N. .) X O X O X O X O O O O O O O O O Note: X = Closed/O = Open 10-14 f f Table 1. .C. ‡ If an overlapping cam is required. § Not available with wing levers. Type 4/13 operators.C.O. Only available on Bul. No. 2-800T-XAYs — BY 1 on white side/1 on black side 1 One insert of each color (blue. Cat. . 800T-J17A Standard Knob Operator Cat. consult your local distributor.O. AV 1-800T-XAV on white side 2 N. ♣ See Table 1 for cam selections and associated targets.2 N. 2-800T-XAs — B 1 on white side/1 on black side PenTUFF (Low Voltage) 1 N.O. No.C. 2-800T-XAPs — BP 1 on white side/1 on black side Stackable Sealed Switch 1 N.1 N.) KA1 KA1 cam KA7 KA7 cam KC1 KC1 cam Note: See Table 1 on page 10-14 for cam selections.O.5 mm Push Buttons Selector Switches 3-Position Selector Switch Devices.C.1 N.O.ab. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed Code Description 1 N.O. BV 2-800T-XAVs — 1 on white side/1 on black side 5 f (cont'd) Contact Blocks Class 1. No.2 N. Cat. AV 1-800T-XAV on white side 2 N. . Div.O.C. Key Removal — All 1 3 S→M←S — 800T-J631 — MMM 800T-J41A 800T-J42A 800T-J44A S→M M — 800T-J50A — M M←S 800T-J69A 800T-J38A — S→M←S — 800T-J631A — 4 Note: X = Closed/O = Open 800 T – J41 a a Code T Protection Rating Description Metal.1 N. Cat.O. 13 www. 800T-J41A Type 4/13 Operator Position 2 Cylinder Lock§ Key Removal — Left 1 Key Removal — Center 1 M = Maintained S = Spring Return Contact Type Cat. .C.Bulletin 800T/H 30. . 2-800T-XAYs — BY 1 on white side/1 on black side 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 Key removable in maintained positions only. AR 1-800T-XAR on white side 2 N. AP 1-800T-XAP on white side 2 N. No.1 N.O. 2-800T-XARs — BR 1 on white side/1 on black side Sealed Switch 1 N. See page 10-46 for additional replacement key numbers. .O. Type 4/13 b Finger-Safe Guards Code Description Blank No guards C Guards on terminals c d c (cont’d) A e f e (cont’d) Key Removal Position Spring Return from Right Code Operator Function J69 Key removal — left J38 Key removal — center Key removal — left and J73 center Spring Return from Both J631 Key removal — center c Key Removal Position Maintained Code Operator Function J41 Key removal — left J42 Key removal — center J43 Key removal — right J44 Key removal — all Key removal — left and J45 center Key removal — right and J46 left Key removal — right and J47 center Spring Return from Left J50 Key removal — center J52 Key removal — right Key removal — right and J51 center b KC1 d Key Options for Cylinder Locks§ Code Key No. e Cam Option Code Description Blank KB7 cam (std. Code KC7 KD7 KE7 KQ1 KQ7 KR1 KR7 KT1 KT7 KU7 Cam Option Description KC7 cam KD7 cam KE7 cam KQ1 cam KQ7 cam KR1 cam KR7 cam KT1 cam KT7 cam KU7 cam f Contact Blocks Code Description Blank No contacts Standard 1 N.2 N.C. are bold.C.O. 800T only) 0 1 3-Position Cylinder Lock Operator Cat.C. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-15 .2 N.C. No. If an overlapping cam is required.C. Replacement key part no. . .C. for standard D018 key is X-181170.O.C. § Device supplied with 2 keys. Blank D018 (standard key) 03 D020 04 D025 05 D335 06 D429 Note: Refer to page 10-13 for additional key option codes. A 1-800T-XA on white side 2 N. nos. No. . B 2-800T-XAs — 1 on white side/1 on black side PenTUFF (Low Voltage) 1 N.O. AY 1-800T-XAY on white side 2 N.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.2 N.O. 800T-J41 800T-J42 800T-J44 S→M M — 800T-J50 — M M←S 800T-J69 800T-J38 — MMM No Contacts — O X — — O O X O 1 N. . .2 N.1 N. .1 N.C. Non-Illuminated (Bul. . consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor. 800T-N2KN4B Knob Lever Operator Cat.O.5 mm Push Buttons Selector Switches 4-Position Selector Switch Devices.O. ‡ Contact block mounting same as listed for standard and PenTUFF contact blocks.O. orange.4 N.2 N. .C.C. 800T-N17KN4B Standard Knob Operator Cat. .C.C. .O. . Type 4/13 Plastic. No.O. BY♣ TTTX 3 N.3 N. 2-800T-XAs — 1 on white side/ 1 on black side 3 N.2 N.4 N. .C.O.3 N. No.O. .C. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 800T 800H Type Type Description 4/13 4/4X/13 Code Code PenTUFF (Low Voltage) BV 2 N. nos. Cat. . No.8 for overlap specifications. . No. and yellow).O. . See Publication 800T-2. red. . ® Not available with wing levers. 800H-NR2KF4AAXX Type 4/13 Operator Position Contact Type 2 No Contacts — 3 — X O O O — O X O O Standard Knob Cat. No. TTTX CR 4 N. TTTT Sealed Switch‡ BP 2 N. TTTT CY♣ 1 One insert of each color (blue.2 N.O. No.C. Cam and Contact Block Functionality Table 11 Standard Knob Note: X = Closed/O = Open 800 6 Type 4/4X/13 M = Maintained S = Spring Return O X O O O X O O green. 4-800T-XAs — 2 on white side/ 2 on black side B 2 3 H C 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code Blank AAXX Contact Block Side White 12 Black White 13 Black Circuits Contact Block Suffix Code A B A B A B A B KF4 X O O O X O O O O X O O O X O O O O O X O O O X Cam Codes KK4 KM4 KG4 O O X O O O X O X O X O X O X O X O O O X O O O O X O O O X O O O O O X O O O X O X X O O X X O O X O X O X O X X O O X X O O X X O X O X O X O X O O O X O O O O X O X O X O X O X O O O X O O KP4 O O X O O O X O O O O X O O O X O X O O O X O O O O X O O O X O AAAA KN4 X O X O X O X O O O O X O O O X X O O O X O O O O O X O O O X O Note: X = Closed/O = Open www.3 N. § Only available on Bul. are bold.3 N.2 N. Overlapping cam.com/catalogs 10-16 Preferred availability cat. AAAX Table 1. FFXX HV 3 N. Type 4/4X/13 800T Type 4/13 Code N – N b a 7 Knob Lever 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code NR White Packet of NX NRX colored inserts1 Metal Wing Lever Colors Code Color Code NA Red — NG Grey — Code KF4 KG4 KK4® KM4® KP4 KN4 2 3 f (cont) Contact Blocks Cam Option♣ Description F cam G cam K cam M cam P cam Overlapping cam f Contact Blocks♣ 800T Type 4/13 Code Blank 2 3 Description No contacts Standard 2 N. Cat. Type 4/13 operators. FFFF Class 1. .C.C. .Bulletin 800T/H 30. PPXX Stackable Sealed Switch§ TTXX 2 N.4 N.2 N.C.O. TTXX HR 3 N.C.C. HY♣ 4 N. Non-Illuminated 0 1 Standard Knob Operator Cat. . 4 T a 5 Code T H Finger-Safe Guards Code Description Blank No guards C Guards on terminals c Knob Insert Colors 9 10 Description KF4 B c d e f e Operator Function and Knob Type Standard Knob Code Operator Function 2 Maintained Spring return from 3 position 1 to position Spring return from 9 position 4 to position Knob Lever§ Code Operator Function 17 Maintained Spring return from 29 position 1 to position Spring return from 30 position 4 to position Metal Wing Lever§ Code Operator Function 11 Maintained Spring return from 13 position 1 to position Spring return from 14 position 4 to position b 8 2 d Protection Rating Description Metal.4 N. . Di. MMMM 800T-N2KF4 800T-N17KF4 800H-NR2KF4 S→M M M 800T-N3KF4 800T-N29KF4 800H-NR3KF4 M M M←S 800T-N9KF4 800T-N30KF4 800H-NR9KF4 MMMM 800T-N2KF4B 800T-N17KF4B 800H-NR2KF4AAXX S→M M M 800T-N3KF4B 800T-N29KF4B 800H-NR3KF4AAXX M M M←S 800T-N9KF4B 800T-N30KF4B 800H-NR9KF4AAXX — O O X O O O O X 2 N. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed‡ BR 2 N.O. ♣ See Table 1 for proper cam/contact selection.O.C. 3-800T-XAs — 2 on white side/ 1 on black side 4 N. . 800T. FFFX CV 4 N.2 N.C.O.O.ab. 3 N. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed‡ BR 2 N. ‡ Contact block mounting same as listed for standard and PenTUFF contact blocks.O. HY 3 N.2 N. for standard D018 key is X-181170. Overlapping cam. .4 N.8 for overlap specifications.C.3 N. .com/catalogs 5 f e Cam Codes KK4 KM4 KG4 f Key Options for Cylinder Locks§ D Series Code Key No. Blank D018 (standard key) 03 D020 04 D025 05 D335 06 D429 Note: Refer to page 10-13 for additional key option codes.O. § Device supplied with 2 keys.O. .C. 2-800T-XAs — B 1 on white side/1 on black side 3 N.ab. 4-800T-XAs — C 2 on white side/2 on black side PenTUFF (Low Voltage) 2 N. . Key Removal — Position 21 Key Removal — Position 31 Key Removal — All1 Cat. . 4-800T-XAVs — CV 2 on white side/2 on black side Class 1. See page 10-46 for additional replacement key numbers. are bold. N154 and 4 Spring Return From Position 4 to Position 3 Code Operator Function N231 Key removal position 1 N232 Key removal position 2 N233 Key removal position 3 Key removal positions 1. CR 4 N. Preferred availability cat. O X O X O X O X O X O O O X O O KP4 O O X O O O X O O O O X O O O X O X O O O X O O O O X O O O X O KN4 X O X O X O X O O O O X O O O X X O O O X O O O O O X O O O X O O X O O O X O O Note: X = Closed/O = Open 1 Key removable in maintained positions only. Sealed Switch‡ BP 2 N.2 N. One layer of contact blocks allowed.O.2 N. No.2 N.C.2 N. . Replacement key part no. Non-Illuminated (800T only) 0 1 Cylinder Lock Operator Cat.O.O.C. N251 and 3 Finger-Safe Guards Code Description Blank No guards C Guards on terminals C d c (cont'd) a Code T b KM4 Contact Blocks Code Description Blank No contacts Standard 2 N. www.2 N.O.4 N. . Table 1.O. CY 4 N. 3. 2-800T-XAVs — BV 1 on white side/1 on black side 3 N.C. . .C.C.C.O. Cat. MMMM 800T-N32KF4 800T-N33KF4 800T-N61KF4 S→M M M 800T-N132KF4 800T-N133KF4 — M M M←S 800T-N232KF4 800T-N233KF4 — MMMM 800T-N32KF4B 800T-N33KF4B 800T-N61KF4B S→M M M 800T-N132KF4B 800T-N133KF4B — M M M←S 800T-N232KF4B 800T-N233KF4B 2 3 4 — Note: X = Closed/O = Open 800 T – N31 a c Protection Rating Description Metal.O.C.O. Div. No.C. no stacking. Stackable Sealed Switch‡ BY 2 N. See Publication 800T-2. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-17 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 . . .3 N. . . 800T-N32KF4B Operator Position Cylinder Lock – Type 4/13§ M = Maintained S = Spring Return Contact Type No Contacts — — X O O O — O X O O — O O X O O O O X 2 N. 2. No.5 mm Push Buttons Selector Switches 4-Position Selector Switch Devices. Type 4/13 b c Key Removal Position and Operator Function Maintained Code Operator Function N31 Key removal position 1 N32 Key removal position 2 N33 Key removal position 3 N34 Key removal position 4 N61 Key removal all positions White Black White Black Circuits Contact Block Side A B A B A B A B KF4 X O O O X O O O O X O O O X O O O O O X O O O X O O X O O O X O X O X O X O X O X O O O X O O O O X O O O X O O O O O X O O O X O X X O O X X O O X O X O X O X X O O X X O O X X O X O X O X O X O O O X O O O Cam Option Code Description KF4 F cam KG4 G cam KK4 K cam KM4 M cam KP4 P cam KN4 Overlapping cam Note: See Table 1 for proper cam selection. No. Cam and Contact Block Functionality Table Contact Block Suffix Code e d Key Removal Position and Operator Function Spring Return From Position 1 to Position 2 Code Description N132 Key removal position 2 N133 Key removal position 3 N134 Key removal position 4 Key removal positions 2.C. nos.O.O. 3-800T-XAVs — HV 2 on white side/1 on black side 4 N. Note: Associated targets shown in Table 1. HR 3 N.3 N.O.4 N.C.Bulletin 800T/H 30. Cat.C. .4 N.C. 3-800T-XAs — H 2 on white side/1 on black side 4 N. C. Selector Switch Cam Targets Cam Description (2-Position) Target Contact Block Code X O Cam Options 2-Position Operator Function Maintained Cam Spring Return Cam Table 2.O. 6 www. .C.O. . No. 1 N.ab.com/catalogs D E A X H U F V W T R S P 5 6 7 No contacts Standard 1 N. 5 E. 1 N.C. Target tables are reversed for spring return from left operators.1 N.C.C. Cat. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed 1 N. No contacts in this position PenTUFF (Low Voltage) 1 N. Class 1. . 1 N. No.C.Bulletin 800T/H 30. S. V. 800H-16HRR17KB6AX Operator Position 2 Type Lamp Type Volts Knob Color Operator Only1 Incandescent Full Voltage 3 Universal 4 Cat.O. Contact Block Code Reduction Rules Illumination Options Code Description Blank Incandescent H LED O X g 1st Level Contact Block Substitution Combination Code Standard D+E A D+D M E+E N D. 1 N.5 mm Push Buttons Selector Switches 2-Position Knob/Lever Type Selector Switch Devices.1 N. R. Type 4/13 Plastic.O.O. 800T Type 4/13 Code H 2 e f 2nd Level KB6 A X h i j d g i.O. Sealed Switch 1 N. 1 N. W.1 N. j No. 1 N.O.O.C. 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code HR e Knob Color Color Amber Blue Clear Green Red White No knob Code A B C G R W X h Code KB6 KL8 f Table 1. No. U. 1 N. please contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor. Type 4/4X/13 8 10 11 12 b H c b Finger-Safe Guards Code Description Blank No guards C Guards on terminals c Power Module Type and Voltage Full Voltage — Incandescent Code Description 12 12V AC/DC 24 24V AC/DC 48 48V AC/DC Universal — LED 2 12…130V AC/DC Transformer 16 120V AC 50/60 Hz 26 240V AC 50/60 Hz For other voltages.1 N. . H. are bold. X = Closed/O = Open 10-18 Code Blank (both pos.O. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P .1 N. Stackable Sealed Switch 1 N. lens cap. 1 N. 1 Operator only supplied without power module. . 13 R d a 7 9 Target tables are reversed from those shown. No. MM 800T-00HX2KB6 800H-00HRX2KB6 Red No Lamp 0…250V AC/DC No Knob LED 12…130V AC/DC Red X O 120V AC 50/60 Hz Red X O No Lamp 120V AC 50/60 Hz 800T-24HR2KB6AX 800H-24HRR2KB6AX 800T-24HR4KL8AX 800H-24HRR4KL8AX M←S 800T-24HR5KL8AX 800H-24HRR5KL8AX MM 800T-25HXN2KB6AX 800H-25HRXN2KB6AX MM 800T-2HRH2KB6AX 800H-2HRRH2KB6AX S→M 800T-2HRH4KL8AX 800H-2HRRH4KL8AX M←S 800T-2HRH5KL8AX 800H-2HRRH5KL8AX MM 800T-16HR2KB6AX 800H-16HRR2KB6AX S→M 800T-16HR4KL8AX 800H-16HRR4KL8AX M←S 800T-16HR5KL8AX 800H-16HRR5KL8AX MM 800T-16HRH2KB6AX 800H-16HRRH2KB6AX S→M 800T-16HRH4KL8AX 800H-16HRRH4KL8AX M←S 800T-16HRH5KL8AX 800H-16HRRH5KL8AX MM 800T-16HXN2KB6AX 800H-16HRXN2KB6AX O X LED 5 MM S→M O X Incandescent Transformer Type 4/4X/13 Standard Knob M = Maintained S = Spring Return No Contacts 24V AC/DC Type 4/13 Standard Knob No Knob Note: X = Closed/O = Open 6 800 T – 16 a Code T H Protection Rating Description Metal. Bul. ♣ Contact blocks used on white side only. 1 N. 800T-16HR2KB6AX 1 Knob Lever Operator Cat. Illuminated 0 Standard Knob Operator Cat. lamp. or contact blocks. of Positions Operator Function and Knob Type Standard Knob or No Knob Code Operator Function 2 Maintained 4 Spring return from left 5 Spring return from right Knob Lever 17 Maintained 18 Spring return from left 19 Spring return from right Contact Blocks♣ Description Description 2-position Bul.) Preferred availability cat. 1 N.O.C. Div. nos.C.C. All LEDs except 120V have an internal shunt resistor for use with solid-state outputs. .C. ‡ LEDs available in red. 5 V.1 N. White LEDs only available in 6V. H.O. Sealed Switch 1 N. H. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed 1 N. U. Illuminated 0 Standard Knob Operator Cat. U. . please contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor. H. — — — W. V — V.1 N. 6 V. j (cont'd) h Knob Color Color Amber Blue Clear Green Red White No knob f c Description R e Protection Rating Description Metal. 5 LED only.5 mm Push Buttons Selector Switches 3-Position Knob/Lever Type Selector Switch Devices. D.C. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-19 11 12 13 . S. R. 24V. and 130V full voltage and all transformer units. 800 T – 16 a b c a Code T H b Code A B C G R W X Power Module Type and Voltage Full Voltage — Incandescent Code Description 12 12V AC/DC 24 24V AC/DC 48 48V AC/DC Universal — LED 2 12…130V AC/DC Transformer 16 120V AC 50/60 Hz 26 240V AC 50/60 Hz For other voltages. except clear lens supplied with white LED and white lens supplied with amber LED. 6 D. E. S. H.ab. . S. Selector Switch Cam Targets Operator Function and Knob Type Standard Knob or No Knob Code Operator Function 2 Maintained 4 Spring return from left 5 Spring return from right 91 Spring return from both Knob Lever Code Operator Function 17 Maintained 18 Spring return from left 19 Spring return from right 20 Spring return from both Target 10 Cam Description (3-Position) X O O O X O O O X X X O O X X X O X KB7 KC1 D. E.Q — — W. Type 4/13 Plastic. S. — G. J. U. Q E. U. LED color matches lens color.1 N. R.O. Div. V. U. green. — — — W.1 N. No.) g Contact Blocks§ Description Standard 1 N. § Contact blocks used on white side only.C. Class 1. j Illumination Options Description Incandescent LED‡ Code Blank (both pos. E. .C. 800T-16JR2KB7AX Standard Knob Operator Cat. Type 4/4X/13 Finger-Safe Guards Code Description Blank No guards C Guards on terminals 800T Type 4/13 Code J J 1 Type 4/4X/13 Standard Lever Cat.C. 5 G.Q — J. 800T-00JX2KB7 800T-24JR2KB7AX 800T-24JR4KB7AX 800T-24JR5KB7AX 800T-25JXN2KB7AX 800T-2JRH2KB7AX 800T-2JRH4KB7AX 800T-2JRH5KB7AX 800T-16JR2KB7AX 800T-16JR4KB7AX 800T-16JR5KB7AX 800T-16JRH2KB7AX 800T-16JRH4KB7AX 800T-16JRH5KB7AX 800T-16JXN2KB7AX No Knob Note: X = Closed/O = Open 1 Operator only supplied without power module.O. No contacts in this position PenTUFF (Low Voltage) 1 N. blue. Stackable Sealed Switch 1 N. amber. H. nos. www. No. R. H. 800H-16JRR2KB7AX Operator Position Type Lamp Type Volts Operator Only1 Full Voltage No Contacts 24V AC/DC Red No Lamp 0…250V AC/DC No Knob LED 12…130V AC/DC Red Universal M = Maintained S = Spring Return MMM MMM S→M M M M←S MMM MMM S→M M M M←S MMM S→M M M M←S MMM S→M M M M←S MMM Color Incandescent X O O O O X X O O O O X Incandescent Transformer 120V AC 50/60 Hz Red LED No Lamp Type 4/13 Standard Knob Cat. Q — — — J.O. 6 E. R. S.Bulletin 800T/H 30. D. D. of Positions 3-position d e f 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code JR Code Blank H 1st Level 2nd Level X 2 KB7 A g h i Code KB7 KC1 KC7 KE7 KQ1 KT1 Cam Options 3-Position Operator Function B7 cam C1 cam C7 cam E7 cam Q1 cam T1 cam F T i. Code A X Contact Blocks§ Description P 7 No contacts 2 3 4 5 6 j i. d No.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. I J. No. — 800H-24JRR2KB7AX 800H-24JRR4KB7AX 800H-24JRR5KB7AX — 800H-2JRRH2KB7AX 800H-2JRRH4KB7AX 800H-2JRRH5KB7AX 800H-16JRR2KB7AX 800H-16JRR4KB7AX 800H-16JRR5KB7AX 800H-16JRRH2KB7AX 800H-16JRRH4KB7AX 800H-16JRRH5KB7AX — 7 8 9 Table 1. 6 E. or contact blocks. 6 W. 120V.I G. and white. No. S. 5 — KC7 KE7 KQ1 KT1 D.I — — V.O. lens cap. are bold. U.1 N. lamp. 6 W. . R. 5 W. C. ♠ Glass lens available on 800T pilot lights only. 6 (Push-to-Test) 800 T a 7 8 9 – P T c d b Code T H Protection Rating Description Metal. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P g Lens Color Code Color Blank A B C G R W No lens Amber Blue Clear Green Red White Glass Code ♠ Blank D E F H J K h Contact Blocks (Push-to-test units only) Code Description Standard Blank 1 N. Sealed Switch AP 1 N. 50/60 Hz Transformer‡ LED No Lamp 5 Type 4/13 Pilot Light Push-to-Test1 Cat. nos.ab. are rated for Class 1. Cat.1 N. . 800H-SR00 800H-SRB00XX 800H-QR24R 800H-QRT24R 800H-QR24G 800H-QRT24G 800H-QR24A 800H-QRT24A — — 800H-QRH2R 800H-QRTH2R 800H-QRH2G 800H-QRTH2G 800H-QRH2A 800H-QRTH2A 800H-PR16R 800H-PRT16R 800H-PR16G 800H-PRT16G 800H-PR16A 800H-PRT16A 800H-PRH16R 800H-PRTH16R 800H-PRH16G 800H-PRTH16G 800H-PRH16A 800H-PRTH16A — — ♣ Diode type dual input provides circuit isolation via opposing diodes. or contact blocks. e Illumination Options Code Description Blank Incandescent H LED1 PR QR Voltage Transformer Code Description 16 120V AC 50/60 Hz 26 240V AC 50/60 Hz 46 480V AC 50/60 Hz 56 600V AC 50/60 Hz Full Voltage — Incandescent 12 12V AC/DC 24 24V AC/DC 48 48V AC/DC 10 120V AC/DC 20 240V AC/DC Universal — LED 2 12…130V AC/DC Dual Input 16 120V AC 24V AC/DC 24 (Dual input diode only) 1 LED illumination option is not available with diode type dual input.Bulletin 800T/H 30.5 mm Push Buttons Pilot Lights Pilot Light Devices1 0 Transformer Type Pilot Light Cat. No. are bold. see page 10-65.) contact block. Type 4/13 Plastic. No. 13 www. No. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) AV 1 N. No. .com/catalogs 10-20 Preferred availability cat.C. For typical pilot light wiring diagrams.O.1 N.O.O.1 N.1 N. . .O. 800T-SB00XX 800T-S00 800T-Q24R 800T-QT24R 800T-Q24G 800T-QT24G 800T-Q24A 800T-QT24A 800T-QN25 800T-QTN25 800T-QH2R 800T-QTH2R 800T-QH2G 800T-QTH2G 800T-QH2A 800T-QTH2A 800T-P16R 800T-PT16R 800T-P16G 800T-PT16G 800T-P16A 800T-PT16A 800T-PH16R 800T-PTH16R 800T-PH16G 800T-PTH16G 800T-PH16A 800T-PTH16A 800T-PN16 800T-PTN16 Red Green Amber No Lens Red Green Amber Red Green Amber Red Green Amber No Lens 1 Includes one standard Cat. . Cat.O. 800T-PT16R 1 Type 2 Lamp Type Volts Operator Only Full Voltage‡ Color Incandescent 24V AC/DC No Lamp 0…250V AC/DC LED 12…130 V AC/DC Universal‡ 3 Incandescent 4 120V AC. Not available on push-to-test units. . . No.1 N. Division 2 applications. 800T-XA (1 N. 800T-P16R Push-to-Test Pilot Light Cat. lamp. Not recommended for use with solid-state outputs.C. No. ‡ All pilot lights except push-to-test without sealed contacts and dual input transformer relay. Stackable Sealed Switch AY 1 N. Div. Operator only supplied without power module. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed AR 1 N. Type 4/4X/13 b Code Blank C Finger-Safe Guards Description No guards Guards on terminals Power Module Type 800T Type 4/13 Code P 11 Q Description Transformer (or dual input) Full voltage/ Universal e 16 G f g d a c 10 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code AR h f Lamp Test Options Code Description Blank No test option T Push-to-test D Dual input — diode♣ Dual input — transformer DT relay Note: Push-to-test supplied with factory jumpered contact block. Class 1. No. lens cap.O.1 N.C.C. 12 Type 4/4X/13 Pilot Light Push-to-Test1 Cat.C. . X O 1 N. Note: Emergency stop push buttons are compliant with EN ISO 13850 and EN/IEC 60947-5-5 Standards when using N. No.C. X O Note: X = Closed/O = Open 1 Normally closed late break contact. If the S. The Self Monitoring Contact Block (S.O.O. No. N.M.C. The N.1 O X X O 800T-FX6A1 800T-FXLE6A1 800T-FXT6A1 800H-FRXT6A1 N. if space allows. are bold.B.B.C.O. www. Cat.com/catalogs 4 5 Contact Block(s) Operator Position Contact Block(s) Operator Position — 3 6 AV e Code 2 e (cont'd) Color Cap Color No cap§ Green Black Orange Grey White Red Blue Yellow Head Type‡ Description A1 d b 800T Type 4/13 Code FX 1 1 Preferred availability cat. Non-Illuminated Note: A jumbo or large legend plate is recommended.1 N.C.L. . 2-Position Push-Pull Cat.O. O X 1 N.C.B.L.L. nos. § Not valid with head Type J or JT.1 X X O O 800T-FX6A5 800T-FXLE6A5 800T-FXT6A5 800H-FRXT6A5 S.C.O.C. ‡ Devices with N.C. . Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-21 8 9 10 11 12 13 . O X 1 N.L. S.C.Bulletin 800T/H 30. X O 1 N. X O 1 N.O.5 mm Push Buttons Push-Pull Operators 2-Position Red Push-Pull and Push-Pull/Twist Release Devices.L.L.C. O O 2 N. 800T-FXT6D4 2-Position Push-Pull / Twist Cat.O.1 X O 800TC-FX6D4S 800TC-FXLE6D4S 800TC-FXT6D4S 800HC-FRXT6D4S N.B. contact wired in series with a N.C. No.C. Cat.C. No.L.M.B. monitoring contact will automatically open.) is composed of a N. When the button is pulled from the IN in the OUT position. is properly installed onto the E-stop operator.O. S. O X 1 N.C. X O 1 N.C. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed O X 1 N. O No contacts on operator D1P D2P AP D1Y D2Y AY 7 Description Out In — — No contacts PenTUFF (Low Voltage) O X 1 N.B1 X X O O 800TC-FX6A5S 800TC-FXLE6A5S 800TC-FXT6A5S 800HC-FRXT6A5S Contact Type Note: X = Closed/O = Open Note: These caps are only available in plastic.C.B.M.C. the electrical contacts change state before the mechanical detent occurs.C.ab.C. O 1 N. No.1 N.M. Type 4/13 Plastic.O. X O 1 N. Div.L. O X 1 N.1 N. Type 4/4X/13 Code Blank C Finger-Safe Guards Description No guards Guards on terminals Code Blank 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 c FXC FXJ FXJE FXL FXLE FXT FXJT Mushroom head (push-pull) 90 mm anodized aluminum head (push-pull) Jumbo mushroom head (push-pull) Jumbo mushroom head (push-pull) with "E-Stop" 63 mm anodized aluminum head (push-pull) 63 mm anodized aluminum head (push-pull) with "E-Stop" Push-pull/twist-to-release Jumbo head push-pull with twist-to-release d e 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code — — — — — FRXT FRXJT Blank D1 D2 D4 A A1 A5 Description Code Blank D1V D2V D4V D1R D2R AR Out In — — O X X O X O X X X Standard X 1 N.O. No. X O Class 1.L.1 N.C.C. 800H-FRXT6D4 Type 4/13 Operator Position Type 4/4X/13 Push-Pull — 40 mm Push-Pull — 63 mm Metal Push-Pull/Twist Release Push-Pull/Twist Release Out In Cat. 800T-FX6D4 0 2-Position Metal Push-Pull Cat. the mechanical detent action of the operator occurs before electrical contacts change state.B.C.B.L.O.B.O.B. is separated from the E-stop operator.1 X O 800T-FX6D4 800T-FXLE6D4 800T-FXT6D4 800H-FRXT6D4 N. O 1 N. monitoring contact. X O 1 N. Cat. the N. No.C.O.B. contacts meet EN ISO 13850 and IEC 60947-5-5 standards for emergency stop applications. X O Sealed Switch O X 1 N.B.C. No. N. X 1 N. N.B.C. 800 T a – FX b c a Code T H Protection Rating Description Metal.B. .M.M. O X 1 N.L.O. Stackable Sealed Switch O X 1 N.1 O X X O 800TC-FX6A1S 800TC-FXLE6A1S 800TC-FXT6A1S 800HC-FRXT6A1S S.O. contact blocks. When button is pushed from the OUT to IN position.B.B.B. .C. monitoring contact automatically closes when the S.1 N.M.C. 800T-FXLE6D4S 2-Position Push-Pull / Twist Cat.C.O. C. .C. O O 1 N. Type 4/4X/13 Code Blank C Finger-Safe Guards Description No guards Guards on terminals Code Blank 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 b 8 c Head Type 9 10 800T Type 4/13 Code FX Description Mushroom head (push-pull) 90 mm anodized aluminum head (push-pull) Jumbo mushroom head (push-pull) 63 mm anodized aluminum head (push-pull) FXC FXJ FXL 11 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code FRX 12 A A1 A7 Code M N Code B6 Out Momentary Momentary Center Maintained Maintained Out — In Maintained Momentary AV O X O X X X X X X X O X Ctr.C. . 800T-FXN6A7 Cat. nos.L.C. Devices with N.O.C.C. 800T-FXM6A7 3-Position Push-Pull Cat. 1 3-Position Push-Pull Cat. No.C. . O O 2 N.L. X O 1 N.L.O.1 N.B.L. No. No.C. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P Ctr. — In — No contacts Standard O X 1 N. 800T-FXM6A7 Cat.1 N. contacts meet EN ISO 13850 and IEC 60947-5-5 standards for emergency stop applications. No. 800H-FRXM6A7 Cat. O O X O 2 N. 800H-FRXN6A7 Note: X = Closed/O = Open 1 Normally closed late break contact. the electrical contacts change state before the mechanical detent occurs. ‡ Not valid with head Type J.B.B.C.1 N.O. When button is pushed from the OUT to IN position.C. Div. Non-Illuminated 0 Note: A jumbo or large legend plate is recommended. AR O X AP O X AY O X www. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed O X 1 N. When the button is pulled from the IN to the OUT position. contacts meet EN ISO 13850 and IEC 60947-5-5 standards for emergency stop applications. In Class 1.L. 800 T – FX a 6 b M 1 A7 d e f c e a 7 Code T H Protection Rating Description Metal.O. if space allows.1 Button Color Red Type 4/13 Type 4/4X/13 Type 4/13 Type 4/4X/13 Push-Pull Push-Pull Push-Pull Push-Pull Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. O O O X 1 N. are bold. 800H-FRXM6A7 Operator Position Operator Position 2 3 4 Momentary Maintained Maintained Momentary Maintained Momentary Out X X Center O X In O O Out X X Center O X In O O Contact Type N. O O Stackable Sealed Switch O X 1 N.C. the mechanical detent action of the operator occurs before electrical 5 contacts change state.C.1 N.B.N.B.5 mm Push Buttons Push-Pull Operators 3-Position Push-Pull Devices.Bulletin 800T/H 30.O. O O Note: X = Closed/O = Open Devices with N.1 N. .B. 13 10-22 Description Out Description FRXJ Operator Function Operator Position Code Contact Block(s) Operator Position Blank d Contact Block(s) Operator Position f — — f (cont'd) Color Cap Color No cap‡ Green Black Orange Grey White Red Blue Yellow .L. X O PenTUFF (Low Voltage) O X 1 N.ab. X O O O 1 N. Type 4/13 Plastic.C. No.O.C. O O Sealed Switch O X 1 N. No. . B. Type 4/13 Plastic. A 1 N. 2 3 4 5 6 A1 g d Operator Function Description Push-pull♠ Push-pull/twist 16 e a Protection Rating Description Metal. ‡ See page 10-20 for additional voltage code options. N.L. No. . lens cap. nos.L.C.L. Contact Blocks Code Description Class 1. No.O. No.1 N.C.L.C. A1 1 N.C.O.1 N. No. Illuminated 2-Position Push-Pull/Twist Cat. . Cat.com/catalogs h Target Contact N. Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability of illuminated E-stops with Self Monitoring Contact Blocks (SMCBs). D2Y 1 N.O. Transformer LED Transformer No Lamp N. When button is pushed from the OUT to IN position. No.L.O. 1 Operator only supplied without power module. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed D1R 1 N. 800T-FXJEP16RA1 Color Contacts Operator Only1 Full Voltage 24V AC/DC Red No Lamp 0…250V AC/DC No Lens LED 12…130V AC/DC Red Universal Incan.B.C.C. the electrical contacts change state before the mechanical detent occurs. 800T.O.O. Cat. ♠ Push-Pull is available only with Bul. 0 Illuminated 2-Position Push-Pull Cat.O.L.B. AV 1 N.C.C. Out In No Contacts Incan. are bold. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 7 10-23 .C.C. 240V AC O X X O No Lens 120V AC Note: X = Closed/O = Open Note: Emergency stop push buttons are compliant with EN ISO 13850 and EN/IEC 60947-5-5 Standards when using N.C. N.1 N. 800T-FXP16RA1 Lamp Type Type Volts 2-Position Push-Pull Cat. D4V 1 N. Stackable Sealed Switch D1Y 1 N. A5 2 N. § Devices with N.5 mm Push Buttons Push-Pull Operators 2-Position Red Push-Pull and Push-Pull/Twist Release Devices.C. Sealed Switch D1P 1 N. AR 1 N.B. No. lamp.B.O./ N. No.1 N.O.C. N. No. 8 9 10 11 12 13 Preferred availability cat. 800T-FXTP16RA1 O X X O Type 4/4X/13 800T-FXS00X — 800T-FXTS00X 800H-FRXTS00X 800T-FXQ24RA1 800T-FXJEQ24RA1 800T-FXTQ24RA1 800H-FRXTQ24RA1 800T-FXQN25XA1 — 800T-FXTQN25XA1 800H-FRXTQN25XA1 800H-FRXTQH2RA1 800T-FXQH2RA1 800T-FXJEQH2RA1 800T-FXTQH2RA1 120V AC 800T-FXP16RA1 800T-FXJEP16RA1 800T-FXTP16RA1 800H-FRXTP16RA1 240V AC 800T-FXP26RA1 800T-FXJEP26RA1 800T-FXTP26RA1 800H-FRXTP26RA1 800T-FXPH16RA1 800T-FXJEPH16RA1 800T-FXTPH16RA1 800H-FRXTPH16RA1 800T-FXPH26RA1 800T-FXJEPH26RA1 800T-FXTPH26RA1 800H-FRXTPH26RA1 800T-FXPN16XA1 — 800T-FXTPN16XA1 800H-FRXTPN16XA1 Red 120V AC N. D4 1 N. . the mechanical detent action of the operator occurs before electrical contacts change state. 800 T – FX a b T c d Code T H b Code Blank C Finger-Safe Guards Description No guards Guards on terminals c Head Type§ 800T Type 4/13 Code FX FXJ FXJE Description Mushroom head Jumbo mushroom Jumbo mushroom (push-pull) with "E-Stop" 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code FRX FRXJ — Code Blank T R e f g h h (cont'd) Illumination Options Transformer Code Description P Incandescent PH LED Full Voltage Q Incandescent QH Universal LED Dual Input D Diode type DT Transformer — relay type Transformer — relay type DTH LED Color Cap Code Color No cap X (not valid with head Type J) A Amber B Blue C Clear G Green R Red W White f Code 16 26 24 10 20 2 16 24 Voltage‡ Transformer Description 120V AC 50/60 Hz 240V AC 50/60 Hz Full Voltage 24V AC/DC 120V AC/DC 240V AC/DC Universal LED 12…130V AC/DC Dual Input 120V AC 24V AC/DC (dual input diode only) www. D2P 1 N.B.C.Bulletin 800T/H 30. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) D1V 1 N. Not recommended for use with solid-state outputs.C. or contact blocks.L.O.O. Div.C.1 N.C. Type 4/4X/13 PH 1 O X X O Contact Blocks Code Description Blank No contacts Standard D1 1 N.B. . .1 N.C. Illuminated Note: A jumbo or large legend plate is recommended.L. contacts meet EN ISO 13850 and IEC 60947-5-5 standards for emergency stop applications.O.C. Illuminated 2-Position Push-Pull/Twist Cat. When the button is pulled from the IN to the OUT position. AP 1 N.O. Cat.ab. D2R 1 N.B. D2V 1 N. Diode type dual input provides circuit isolation via opposing diodes. AY 1 N. . if space allows. contact blocks.B. 800H-FRXTP16RA1 Operator Position Type 4/13 Maintained Push-Pull — 40 mm Push-Pull — 60 mm with "E-Stop" Push-Pull/Twist Release Push-Pull/Twist Release Cat.O.L.C. D2 1 N. Normally closed late break contact. 5 mm Push Buttons Push-Pull Operators 3-Position Push-Pull Devices. Main.N. Stackable Sealed Switch AY 1 N. lamp.C.O. No.L. Class 1. Main.O.B.O. ‡ Devices with N.C.B.B. Not recommended for use with solid-state outputs. Div.Bulletin 800T/H 30. .C. nos. Diode type dual input provides circuit isolation via opposing diodes. No. the electrical contacts change state before the mechanical detent occurs. are bold. . . Operator only supplied without power module.1 N. Sealed Switch AP 1 N.O.C. When the button is pulled from the IN to the OUT position.C.‡ 800T-FXMS00X 800H-FRXMS00X 800T-FXNS00X 800H-FRXNS00X 800T-FXMQ24RA7 800H-FRXMQ24RA7 800T-FXNQ24RA7 800H-FRXNQ24RA7 800H-FRXMQN25XA7 800T-FXNQN25XA7 800H-FRXNQN25XA7 800T-FXMQH2RA7 800H-FRXMQH2RA7 800T-FXNQH2RA7 800H-FRXNQH2RA7 800T-FXMP16RA7 800H-FRXMP16RA7 800T-FXNP16RA7 800H-FRXNP16RA7 800T-FXMPH16RA7 800H-FRXMPH16RA7 800T-FXNPH16RA7 800H-FRXNPH16RA7 800T-FXMPN16XA7 800H-FRXMPN16XA7 800T-FXNPN16XA7 800H-FRXNPN16XA7 Red No Lens Type 4/4X/13 Cat.L. 800H-FRXMP16A7 Momentary Maintained Maintained Momentary Maintained Momentary Out X X Center O X In O O Out X X Center O X In O O Contacts N.1 N. No.L. ♠ Dual input diode only.C. Illuminated 0 Illuminated 3-Position Push-Pull Cat. .L.L.‡ Cat.1 N. No. 800 8 24V AC/DC 0…250V AC/DC No Lens Operator Position b c Code T H 800T Type 4/13 Code FX FXJ R A1 d e f g h f Code M N Out Ctr. Type 4/13 Plastic.C.‡ 800T-FXMQN25XA7 Red Red Type 4/13 Note: X = Closed/O = Open 1 Normally closed late break contact.B. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) AV 1 N.O. – Momentary. contacts meet EN ISO 13850 and EN/IEC 60947-5-5 standards for emergency stop applications.B.1 N.1 N.L. No.1 N. ‡ Devices with N. c e Head Type‡ Illumination Options Transformer Code Description P Incandescent PH LED Full Voltage Q Incandescent QH Universal LED Dual Input D Diode type DT Transformer — relay type DTH Transformer — relay LED 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code Mushroom head FRX Jumbo FRXJ mushroom 11 16 Operator Function Operator Position b Finger-Safe Guards Code Description Blank No guards C Guards on terminals PH d a Protection Rating Description Metal. Main. Mom.ab. . 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed AR 1 N.B.C. – Maintained. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P h Target Contact N.1 Type Lamp Type Volts Color Operator Only Full Voltage 4 Incandescent No Lamp LED 12…130V AC/DC Incandescent 120V AC LED 120V AC No Lamp 120V AC Universal Transformer 5 6 T – FX a 7 9 10 Type 4/13 Cat. Mom. .O. § See page 10-20 (Table f) for additional voltage code options. A7 1 N.1 N.C. When button is pushed from the OUT to IN position. No. lens cap. Type 4/4X/13 M Description Code 16 26 24 10 20 2 12 16 24 Voltage§ Transformer Description 120V AC 50/60 Hz 240V AC 50/60 Hz Full Voltage 24V AC/DC 120V AC/DC 240V AC/DC Universal LED 12…130V AC/DC Dual Input 120V AC 24V AC/DC♠ g Color Cap Code Color No cap X (not valid with head Type J) A Amber B Blue C Clear G Green R Red W White 13 www. contacts meet EN ISO 13850 and EN/IEC 60947-5-5 standards for emergency stop applications. .C. Mom.C.C. A1 1 N. the mechanical detent action of the operator occurs before electrical contacts change state. In Mom. N. or contact blocks. N. Main.C. . O O X X O O X X O Contact Blocks Code Description Blank No contacts on operator Standard A 1 N.‡ Type 4/4X/13 Cat.C.com/catalogs 10-24 Preferred availability cat.O. 800T-FXMP16RA7 1 Operator Position 2 3 Illuminated 3-Position Push-Pull Cat. refer to page 10-39 to order boots separately. Example: Cat. 800H-CRA22A Type 4/13 Type 4/4X/13 Button Position: Button Type/Color® Bootless♣ Upper: Flush/Green Upper: Flush/Green Upper: Flush/Green Upper: Flush/Black Lower: Extended/ Lower: Mushroom/ Lower: Extended/ Upper: Flush/Black Lower: Flush/Black Lower: Flush/Black Red Red Red Cat. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-25 . 800T-U29 becomes Cat. § For use with Type J potentiometers having a shaft length of 7/8 in.ab. No. Cat.O. No. No. No. Specify Bulletin 800TC or 800HC for finger-safe potentiometers.3 mm). are bold. 800T-FA22A 800T-FB16A 800T-FC16A 800H-CRB16A 800H-CRA22A 2 N. 800H-UR4 Type 4/13 Type 4/4X/13 Potentiometer‡ Potentiometer‡ Cat. nos.C. Cat. No. 800T-FB16A Contact Arrangement Contact Type Configuration/ Position Cat. No. 1 N. 12 13 www. 2 applications. No. 2 W maximum (6V DC minimum).5 mm Push Buttons Specialty Operators Potentiometer Devices1 0 Cat. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Mechanically Interlocked Maintained Push Button Devices 7 8 Cat. 800T-U24 Cat. 800T-FA22A Cat. Does not meet Class 1 Div.Bulletin 800T/H 30. No. 1 N. No. 800TC-U29. 800T-FC16F Cat. No. Cat. 2 N. 25 kΩ 800T-U37 800H-UR37 50 kΩ 800T-U41 800H-UR41 800H-UR46 800H-N102§ 150 Ω 800T-U4 800H-UR4 75 kΩ 800T-U46 500 Ω 800T-U12 800H-UR12 100 kΩ 800T-U49 800H-UR49 1000 Ω 800T-U13 800H-UR13 150 kΩ 800T-U50 800H-UR50 1500 Ω 800T-U16 800H-UR16 400 kΩ 800T-U54 800H-UR54 2500 Ω 800T-U19 800H-UR19 500 kΩ 800T-U55 800H-UR55 5000 Ω 800T-U24 800H-UR24 1 MΩ 800T-U57 800H-UR57 10 kΩ 800T-U29 800H-UR29 2 MΩ 800T-U59 800H-UR59 15 kΩ 800T-U34 800H-UR34 3 MΩ 800T-U62 800H-UR62 20 kΩ 800T-U35 800H-UR35 4 MΩ 800T-U64 800H-UR64 1 Single turn operation with 312° rotation. Cat. No. Cat.O. No. ‡ Rated for 300V AC/DC. No. Resistance Operator Only without Resistive Element 800T-N37§ Type 4/13 Type 4/4X/13 Potentiometer‡ Potentiometer‡ Resistance Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. No. 800T-FA22F 800T-FB16F 800T-FC16F 800H-CRB16F 800H-CRA22F No Contact 9 10 11 — 800T-FA22 800T-FB16 800T-FC16 800H-CRB16 800H-CRA22 ® Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other operator types and combinations.C. (22. No. Cat. No. ♣ If booted operators are desired. (6.2 mm) and a shaft diameter of 1/4 in. 6V AC/DC 2 lamps. 800T Only)1 0 1 2 Color Cap Only With Lamps Cat. 50/60 Hz Transformer 800T-N50 800T-PC416 red 3-Light Color Cap with Lamps 3 Light white green red 4 4-Light Color Cap with Lamps 4 Light blue 5 Incandescent green red clear 800T – PC 6 a b 3 16 c d a 7 9 13 X R e f g h Position 1 Position 2 Position 3 Position 4 d Code 06 12 24 16 e. 50/60 Hz Transformer LED 120V AC. of Lamps/Voltage Transformer Description 4 lamps. are bold. ♣ 6V and 12V are positive polarity. 12V AC/DC 2 lamps. 24V AC/DC 3 lamps. 24V AC/DC 2 lamps. No. Description Standard unit® Amber Blue Clear Green Red White No color LEDs are available in red. 800T-PC416 Type 4/13 Color Cap With Lamps Complete Unit Cat. Exception: the white lens is supplied with an amber LED.ab.5 mm Push Buttons Specialty Operators Cluster Pilot Light Devices (Bul. No. 120V AC. 50/60 Hz Transformer 800T-N52L 800T-PCL216 Incandescent LED Incandescent 24V AC/DC Full Voltage 24V AC/DC Full Voltage 120V AC. 800T-N249 Type 2-Light Color Cap with Lamps 2 Light green 3 Lamp Type Incandescent LED Incandescent Volts 24V AC/DC Full Voltage 24V AC/DC Full Voltage 120V AC. lens color matches LED color. 6V AC/DC 4 lamps. 50/60 Hz Transformer 800T-N254 800T-N254L 800T-N51 800T-QC324 800T-QCL324 800T-PC316 LED 120V AC. 800T-QC224 800T-N257 800T-QCL224 800T-N257L 800T-N52 800T-PC216 R b G Code N50 N51 N52 N249 N250 N251 N252 N253 N254 N255 N256 N257 c d e f Position 2 Position 3 Position 4 b Illumination Options Description Incandescent LED Code Blank L c.Bulletin 800T/H 30. green and amber only. f. d. 24V LEDs are bipolar. f Code Blank (All Positions) A B C G R W X 1 Rated Type 4/13 indoor only. § LEDs could be adversely affected when used with solid-state outputs. 12V AC/DC 4 lamps. 50/60 Hz 2 lamps. ‡ White lenses use amber LEDs. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P .com/catalogs 10-26 W Position 1 a No. e. g. 50/60 Hz Color Options Code Color Blank (All 4 Standard unit® Positions) X No color A Amber B Blue C Clear G Green R Red W White Custom Lens Caps for Cluster Pilot Lights 800T – N249 10 12 R Illumination Options and No. No. Cat. 50/60 Hz 4 lamps. 6V AC/DC 3 lamps. 120V AC. h Voltage Options Full Voltage Description 6V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC Transformer 120V AC. nos. 50/60 Hz 3 lamps. 24V AC/DC A Preferred availability cat. ® See table above for standard unit colors. www. of Units Incandescent Code Description 2 2 unit cluster 3 3 unit cluster 4 4 unit cluster LED‡§♣ L2 2 unit cluster L3 3 unit cluster L4 4 unit cluster Power Module Type Code Description QC Full voltage PC Transformer a 11 W c Finger-Safe Guards Code Description Blank No guards C Guards on terminals b 8 Complete Unit Cat. No. 120V AC. 50/60 Hz Transformer 800T-N51L 800T-PCL316 24V AC/DC Full Voltage 800T-N251 800T-QC424 120V AC. 12V AC/DC 3 lamps. are bold. Push-totest rated for Type 13 only. and white. amber. 800T-PS16R 800T-PST16R 120V AC 800T-PSD16R — 800T-PSD24R — 800T-PSDT16R — 800T-QS24R 800T-QST24R Red 24V AC/DC 120V AC/DC 2 3 800T-QSH24R 800T-QSTH24R 120V AC Neon Push-To-Test Cat. ® Class 1. 800T-PSH16R 800T-PSTH16R 24V AC/DC LED Pilot Light 24V AC/DC 120V AC/DC 50/60 Hz Incandescent Full Voltage Color 800T-QSH10R 800T-QSTH10R Amber 800T-RS10A 800T-RST10A 4 5 800T – PS a D b c 16 R d e 6 a Power Module Type c e Illumination Options Lens Color Code Description PS Transformer (or dual input) Code Description Code Description QS Full voltage Blank Incandescent Blank No lens RS Neon1 H A Amber Transformer/Full Voltage/Dual Input LED‡ Neon b Blank No options Lamp Test Options Code Description d Blank No test option Voltage Plastic B Blue C Clear G Green R Red W White 7 8 Transformer D Dual input diode DT Dual input transformer relay® Code Description T Push-to-test® 16 120V AC 50/60 Hz 26 1 Neon is only available in amber or clear.Bulletin 800T/H 30. Division 2 0 1 18 mm Pilot Light Cat. No. LED color matches lens color. nos. 800T-PS16R Type 18 mm Push-to-Test Pilot Light Cat. No. ♣ Dual input diode only. green. No.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. blue. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-27 . Class I.5 mm Push Buttons Specialty Operators 18 mm Small Pilot Lights Type 4/13. except clear lens supplied with white LED and white lens supplied with amber LED. All LEDs except 120V have an internal shunt resistor for use with solid-state outputs. Division 2 rating not available. ‡ LEDs available in red.ab. No. 9 240V AC 50/60 Hz Full Voltage Incandescent 12 12V AC/DC 24 10 24V AC/DC Full Voltage LED 10 120V AC 13 130V AC/DC 24 11 24V AC/DC Neon 10 120V AC/DC 20 240V AC/DC Dual Input 16 120V AC 50/60 Hz 24 24V AC/DC♣ 12 13 www. 800T-PST16R Lamp Voltage Incandescent Transformer 120V AC 50/60 Hz LED Dual Input Diode Incandescent Dual Input Transformer Incandescent Cat. I — J.B. T 1 N. Stackable Sealed Switch 5 1 N.O. Div. . U 1 N. g Lever Movement and Function Description Function Type Code ↑ ← → ↓ 1 M — — — ↑ A 2 S — — — 1 — M — — ← B 2 — S — — 1Way 1 — — M — → C 2 — — S — 1 — — — M D ↓ 2 — — — S 1 M M — — 2 M S — — 3 S S — — 4 S M — — 2Way 1 — M M — 2 — M S — 3 — S S — F 4 — S M — 1 — — M M 2 — — M S 3 — — S S 4 — — S M 2Way 1 M — — M 2 M — — S H 3 S — — S 4 S — — M 1 M — M — 2 M — S — 3 S — S — 4 S — M — 2Way 1 — M — M 2 — M — S K 3 — S — S 4 — S — M Lever Movement and Function Description Function Type Code ↑ ← → ↓ 1 M M M — 2 M M S — 3 M S M — 4 M S S — 5 S M M — 6 S S M — 7 S M S — 8 S S S — 3Way 1 — M M M 2 — M M S 3 — M S M 4 — M S S 5 — S M M 6 — S S M 7 — S M S 8 — S S S 1 M — M M 2 M — M S 3 M — S M 4 M — S S 5 S — M M 6 S — S M 7 S — M S 8 S — S S 3Way 1 M M — M 2 M M — S 3 M S — M 4 M S — S 5 S M — M 6 S S — M 7 S M — S 8 S S — S 1 M M M M 2 M M M S 3 M M S M 4 M M S S 5 M S M M 6 M S S M 7 M S M S R 8 M S S S 4Way 1 S M M M 2 S M M S 3 S M S M 4 S M S S 5 S S M M 6 S S S M 7 S S M S T 8 S S S S Contact Blocks Code Description Blank (all No contacts pos.O. are bold.C. Class 1. J 1 N.C. nos.O.O.O.B. 4-Way Toggle Switches (Bul. Cat.E.C. F 1 N. 6 — J.O.C. H. I 1 N. 7 1 N.C. W 1 N. Q 1 N.Bulletin 800T/H 30. P 1 N.L.5 mm Push Buttons Specialty Operators 1-. 6 — D. No. U.O.M.O. . S 1 N. .C.1 N. 2-. No.E. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P Note: M = Maintained. . 1-2-3-4 Way Toggle Switch Cam Targets Up O O X X X O O X Contact Configuration Position Left Center Right Down X O O O O O O X O X X X X X X O O O O O O O X O X X X X X X O X H2 c E E X d e f g Right Left Right Left c c (cont'd) d. H. S. e. .) Standard D 1 N. 800T only) Type 4/13 0 Handle Position Switch Type Lever Movement 1 2 Way 2 4 Way 3 – T2 a 4 b a Finger-Safe Guards Code Description Blank No guards C Guards on terminals b 6 Operator Type Description 1-way toggle 2-way toggle 3-way toggle 4-way toggle Code T1 T2 T3 T4 7 Table 1. Sealed Switch R 1 N.com/catalogs 10-28 X Preferred availability cat.C.ab. G 1 N.M. 5 — E.O. S. R.C.C. f. V. Q — G. 5 — G.C. S = Spring Return 1 XA2 and XA2R contact blocks cannot be stacked upon. R.1 N. I — — E. V. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed V 1 N.1 N.L. 3-.C. W. Q www.1 N. No contacts in this X position PenTUFF (Low Voltage) H 1 N. E 1 N. 6 1 N. W. A 1 N. .O.O. Suffix Code Contact/Side Right Side Left Side D.C.1 N. but they can stack on other contact blocks.O. 800T-T2H3EEXX 800T-T2H1EEXX 800T-T2F3DDXX 800T-T2F1DDXX 800T-T4T8AAXX 800T-T4R1AAXX Note: X = Closed/O = Open 800T 5 Up Spring Return Operation Table 2. Contact Block Code 8 9 Contact Block Substitution Combination Code Standard D+E A D+D M 1 E+E N J+D B J+E C 10 11 12 13 Left Center Right Down X — O — O O — O — X — X O O — — O O X — X O O O O O X O O O O O O X O O O O O X Maintained Operation Cat. U. H. R. Sealed Switch 1 N.C. H. 800T only) 0 1 Selector Push Button Cat. Selector Push Button Cam Targets (Note: X = Closed/O = Open) Sleeve Position Contact Blocks Description Class 1. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed 1 N. H. 6 — J or Q — J or Q — — — — E. U. R. 1 N.B. U.C. Black Button Type Contact Position Button Free Button Depressed Button Free Button Depressed Right O X O O Left O O X O Right O O X O O X X O Left O O X O O X X O Right O X X O O X O X Left O X O X O X X O Flush Black Flush 2 N. W. U. 5 — — — — — — — — — — J or Q J or Q E. 1 N.C.O.O.1 N. No.O.O.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 1 N. e. Contact Block Reduction Rules Table 1. S. . S. R. 1 N. W.O. 1 N. W. H.C. 1 N. V. U.1 N.C. V. are bold. . W.C. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-29 12 13 .B. 1 N. 2 800T-KE2DEXX 800T-K2AAXX 3 800T-KC2AAXX 4 Note: X = Closed/O = Open 800T – KD a 2 b G c J d e f g Left Right Left 5 d.E. U.L.O. V.O.Bulletin 800T/H 30. R.O. 800T-K2AAXX Type 4/13 Selector Sleeve Left Contact Type Button Color 1 N. 5 D. V. No. 6 — — — — J or Q — J or Q — — — — — — G or I — G or I — G or I G or I — — — — — G or I — G or I — — — — E. .ab. H. Black Selector Sleeve Right Flush Selector Push Button Cat.C. V. V. R. 5 D. 6 — — — — — E. nos.5 mm Push Buttons Specialty Operators Selector Push Button Devices (Bul.C. No contacts in this position PenTUFF (Low Voltage) 1 N.M.C. . R. 6 — — — — — — E. 6 — — — — www. 5 — — — — E. 1 N. 1 N.C. H. 6 — E. W.O. U. 1 N. H. H. S. H. c Color Cap Color Green Black Red D E G J A X H U I Q F d.O. 5 — D. R. g (cont’d) Contact Blocks Description Code Blank (all pos.M. W.O. S. V. 1 N.C. W. S. 6 — E. 1 N. 1 N. S.) b Code 1 2 6 E Right a Code Blank C D Code No contacts on operator V W T Standard 1 N. 1 N. S. W.O. 5 — D. R S P 5 6 7 Button Pressed O O O X X X O X X O X Button Free O X X O O X X O O X X 7 8 Contact Block Substitution Standard Combination Substitute Code D+E A D+D M1 E+E N J+D B J+E C 9 10 Cam Description KA/K Button Free O O O O O O X X X X X 6 Table 2. V. Div. Stackable Sealed Switch 1 N.1 N. U. W. R.L. 5 — D. V. 1 N.O. S. 5 — D. g Finger-Safe Guards Description No guards Guards on terminals Cam and Head Type Code Description K A cam with flush operator KA A cam with extended operator KB B cam with flush operator KC C cam with flush operator KD D cam with flush operator KE E cam with flush operator Note: See Table 1 for Target description of each cam.1 N. U.1 N. R. U. f.C. 6 — — — — — D. 2 N. V. S. 5 — D. 6 — E. e. .C. H.E. f. U. 5 — — — — D.C. W. 6 E.O. Button Pressed X O X O X O O O X X O KB KC KD 11 KE Contact Block Side Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left — — — D. S. R. O.O. contacts open.O. . IN 800T-E24A 800T-E24M6A OUT 800T-E14A 800T-E14M6A Dead Bolt B — Button can be operated with or without the key inserted in the lock. 800T-D6LQA Type 4/13 Standard Size Metal Mushroom Head Contact Type 7 Button Color No Contact 1 N. No. change Q to F. Jumbo Size Metal Mushroom Head Cat.2 N. No. . 1 N.1 Cat.C. 800T-E15J6A. 4 For jumbo size mushroom cap.1 N. 800T-D6QA 6 Padlocking Jumbo Mushroom Button Cat. Will hold N. 1 N.§ 800T-D6Q 800T-D6LQ 800T-D6QD1 800T-D6LQD1 800T-D6QD2 800T-D6LQD2 800T-D6QA 800T-D6LQA ‡ Allows locking in the depressed position. 800T-D6QA becomes Cat. No.1 N. Replacement key part no. . No Contacts 800T-M1 1 N.1 N. No. Button will lock when depressed. 800T-M1B ♣ Can be operated from any angle. 8 Red 1 N. IN 800T-E12A 800T-E12M6A OUT 800T-E11A 800T-E11M6A 1 Each device supplied with 2 keys. No. Key removable in any position. Example: Cat.1 N. 800T-E15A 1 Mushroom Style Cylinder Lock Cat. No. 1 N.O. 800T-M1B Wobble Stick♣ 11 Contact Type Cat. No.C.C. No. for standard E158 is X-144218. No.1 IN 800T-E15A 800T-E15M6A Dead Bolt A — Button can only be operated with the key in the lock. No. www.O. 800T Type 13 only) 10 Wobble Stick Unit Cat. but might not hold N.O. 12 13 800T-M1D1 1 N.ab. No. 800T only) 0 Cylinder Lock Push Button Cat.C. Standard Cylinder Lock Red Mushroom Cylinder Lock Lock Position Cat. 800T-E15M6A Type 4/13 2 3 Type of Cylinder Lock Spring Bolt — Lock can be set with key when button is in the OUT position. 800T only) ‡ 5 Padlocking Mushroom Button Cat.O. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . .1 N. No.§ Cat.C. Momentary Padlocking Mushroom Head Devices (Bul. Key removable in any position. Key removable in locked position only.C. are bold. nos. No. 1 N.Bulletin 800T/H 30.C. No. 800T-E15M6A becomes Cat. .5 mm Push Buttons Specialty Operators Cylinder Lock Push Button Devices (Bul. change M to J. 800T-M1A 2 N.com/catalogs 10-30 Preferred availability cat. § To order without the padlocking attachment. 800T-D6FA 9 Momentary Wobble Stick Push Button Devices (Bul.O.C. .O. contacts closed. Example: Cat. O.O. 1 N.C. .C.C.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.M. 2 N.L.1 N.1 N. 1 N. Refer to accessories section. 1 N.O.C.C. No.2 N. 2 N.O.C.2 N. 2 N. . 1 N. .O. 800H-WK42B Flip Lever Operator Cat. 1 N.O.1 N.O.C.C. 1 N. 2 N.L.O.B.C. .O.B. 800H Type 4/4X only) 0 Flip Lever Operator Cat. 800H a Code Blank C Code Blank b Code 4 6 Operator Color Description Grey Red c Code — 1 2 3 4 5 Operator Types Description Code Blank 20 STOP 21 START 22 CLOSE 23 DOWN 24 EMERG. 2 N. Class 1.O. Locking provision is supplied as standard on red units.C.L. 1 N.C. .2 N. .C.2 N.C.Bulletin 800T/H 30.E.B.O. .O. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed 1 N. No. .C.C. 1 N.O. 2 N. .O. No.1 N. Div.O.O.L.1 N. 1 N. 2 N.C. nos.O.M.1 N.C.B.O. 1 N. are bold. 2 N.C Stackable Sealed Switch 1 N. 2 N. Red Grey 2 N.2 N.C. . Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-31 .2 N.‡ 2 N.O.O.C.5 mm Push Buttons Specialty Operators Momentary Contact Flip Lever Devices (Bul.C. 1 N. .ab. .O.C. (Mini) 1 N.O. 1 N. 2 N. STOP 25 6 FAST 26 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 FORWARD FULL SPEED HIGH IN INCH JOG LEFT LOW LOW SPEED LOWER OFF ON OPEN 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Description OUT RAISE RESET REVERSE RIGHT RUN SECOND SPEED SLOW TEST THIRD SPEED UP O I AVANT OUVRIR ARRIER MARCHE ESSAI ARRET D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 A1 A2 A4 A7 A B D1P D2P AP BP D1Y D2Y A2Y A4Y AY BY 4 5 – WK a Finger-Safe Guards Description No guards Guards on terminals 3 6 1 A b c d d d (cont'd) Contact Block(s) Description No contacts Standard 1 N.O. 1 N.C Contact Block(s) Description PenTUFF (Low Voltage) 1 N.C. 800H-WK61B 1 Flip Lever Contact Type Button Color Legend Marking Cat.C. . (Mini) 1 N. Div.1 N.1 N. Red No Legend1 800H-WK4 STOP 800H-WK61 2 No Legend1 800H-WK6 START 800H-WK42A No Legend1 800H-WK4A STOP 800H-WK61A No Legend1 800H-WK6A START 800H-WK42B No Legend1 800H-WK4B STOP 800H-WK61B No Legend1 800H-WK6B 1 Legend plate can be ordered separately. Code D1V D2V D3V D4V AV BV D1R D2R A2R A4R AR BR 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 www.O. 1 N. .E. START 800H-WK42 Grey No Contacts Red Grey 1 N. 1 N. 2/Zone 2 Sealed Switch 1 N. 1 N.C. Class 1. 2 N.ab. 5 6 Cat. No.O.O. 800T-NXM 8 Description Glass Disc Kit Each replacement kit for break-glass push button units or stations consists of six glass discs and one button tack. 2 N. which are operated when the small glass window is broken. 800T-S6M 2 N. 2 N. 1 N.O.C. This kit does not include legend plate.C. Break-Glass Push Button Station Red push button station in a Type 4/13 enclosure incorporates either one or two snap-action contact blocks. 800T-S6M Replacement Snap Action Contact Block Kit This kit is used to replace the snap action contact block. 800T-N28 10 Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). No.O.O. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P Cat. 800T-NXM 2 N. No. 1 N.C. see page 10-48.O. No. 800T-S6N 1 N.C. 800T-NX114 Miscellaneous Kits 3 Description 4 Contact Type Unit Only Kit The break-glass unit less the enclosure is available as a kit to install into the customer’s enclosure. No. 800T-N28 . are bold.com/catalogs 10-32 Preferred availability cat. the hammer and chain and five extra glass discs with one button tack. 1 N. Cat. Includes STOP legend. 1 N. 1 2 2 N.C.Bulletin 800T/H 30. 800T-NXN Cat. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. nos. 800T only) Complete Station Description Contact Type 1 N.C. No.5 mm Push Buttons Specialty Operators 0 Break-Glass Push Button Stations (Bul. 800T-NX114 800T-NX115 Cat. 9 Cat. No. Break-Glass Station 11 12 13 www. For legend plates. 7 Cat. The kit includes the contact unit. No. Inclusion of a sketch is recommended. Stations not listed in this table may be ordered as custom-built stations. No. will be added. § Two vertical rows of three holes. No. and/or marking for each unit. Add suffix Y to the cat. no. Specify vertical/horizontal mounting. 800T-2TZ Cat. Note: Enclosure and conduit dimensions are detailed on page 10-61. 800T-1TZY. ‡ One vertical row. of Operator Openings 2 800T-2TZ — 800T-2ZT 800T-2PZ 800T-2PY 3 800T-3TZ — 800T-3ZT 800T-3PZ 800T-3PY 4 800T-4TZ — 800T-4ZT 800T-4PZ 800T-4PY 5 — — — 800T-5PZ 800T-5PY 800T-6PY 6‡ 800T-6TZ — 800T-6ZT 800T-6PZ 6§ 800T-6THZ 800T-6TJZ 800T-6ZTH — — 7 — — — 800T-7PZ 800T-7PY 8 — — — 800T-8PZ 800T-8PY 9 800T-9TZ 800T-9TJZ 800T-9ZT 800T-9PZ 800T-9PY 10 — — — 800T-10PZ 800T-10PY 12 800T-12TZ 800T-12TJZ 800T-12ZT — — 16 800T-16TZ 800T-16TJZ 800T-16ZT — — 20 — 800T-20TJZ — — — 25 — 800T-25TJZ — — — 7 8 9 10 Note: Specialty enclosures available. no. No. No. Enclosures Surface Mount♣ Die Cast1 (Type 4/13) Flush Mount Sheet Metal (Type 13) Die Cast Face Plate (Type 4/13) 3 Pendant Type One Hole in Bottom (Type 13) Openings in Cover (Type 13) 4 5 6 Cat. are bold. 1. The letter Z will be substituted for the letter W and a station serial no. No. Specify desired operator mounting sequence. No. No. 11 12 13 www. used to identify custom-built Bulletin 800T push button stations will be cat. 0 Cat. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-33 .Bulletin 800T/H 30. ♣ Bottom conduit entry. no. Ordering Information 1 The following information is required when ordering custom-built push button stations. of enclosure. 800T-2ZT Cat. If no information is given. no. 5. of control units. 800T-2PY Cat.5 mm Push Buttons Custom-Built Stations/Enclosures Custom-Built Stations Description The table on page 10-5 lists the most commonly used Bulletin 800T/800H push button stations. no. 2 2. Example: Cat. No. 1 800T-1TZ — 800T-1ZT — — No. Cat. Cat. Grounding provision provided. Legend plate cat.ab. for yellow painted enclosure. Cat. Cat. standard configuration will be used. 1 Enclosure depth will accommodate one shallow and one mini-contact block stacked.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Cat. listed for enclosure only. Cat. The cat. No. no. 800T-6TJZ Cat. No. 800T-2PZ Cat. 3. nos. 4. Please refer to KB Q69259778. No. no. Legend plate cat. 800H-2HZ4Y Stainless Steel (#304) Type 4/4X/131 Rosite Glass Polyester Type 4/4X/13 Thermoplastic Polyester Cat. § Identical to Cat. Example: Cat.5 mm Push Buttons Custom-Built Stations/Enclosures Custom-Built Stations (800H only) Cat. 12 13 www. Ordering Information The following information is required when ordering custom-built push button stations: 1. No. No. The letter W is substituted for the letter Z and a station serial no. no. [in. For 3/4 in. 5. 1490-N10.Bulletin 800T/H 30. order Cat.ab. used to identify custom-built Bulletin 800H push button stations will be cat. 800H-1HZ4CY. ♣ No conduit openings provided. No. Dia. will be added. Specify vertical/horizontal mounting. 0 The cat. 1 2 Enclosures (800H only) 3 4 5 Stainless Steel Cat. no. order Cat. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . ® Yellow thermoplastic enclosures may be ordered by adding a Y to the cat. Extra deep. of Operator Openings No.com/catalogs 10-34 Preferred availability cat. 1 Grounding screw provided with stainless steel enclosure. No. [in. 1490-N9. no. 800H-1HZ4 but without mounting holes. Cat. 4. Enclosure and conduit dimensions are detailed on page 10-61. Dia. No.] Cat. are bold. No. of control units. 800H-2HZ4 6 7 8 9 10 11 Rosite Glass Polyester Cat. No. Including a sketch is recommended. of Operator Openings No. no. 3. no. standard configuration will be used. If information not given. For 1 in. Cat. 0§ 1 3/4 800H-0HZ4 — 1 1 3/4 800H-1HZ4Y 800H-1HZ4C 1 1 3/4 800H-1HZ4 800H-1HZ4R 2 1 1 800H-2HZ4Y 800H-2HZ4C 1 2 3/4 — 800H-1HZ4RM1 3 1 1 800H-3HZ4Y 800H-3HZ4C 1 1 1 — 800H-1HZ4RM2 4 — — — 800H-4HZ4C 2 1 3/4 800H-2HZ4 800H-2HZ4R — — — — — 2 2 3/4 800H-2HZ4M1 800H-2HZ4RM1 — — — — — 2 1 1 800H-2HZ4M2 800H-2HZ4RM2 — — — — — 3 1 3/4 800H-3HZ4 800H-3HZ4R — — — — — 3 2 3/4 800H-3HZ4M1 800H-3HZ4RM1 — — — — — 4 1 3/4 800H-4HZ4 800H-4HZ4R — — — — — 4 2 3/4 800H-4HZ4M1 800H-4HZ4RM1 — — — — — 5 1 1 800H-5HZ4 — — — — — — 6 1 1 800H-6HZ4 800H-6HZ4R — — — — — 7 1 1 800H-7HZ4 — — — — — — 8 1 1 800H-8HZ4 — — — — — — Note: Other combinations of conduit hub sizes are available upon request. nos. No. 2. No. 800H-1HZ4C becomes Cat. Cat. No. hub. No. listed for enclosure only. Cat. No. Specify operator mounting sequence that you want. No.]‡ Cat. of enclosure. No. and/or marking for each unit. No. ‡ Conduit hubs must be ordered separately. 800H-2HZ4R Conduit Hubs Fiberglass Cat. 800H-2HZ4C Conduit Openings Fiberglass Type 4/4X/13 Thermoplastic Polyester♣® Type 4/4X No. Accommodates two levels of stackable sealed switch contact blocks. hub. Specify Bulletin 800TC for finger-safe contact blocks. monitoring contact) Cat. 800T-XA2§ M — — 800T-XA2R§ Y — — 800T-XA2Y 8 2 N. see page 10-4.C. No. No.O. No.O.O. Code Cat. is properly installed onto the operator. 800T-XD6 L 800T-XS 800T-XD2M 2 1 N. The N. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-35 .O.C. monitoring contact automatically closes when the S.ab.L. Time Delay Block♣ Mini Block1 S. No. ‡ 800T operator using sealed switch and logic reed contact blocks and installed in a suitable enclosure are UL Listed as suitable for use in Class I.com/catalogs 13 Preferred availability cat.B.C. Shallow/mini contacts: 10 A gl or N type cartridge fuse.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Contact Blocks Packaged in kit form for field installation. 800T-XA4 N — — 800T-XA4R Z — — 800T-XA4Y 9 1 N. Contact blocks cannot be stacked onto power modules. PenTUFF contacts: 6 A gl or N type cartridge fuse.L.B.O.E. 800TC-XA. 1 Contact blocks with normally closed contacts meet direct drive positive opening standard requirements when properly fused to IEC 269-1 and 269-2.1 N.C.C. Division 2/Zone 2 hazardous locations. Sealed switch contact blocks are not stackable and are limited to two blocks per operator.O. Mounting Screws 8 9 10 11 Screw Retainer 12 Actuator Extender Shallow Contact Block Hardware Description Cat. Contact ratings are listed on page 10-4.C.B. If the S.B. Example: Cat.Bulletin 800T/H 30.B. so illuminated operators are limited to two contact blocks.L. 1 2 Shallow Block PenTUFF™ (Low Voltage) Contact Block Logic Reed Block PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Block1 Shallow Block1 Sealed Switch Block Stackable Sealed Switch Block Sealed Switch Block‡ Stackable Sealed Switch Block‡ Logic Reed Block‡ Contact Type Cat. 800T-XD3 G 800T-XD3V I — — — — — — 1 N. 800T-XD4 J 800T-XD4V Q — — — — — — 1 N.O. Code Cat. 800T-XD1 D 800T-XD1V H 800T-XD1R V 800T-XD1P R 800T-XD1Y 5 1 N. Must be mounted on the first level of the operator.B. 6 Mini Block Self Monitoring Contact Block Time Delay Block Contact Type 1 N.O. (wired in series with 1 N. 0 Note: It is not recommended to mount more than four contact blocks on any one non-illuminated operator (maximum two blocks deep). All necessary mounting hardware is provided with each contact block kit. the N.B.C.M. Code Cat. § Additional contacts cannot be stacked on XA2 and XA2R contact blocks. Cat. . is separated from the operator. 800T-XD2 E 800T-XD2V U 800T-XD2R W 800T-XD2P S 800T-XD2Y 6 1 N.B. are bold. ® For use with 2-position push-pull or push-pull/twist operators only.C. No.M.C. No.M. . Code Cat. 800T-XA A 800T-XAV F 800T-XAR T 800T-XAP P 800T-XAY 7 2 N.L. — — — 800T-XD4M 4 Note: Modular suffix codes can be used when specifying selector switches with multiple contact blocks. 800T-XD5 K 800T-XT 800T-XD1M 1 1 N. Code Cat. 800T-XA7 C — — — — — — — — 3 4 5 Note: Modular suffix codes can be used when specifying selector switches with multiple contact blocks. monitoring contact automatically opens. No.M.N.C. ♣ For contact ratings. 800T-XA1 B — — — — — — — — 1 N.O. No. No.C.1® Code 800TC-XD4S 3 7 MaxDuty Block MaxDuty Block Contact Type Cat. Contact Block Mounting Screw 800T-N335 Screw Retainer 800T-N336 Actuator Extender 800T-N337 www. Code 1 N.C.L.1 N. Time delay contacts are only available as one circuit per operator. Code 1 N. nos.C. No. . No. 800T-XA becomes Cat. No. 48V AC 50/60 Hz 800T-N325 Transformer1 120V AC 800T-N296 120V AC 50/60 Hz 800T-N326 240V AC 50/60 Hz 800T-N327 277V AC 50/60 Hz 800T-N327Y 480V AC 50/60 Hz 600V AC 50/60 Hz 24V AC/DC 800T-N291N 120V AC/DC 800T-N290N — — — 800T-N328 — — — 800T-N329 — — — Diode Type 1 Transformer type dual input provides circuit isolation via a miniature type relay. No. 1 Full Voltage Power Module Cat.com/catalogs 10-36 Preferred availability cat.Bulletin 800T/H 30. No. No. Example: Cat. 800T-N332 7 Resistor (10% Drop)® Voltage Neon♣® Cat. 800T-N332 becomes Cat. § Specify Bulletin 800TC for finger-safe power modules. are bold. 800T-N326 Full Voltage§ Lamp Voltage 3 4 240V AC/DC‡ Transformer§ Cat. 6…130V AC/DC Dual Input Power Modules Cat. No. Universal LED Module 9 10 Voltage Cat. 120V AC/DC 800T-N333 240V AC/DC 800T-N334 ♣ Neon modules contain resistors. Diode type dual input provides circuit isolation via opposing diodes. No. 5 6 Resistor Power Module Cat. 12…130V AC/DC 800TC-N374 Trigger Action E-Stop Latches 11 12 Cat. No. ‡ 240V full voltage module contains 50% dropping resistors for use with a 120V incandescent lamp.ab. Type Voltage Cat. Example: Cat. No. 800TC-N332. Illuminated type 800T-N380 Non-illuminated type 800T-N379 www. 800TC-N330. 800T-N333 Voltage Cat. No. 800T-N332 120V AC/DC 8 Neon Power Module Cat. No. 800T-N379 Description Cat. 800T-N380 13 Cat. No. No. Lamps are listed on page 10-45. nos. No. No. Not recommended for use with solid-state outputs and neon indicators. ® Specify Bulletin 800TC for finger-safe power modules. No. 800T-N296 (Transformer) Cat. No. No. No. This module is used in conjunction with a 120V transformer. 800T-N330 becomes Cat. 800T-N330 2 Transformer Power Module Cat.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Power Modules 0 Packaged in kit form for field installation. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . No. No. 800T-N290N (Diode) 800T-N330 800T-N331 Dual Input Voltage Cat. No. Cat. nos. Push-Pull Push-Pull/Twist Push-Pull Jumbo 0 Push-Pull/Twist Jumbo 1 Push-Pull Color Caps. Amber 800T-N159A 800H-N112A 800T-N301A 800T-N209A 800T-N306A Blue 800T-N159B 800H-N112B 800T-N301B 800T-N209B 800T-N306B Clear 800T-N159C 800H-N112C 800T-N301C 800T-N209C 800T-N306C Green 800T-N159G 800H-N112G 800T-N301G 800T-N209G 800T-N306G Red 800T-N159R 800H-N112R 800T-N301R 800T-N209R 800T-N306R White 800T-N159W 800H-N112W 800T-N301W 800T-N209W 800T-N306W 2 3 4 Illuminated Mushroom Illuminated Jumbo Mushroom Standard 800T/H Push Button Color Caps. Example: Cat.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Replacement Color Caps Color caps listed below are for field replacement on installed devices or for completion of devices ordered with color caps omitted. Red 800T-N246R 800H-N114A 800T-N247R 800H-N115A 800T-N311R 1 800T-N248R Cat. www. No. and order in multiples of 20.com/catalogs 11 12 13 Preferred availability cat. No. Cat. Cat. Cat. from 248 to 313. Cat. from Cat. No. No. No. Green 800T-N246G 800H-N114B 800T-N247G 800H-N115B 800T-N311G 1 800T-N248G Black 800T-N246B 800H-N114H 800T-N247B 800H-N115H 800T-N311B 1 800T-N248B Orange 800T-N246O 800H-N114F 800T-N247O 800H-N115F 800T-N311O 800T-N248O Grey 800T-N246GR 800H-N114G 800T-N247GR 800H-N115G 800T-N311GR 800T-N248GR Blue 800T-N246BL 800H-N114C 800T-N247BL 800H-N115C 800T-N311BL 1 800T-N248BL Yellow 800T-N246Y 800H-N114E 800T-N247Y 800H-N115E 800T-N311Y 1 800T-N248Y Natural — — — — — ‡ 800T-N248 White 800T-N246W 800H-N114L — 800H-N115L — — For padlocking jumbo mushroom style: 1 change listed cat. Illuminated 800T Push-Pull 800H Push-Pull 800T/H Push-Pull/Twist 800T/H Push-Pull Jumbo 800T/H Push-Pull/Twist Jumbo Color Cat. are bold. No. change listed cat. No. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10 10-37 . No. No. Cat. no. Cat. No. 800T-N313GR. 8 Plastic Mushroom Plastic Jumbo Mushroom Padlocking Metal Mushroom Metal Jumbo Mushroom 9 Push Button Color Caps. No. Amber 800T-N304A 800T-N305A 800T-N26A 800T-N42 800T-N122A 800T-N22 Blue 800T-N304B 800T-N305B 800T-N26B 800T-N43 800T-N122B 800T-N23 Clear 800T-N304C 800T-N305C 800T-N26C 800T-N45 800T-N122C 800T-N25 Green 800T-N304G 800T-N305G 800T-N26G 800T-N41 800T-N122G 800T-N21 Red 800T-N304R 800T-N305R 800T-N26R 800T-N40 800T-N122R 800T-N20 White 800T-N304W 800T-N305W 800T-N26W 800T-N44 800T-N122W 800T-N24 6 7 1 Available in bulk quantities of 20. 800T-N248O to Cat. No. No. No. No. Cat. Non-Illuminated 800T Plastic Mushroom 800H Plastic Mushroom 800T Plastic Jumbo Mushroom 800H Plastic Jumbo Mushroom 800T Padlocking Metal Mushroom 800T Metal Jumbo Mushroom Button Color Cat. 800T-N313.ab. No. 800T-N313G.Bulletin 800T/H 30. No. no. Cat. no. no. No. Illuminated Mushroom Push-to-Test Glass Caps for Pilot Lights 800T/H Pilot Light Color Caps Standard1 Jumbo Mushroom Push-to-Test1 5 Glass Caps for 800T Pilot Lights 18 mm Color Cat. No. No. No. 800T-N248G becomes Cat. Cat. 800T-N248 to Cat. Cat. Cat. ‡ change listed cat. Cat. Add suffix (-BP) to the cat. No. from Cat. No. Continued 0 Color caps listed below are for field replacement on installed devices or for completion of devices ordered with color caps omitted. nos. No.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Replacement Color Caps. No.ab.com/catalogs 10-38 Preferred availability cat. Standard Knob White 800T-N230F Kit 800T-N230 Knob Lever White 800T-N231F Kit 800T-N231 Wing Lever Grey 800T-N238 Red 800T-N238A Coin Slot Black Only 800T-N239 Standard Knob White 800H-N145F Color Cat. Illuminated 5 Standard Knob 6 7 Knob Lever 800T Knob Type 800H Knob Type Standard Knob Knob Lever Standard Knob Color Cat. Cat. Cat. No. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . No. Red 800T-N160A 800T-N302A 800T-N208A 800T-N307A Green 800T-N160B 800T-N302B 800T-N208B 800T-N307B Blue 800T-N160C 800T-N302C 800T-N208C 800T-N307C 800T-N307E Yellow 800T-N160E 800T-N302E 800T-N208E Orange 800T-N160F 800T-N302F 800T-N208F 800T-N307F Grey 800T-N160G 800T-N302G 800T-N208G 800T-N307G Black 800T-N160H 800T-N302H 800T-N208H 800T-N307H White 800T-N160L 800T-N302L 800T-N208L 800T-N307L Selector Switch Knobs. are bold. No. No. Standard knob and knob levers can be ordered with white inserts or with a packet of colored inserts which includes one insert of each color. No. Push-Pull/Twist Jumbo Cat. 1 Push-Pull Push-Pull/Twist Push-Pull Jumbo Push-Pull/Twist Jumbo 800T/H Push-Pull Color Caps. Non-Illuminated 2 3 4 Push-Pull Push-Pull/Twist Push-Pull Jumbo Button Color Cat.Bulletin 800T/H 30. Knob Lever Cat. No. Cat. Standard knob and knob levers use the same insert. Color Insert kits can also be ordered with operators at no additional charge. 12 Item Color Cat. Cat. Amber 800T-N297A 800T-N298A 800H-N154A 800H-N155A Blue 800T-N297B 800T-N298B 800H-N154B 800H-N155B Clear 800T-N297C 800T-N298C 800H-N154C 800H-N155C Green 800T-N297G 800T-N298G 800H-N154G 800H-N155G Red 800T-N297R 800T-N298R 800H-N154R 800H-N155R White 800T-N297W 800T-N298W 800H-N154W 800H-N155W 8 Selector Switches Description 9 Standard Knob Lever Coin Slot Wing Lever 800T Knobs and Actuators for Selector Switches Selector switch knobs can be changed in the field. Red 800T-N124 Green 800T-N125 Blue 800T-N126 Yellow 800T-N127 White 800T-N128 Orange 800T-N286 All 800T-N123 13 www. If color All is selected. 10 800H Knob 11 Description 800T/H Color Insert Kits Available on Selector switches with removable color inserts. No. a packet of color inserts will be furnished which includes one of each color. nos. Material application information shown below. Cat. To order boots with silicone. No. No. 1 800H-NR100 800HS-NR100 2 800H-NR103 800HS-NR103 1 Color insert packet (Cat. No. phosphate esters. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-39 11 12 13 . No. Particularly suited for use where lubricating oils and automotive fuels may be present.Bulletin 800T/H 30. alcohols. Boot without Guard 800H-N11 Boot with Guard 800H-N12 Protective Boots for Non-llluminated Push Buttons 6 Boots supplied with control stations and components are made of a chlorosulfonated polyethylene material with stainless steel insert ring. No. Particularly suited for use where organic acids or vegetable oils may be present. 800H-NR5 1 Material Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene‡ Insert Material Brass Silicone ‡ Cat. Cat. 1 800H-NR5 Cat. Also well-suited for outdoor use. ‡ Dots printed on the inside of the boot identify the boot material.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Booted Selector Switch Knobs.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. § Series B boots incorporate a stainless steel insert as standard. Good flex and high impact resistance. No. Most durable boot material. and weather.ab. No. Cat. 800H-N5A Material Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene‡ Insert Material Stainless steel§ 5 Silicone ‡ Urethane ‡ Ethylene Propylene ‡ Boot Color Cat. Red 800H-N5A 800H-N101R 800H-N100R 800H-N103R Green 800H-N5B 800H-N101G 800H-N100G 800H-N103G Black 800H-N5H 800H-N101B 800H-N100B 800H-N103B Yellow 800H-N5E 800H-N101Y 800H-N100Y — Blue 800H-N5C 800H-N101BL 800H-N100BL — 8 9 May be added to flush or extended head push button units to protect against foreign materials reaching the opening between the button and the locking ring. Outstanding service in areas with hot water and steam wash downs. No. 3 Protective Boots Protective Boot for Illuminated Push Buttons 4 Cat. Resistant to attack by many acids and alkalies. www. units without guard or Push-to-Test devices. ozone. 800H-NR101 800HS-NR5 Ethylene Propylene ‡ Urethane ‡ 800HS-NR101 1 Cat. 800H-N12 Description May be added to guarded units. No. − Urethane Excellent resistance to mechanical failure. Type Cat. or ethylene propylene material. are bold. 800H-N11 Cat. ketones. such as oxygen. No. urethane. − Ethylene-propylene Particularly suited for high temperature applications. No. detergents. This protective boot guards against the entrance of foreign materials reaching the opening between the button and locking ring. 7 Cat. Non-Illuminated (800H only) 0 Cat. and glycols. This is the standard boot material supplied with 800H NEMA Type 4/4X push buttons unless otherwise specified. 1 Stainless Steel Cat. 10 Protective Boot Application Information − Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene (synthetic rubber) Very resistant to attack by oxidizing chemicals such as concentrated sulfuric acid and hypochlorite solutions. No. see the table below. − Silicone Superior high temperature resistance. Also resistant to attack by oils and performs well in a wide range of other chemicals and solvents. 800T-N123) is included in each kit. ‡ Dots printed on the inside of the boot identify the boot material. No. No. Also superior resistance to the effects of outdoor use. Bul. 800T-N300F for front-of-panel bracket. recommended for installations which require CSA approval.O. 800T-N245 7 8 Cat. No.O. 800T-N300 Bul. 800T-N210R Bul. No.ab. 800T-N209RE1 Cat. 800T-N179 Bul. (46. Guards against closing the N. 800T-N211GL Bul. No. This wrench is double-ended and can be used for 18 mm and 30 mm pilot light mounting rings. No. No.Bulletin 800T/H 30. nos. contacts of one button while the other button’s N. 800T 63 mm Red Anodized Aluminum Cap with "E-Stop" For use on Bul. For maintained units. 800T units. see page 10-25. 800T non-illuminated push-pull devices.com/catalogs 10-40 Preferred availability cat.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Potentiometer Replacement Knobs 0 1 Description Cat. 800T non-illuminated push-pull devices. No. 800T-N300 for back-of-panel bracket. No. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 800F-ALR1 . 800T-N12 Miscellaneous 5 Description 6 Cat. Order Cat. are bold. No. No. 800T or 800H push-pull operators. Necessary mounting hardware is included. Type 4/13 (800T) 40274-073-55 Type 4/4X/13 (800H) 40274-073-54 Push Buttons Description 2 Cat. 800T-N245 Bul.8 mm) center-to-center. 800T non-illuminated push-pull devices. 800T-N210RE Bul. Legend plates must be ordered separately and should be inverted 180° prior to engraving and installation. contacts are closed. 800T Rocker Arm Operating Lever The rocker arm lever operates two flush head or one flush with one extended head momentary contact push button units spaced 1-27/32 in. 800T 90 mm Gold Anodized Aluminum Cap For use on Bul. Bul. 800T/H Jumbo Push-Pull Cap For use on Bul. 800T/H Lens/Bulb Removal Tool The small end of this tool provides quick and easy removal of any incandescent or LED lamp. 800T-N300 800T-N300F 11 Bul. 800E-ALR1 13 www. 800T/H Mounting Ring Wrench This wrench will simplify tightening or loosening the octagonal mounting ring used on Bul. 800T/H Mechanical Interlock Used on momentary contact push button units. Fits on illuminated and non-illuminated devices. 800T-N209RE1 9 10 Cat. 800T 63 mm Red Anodized Aluminum Cap For use on Bul. 800T-N179 (Operators not included) 3 4 Cat. No. 800T-N12 Cat. 800T Bonding Bracket The bonding bracket establishes an electrical circuit between the mounting surface and metal operator bushing for grounding purposes. Order Cat. No. Buttons remain momentary. 12 Cat. XD1R. this neat-appearing button can be supplied to close the unused openings. 9 Bul. -XD5.Bulletin 800T/H 30. -XD1P. Note: Must be ordered in multiples of 10 pieces. 800T Etching Fluid Used to blacken freshly engraved aluminum legend plates. -XA4R. 800T-N322 Transformer covers for transformer only. 800T-N324 Cat. nos. No. 800T-N293 7 Bul. No. No. XD6. LED modules. 800T-N323 Grey Bul. 0 Bul. No. -PC…. No. -XAR. full voltage modules. Note: Must be ordered in multiples of 25 pieces. etc. -XA1. -XD4. (800T-XD1. -XAP. No. 800T-N292 Plastic Bul. -XD2. No. 800T-N293 5 Plastic Bul. 800H Trim Washer Used to mount the operator properly when a legend plate is not being used. Note: Must be ordered in multiples of 10 pieces. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-41 . 800T-N188 Description Color Cat. 800H-N148 Metal Bul.ab. 800T Trim Washer Used to mount the operator properly when a legend plate is not being used. 800T-N188 8 Cat. 800T Thrust Washer Used to prevent rotation of operators in a keyed or notched hole. IP2X and VGB finger-safe protection.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Miscellaneous. and -XD2R) Note: Must be ordered in multiples of 25 pieces. Note: Must be ordered in multiples of 10 pieces. 800T-N324 Multi-terminal side cover for use on single or double circuit contact blocks. Continued Description Cat. Single terminal guards for single circuit contact blocks. No. 800T-N322 IEC Finger-Safe Accessories Cat. 800T-N323 Cat. 800H Thrust Washer Used to prevent rotation of operators in a keyed or notched hole. (800T-XA. -XA4. 800H-N146 6 1 2 3 4 Cat. -XA2R. -XA7. 800T/H IEC Finger-Safe Terminal Guards Snap-on accessories which provide IEC. are bold.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Cat. -XD2P. 800T-N292 Cat. -XD3. and -QC…)1 Note: Must be ordered in multiples of 100 pieces. 800T-N1 Grey 800T-N1 10 Black 800T-N1B 11 1 Power modules excluding transformers and dual inputs 12 13 www. -XA2. No. Note: Must be ordered in multiples of 10 pieces. 800T/H Closing Button Where an enclosure or flush plate with more than the required number of openings is used. For extended head non-illuminated momentary push buttons. Made of stainless steel. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . No. 800T-N314 (Padlock not included) 10 11 Cat.Bulletin 800T/H 30. 800T-N2 (Padlock not included) 3 4 Cat. 800T Momentary Mushroom Padlocking Attachments For Bul. No. No. 800T-N2 Bul. No. 800T-N314 Bul. No. 800T-N163 (Padlock not included) 12 13 www. 800T non-illuminated momentary mushroom push button. nos. 800T/H Trigger Action Padlocking Attachment For 2-position trigger action E-stops with 45 mm heads. No.). are bold. 800T-N10 (Padlock not included) 5 6 Cat. Requires use of Cat. 800T-N311 mushroom cap. 800T-N315 Bul. 800T Extended Head Push Button Padlocking Attachments Permits locking in the depressed position. 800T-N378 0 1 2 Cat.ab. Locks the normally closed contacts open only. Locks the normally closed contact in the open position. 800T/H Padlocking Cover Guards against unauthorized operation for non-illuminated. This device is used to lock the mushroom button in a depressed position. 800T-N315 (Padlock not included) 7 8 9 Cat. For flush head push button. No. Use on standard head only (40 mm dia. Conversion of normally closed late break contacts to standard normally closed contacts are recommended when using this accessory. 800T Flush Head Push Button Padlocking Attachments Permits locking in the depressed position. standard knob selector switches and potentiometers.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Locking Attachments Description Cat. Bul. 800T-N10 Bul. 800T/H Push-Pull Padlocking Attachment For 2-position push-pull and push-pull/twist release illuminated and nonilluminated operators.com/catalogs 10-42 Preferred availability cat. Stainless steel and clear plastic construction. Locks the normally closed contact in the open position. 800T-N163 Bul. The words OPEN COVER TO OPERATE are on the front and PULL-TO-START-PUSH-TO-STOP are on the rear. 1) 800T-N317L Cat.73 mm) 13 www. No. (8. 800H-N316J (Padlock not included) Center Left (Pos. Cat. 800T-NX446A (Padlock not included) 7 Description Position Cat. and standard knob selector switches. Left 800H-N141L Center 800H-N141C Right 800H-N141R All 800H-N141A Bul. Locks selector switch in any maintained position. No. cover will lock only when the button is in depressed position.and 3-Position Non-illuminated Selector Switch Padlocking Attachment — Standard Knob Padlocking guard for 2. Window Center through Left Can be used to lock operators in a desired position. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-43 . and 4-position selector switch padlocking attachments. No. Locks selector switch in any maintained position.Bulletin 800T/H 30. No. Padlocking guard for 4-position selector switches with standard knob operators only. For non-illuminated push buttons. nos. 800H-N141R (Padlock not included) Position Cat. 800T/H Padlocking Cover Guards against unauthorized operation. Cat. No.Prevent Left Operation 2-. Padlocking cover includes blank legend plate for customer marking. No. 800T 2. Note: A pre-marked legend plate is available.and 3-position selector switches with standard knob operators only. specify Cat. To order legend plate only. 800H-N4162L (Padlock not included) Stainless steel material Left 800T-N4162L Right 800T-N4162R For 3-Position Selector Switches Left 800T-N4163L Center 800T-N4163C Right 800T-N4163R Window Center through Right . 800H-N140 0 1 2 Bul. 800H-W174L.and 3-Position Selector Switch with Padlocking Guards Padlocking guard for 2.and 3-position selector switch padlocking attachments for illuminated selector switches.1 4 5 6 800T-NX446A Cat. When applying Cat. Left (Pos. 2) 800T-N317CL Center Right (Pos. 800T 4-Position Selector Switch Attachment — Standard Knob Kit includes selector switch and guard (padlock not included). No. 800T-NX446 (Padlock not included) Description Bul. 3) 800T-N317CR Right (Pos. 800T/H Illuminated Selector Switch Padlocking Attachment 2.and 3-position selector switches with standard knob operators only. No. 2-position pushpull or twist-release units.ab. For 3800T-N316K Prevent Right Operation position selector switches. Bul.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Locking Attachments. No. are bold. this device can also be used to lock out a left or right position as shown in the photo to the For 4-Position Selector Switches left. 800H 2.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 4) 800T-N317R 8 9 10 For 2-Position Selector Switches Bul.and 3-Position Selector Switches Left 800T-N316L Center 800T-N316C 800T-N316R Right Bul. Continued Description Cat. 3-. 800H-N140 (Padlock not included) Cat. No. For 2. 800T/H Window Center through Right Non-Illuminated Selector Switch Padlocking Attachment 800T-N316J . No.Prevent Left Operation 800T-N4163J Window Center through Left Prevent Right Operation 800T-N4163K 11 12 1 Diameter of hasp is 11/32 in.1 800T-NX446 3 Cat. 800H-N140 on 2-position maintained push-pull units. nos. Illuminated or non-illuminated. 1 in. 800T-N310J Cat. 800H-N153 6 Bul. No.ab. 800T-N13 2 Type Cat. 1 Cat. Reduces the risk of accidental operation. 800T 2-position push-pull operators. guard for illuminated 800T-N93 1-1/2 in. 800T 2-position push-pull operators. 800T/H Protective Guard Protective ring for Bul. 800H-N152 Bul.1 mm) guard for illumination units. 60 mm (Jumbo) 800T-N310J 63 mm 800T-N310L 45 mm 800T-N381 60/63 mm 800T-N381L Bul. 800T/H Ramp Guard For Bul. 12 Cat. 800T-N226 Bul. No. 800H Stainless Steel Guard Used on non-illuminated push buttons that have protective boots as shown on page 10-39. guard for non-illuminated 800T-N13 1/2 in. This guard is used with standard size button (40 mm dia. 800T-N129 Standard guard 800T-N129 Standard guard with set screw 800T-N165 Jumbo guard 800T-N151 Jumbo guard with set screw 800T-N154 Type of Finish Cat. (38. Often used to avoid unintentional tripping of E-stop operators. 1-1/2 in. Stainless steel 800T-N310 Description Bul. 800T-N226 5 Cat.Bulletin 800T/H 30.). 800T-N339 13 www.com/catalogs 10-44 Preferred availability cat. No. guard for non-illuminated 800T-N143 1-1/2 in. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 800T-N339 .). 7 Cat. No. 800H-N153 Cat. 8 Cat. 800H Illuminated Push Button Guard This guard provides additional protection against accidental operation of the push button unit. 10 Cat. 800T trigger action E-stop operators. Black 800T-NX1320 Operator Size Cat. 800T 18 mm Guard Provides side protection for 18 mm pilot lights. 800T Push Button Guards Momentary push button guards to reduce the risk of accidental operation. No. 800T/800H 2.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Guards Description 0 Bul. Often used to avoid unintentional tripping of E-stop operators. Illuminated or non-illuminated. guard for non-illuminated with locking attachment 800T-N39 Bul. 800T Mushroom Push Button Guards Momentary mushroom guards for standard and jumbo mushroom push buttons. Nos. No. 800T-N381 11 Bul. 800H-N152 3 4 Cat. Standard size button only (40 mm dia. 800T/H Jumbo Protective Guard Protective ring for Bul. 800T-N310 and 800T-NX1320 Description 9 Bul. are bold.and 3-position illuminated and non-illuminated push-pull units. No. 800T/H Protective Guard Protective ring for Bul. No. No. No. No. com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Typical Incandescent Full Voltage Transformer 195 mA 6V AC/DC 381 800T-N258 73 mA 12V AC/DC 382 800T-N259 37 mA 24V AC/DC 387 800T-N260 Lamp Type Current. Green. and 130V. nos. or White. Illuminated Push-Pull/Twist to Release. 120V. 24V. 26.5 mA/6. Typical Lamp Voltage Leakage Current Code Cat.♠ LED Full Voltage Transformer 45 mA 6V AC/DC Positive 800T-N340x 36 mA 12V AC/DC Positive 14 mA 28V AC/DC Bi-Polar Full Voltage 800T-N341x 11 7 8 9 10 Cat. and Illuminated Selector Switches Lamp Type Incandescent Full Voltage Transformer Current. Blue. No. 46. ‡ Typical current consumption values indicated are relative to the input of the power module. no. No. To complete the cat. these lamps are intended to be used with power module Cat. Illuminated Push-Pull.Bulletin 800T/H 30. 16. replace the x with the first letter of the desired color: Green. 26. Order quanitity of 5 to receive package of 5 pieces. No. Typical Lamp Voltage Polarity Cat. To complete the cat.3 mA/6 mA 120V AC — 10 800T-N320x 4. Cluster Pilot Lights ANSI No. or Red only. Illuminated Push Buttons.1 Lamp Full Voltage Lamp Voltage 6 800T-N80x 11 12 1 Item is sold in multiples of 5. The first mA value is for a green or blue LED and the second mA value is for a red or amber LED.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Replacement Lamps Pilot Lights. Flashing rate is 2 Hz.5 mA @ 120V AC‡ 3V§ 3 mA 2 800T-N376x Transformer 60 6V 14 mA 16. Catalog Voltage Code Cat. 20 Lamp Type Current. 26. 46. 56 800T-N377x Dual Input Diode 0 Neon 609-N9 1 2 3 4 1 Item is sold in multiples of 5. Typical® Lamp Voltage Leakage Current Catalog Voltage Code Cat. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-45 . 800T-N330. No. 36. Type Current. Typical Full Voltage Lamp Voltage ANSI No.2 mA 130V AC/DC 3 mA 13 800T-N321x Transformer 50 mA 6V AC 14 mA 6. no. 800TC-N374 which has an input voltage rating of 12 …130V AC/DC. LED‡ Universal 13 mA @ 24V DC 8. 13 mA/22 mA 12V AC/DC 3 mA 12 800T-N362x 20 mA/21 mA 24V AC/DC 3 mA 24 800T-N319x 12 mA/17 mA 32V AC/DC 3 mA 32 800T-N363x 9 mA/14 mA 48V AC/DC 3 mA 48 800T-N364x 3. Red. Green. ♠ To complete the cat. 5 Legacy LED Lamps♣ Lamp Type LED Current. 11For use with 24V AC/DC rated devices. replace the x with the first letter of the desired color: Amber. 11 1 800T-N169 Flashing 150 mA 6V AC/DC 267 6 1 800T-N212 57 mA 24V AC/DC 24 MB 24 1 800T-N180 21 mA 120V AC 90 MB 16 1 800T-N261 — 2 mA 120V AC/DC B2A 10. are bold. replace the x with the first letter of the desired color: Amber. White LEDs only available in 6V. No. 1 76 150 mA/250 mA 6. No. No. no. 56. All LEDs except 120V have an internal shunt resistor for use with solid-state outputs. 6. Red. 13 www. § Lamp is intended for use with power module Cat. Order quantity of 5 to receive package of 5 pieces. 16.ab. 56. LEDs will not illuminate below listed leakage current.3V AC 755/1866 80 mA 14V AC/DC 756 12 1 800T-N141 70 mA 24V AC/DC 757 24 1 800T-N157 800T-N65 50 mA 48V AC/DC 1835 48 1 800T-N365 Full Voltage Resistor 22 mA 120V AC/DC 949 10. 36.. ® Typical current draw varies with LED color. 76 800T-N318x Flashing 18 mA 24V AC/DC — N/A Full Voltage 800T-N319Fx ♣ In full voltage applications. 46. or White. and 4-Position Selector Switches (800T only) 0 Cylinder Lock Key Option Code Series Key Number Cat. Cylinder Lock Key Option Code Series Key Number Cat. 4 Replacement Keys for Push Button Switches with Cylinder Locks (800T only) Lock Key Option Code 5 Spring Bolt Dead Bolt A Dead Bolt B Series Key Number Cat. No. Uses master key 15T. AB Cat.Bulletin 800T/H 30. AB Cat. X-433358. Blank (standard key) D018 (standard key) X-181170 15 T112 40269-087-01 03 D0201 X-307922 16 T115 40269-087-02 04 D0251 X-307923 17 T324 40269-087-03 05 D3351 X-307924 18 T382 40269-087-04 06 D4291 X-307925 19 T404 40269-087-05 07 D4611 X-307926 20 T171 40269-087-06 08 D1111 X-307927 21 T484 40269-087-07 09 D5871 X-307928 22 T547 40269-087-08 10 D6821 X-307929 23 T569 40269-087-09 11 D7131 X-307930 24 T692 40269-087-10 12 D9001 X-307931 25 T752 40269-087-11 13 D9921 X-307932 26 T178 40269-087-12 14 D1181 X-307933 1 2 3 1 Uses master key DM81. are bold.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Replacement Keys for Cylinder Lock 2-. 3-.ab. No. Blank (standard key) Blank (standard key) Blank (standard key) E158 (standard key) X-144218 44 32 20 E109 X-386233 45 33 21 E131 X-386234 46 34 22 E100 X-386235 47 35 23 E115 X-386236 48 36 24 E120 X-386237 49 37 25 E104 X-386238 50 38 26 E108 X-386239 51 39 27 E132 X-386240 52 40 28 E144 X-386241 53 41 29 E157 X-386242 54 42 30 E101 X-386243 55 43 31 E102 40274-250-01 66 61 56 E106 40274-250-07 67 62 57 E111 40274-250-02 68 63 58 E117 40274-250-14 69 64 59 E125 40274-250-21 70 65 60 E130 40274-250-26 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. X-433359. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P .com/catalogs 10-46 Preferred availability cat. No. No. No. nos. No. No. No. order Cat.ab. of Characters per Line Standard 1 line of 2 lines of 14 14 Jumbo 5 lines 14 Automotive 4 lines 20 9 Custom Legend Plates for 4-Way Toggle and Cluster Pilot Lights Legend Size Standard 800T-X619E 10 Color Text Options Aluminum (with custom text) 2 lines of up to 14 characters on top 1 line of up to 14 characters on bottom 1 vertical line of up to 7 characters on left side 1 vertical line of up to 7 characters on right side Cat. nos. No. Type 4/13 (800T) Blank/Custom Legend Plates 0 1 Standard Legend Plate Jumbo Legend Plate Standard Jumbo Legend Plate Color Cat. 800T-X619. only one can be chosen. ‡ For blank toggle or cluster pilot legend. Cat. of Lines Max. 12 13 www. 8 Custom Text Guidelines Legend Size No. 1 All half round legend plates must be ordered in quantities of 25. Grey 800T-X559 800T-X559J Red 800T-X621 800T-X621J Yellow 800T-X679 800T-X679J Grey (with custom text) 800T-X559E 800T-X559JE Red (with custom text) 800T-X621E 800T-X621JE Yellow (with custom text) 800T-X679E 800T-X679JE 2 3 4 Specialty Legend Plates 5 Automotive Legend Plate Half Round Legend Plate Automotive Half Round1 Legend Plate Color Cat.‡ 1 vertical line of up to 9 characters on left side 1 vertical line of up to 9 characters on right side 11 Rule sets listed are mutually exclusive.Bulletin 800T/H 30.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. No. Grey (blank) 800T-X700 800T-X59 Red (blank) 800T-X701 800T-X121 Grey (with custom text) 800T-X700E 800T-X59E Red (with custom text) 800T-X701E 800T-X121E 6 7 Note: Include text with custom legends. are bold.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Blank and Custom Legend Plates — Aluminum. Cat. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-47 . No. No. Continued Specialty Legend Plates 1 Cat. No. 800T-X609 6 Cat. No. 800T-X608 Cat. 800T-X618 Cat. nos. No. 7 18 mm Legend Plates 8 9 Type A Legend Plate Cat. 800T-X646 Emergency Stop Legend Plates Grey Yellow Yellow (Large Size) Yellow IEC Ring Type Cat. Cat. Type 1 Potentiometer with graduated markings SPEED 800T-X609 800T-X608 1 For graduated markings with a custom text. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . 800T-X609E and specify up to two lines of text. 14 characters per line. No. order Cat. No.Bulletin 800T/H 30. No. Push-to-Stop Pull-to-Start or Push-to-Stop Twist or Pull Release 800T-X618 800T-X618Y 800T-X647Y — 800T-X646 Blank — — 800T-X645Y Custom — — 800T-X645YE — Emergency Stop — — — 800T-X646EM 4 Potentiometer Legend Plates 5 Cat.com/catalogs 10-48 Preferred availability cat. No. No. Description Blank 10 Type A 800T-N515 Type B 800T-N516 With Custom Marking 11 Type A with Text 800T-N515E Type B with Text 800T-N516E Text must be supplied. No.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories 0 Blank and Custom Legend Plates — Aluminum. Cat. are bold. No.ab. Type 4/13 (800T). 800T-N515 Cat. Cat. 800T-X647Y Start/Stop Legend Plates 2 3 Cat. No. No. Custom Text Guidelines 12 Legend Type Number of Lines A 1 Maximum Number of Characters per Line 9 B 2 13 13 www. No. com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Potentiometer type with graduated markings.-REV. Marking Cat. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-49 .Bulletin 800T/H 30.-OFF-REV. AUTO-OFF-HAND 800T-X501 800T-X501J ON-OFF 800T-X622 800T-X622J AUTO-MAN-OFF 800T-X625 800T-X625J OPEN 800T-X531 800T-X531J CLOSE 800T-X502 800T-X502J OPEN-CLOSE 800T-X532 800T-X532J CYCLE START 800T-X562 800T-X562J OPEN-OFF-CLOSE 800T-X533 800T-X533J DOWN 800T-X503 800T-X503J OUT 800T-X534 800T-X534J EMERG. No. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. 800T-X506 800T-X506J RUN 800T-X540 800T-X540J FOR. Type 4/13 (Bul. Cat. No. 800T) 0 1 Standard Legend Plate Jumbo Legend Plate Standard Jumbo Standard Jumbo Marking Cat. No. No. nos. Cat. STOP (Yellow) 800T-X504Y — POWER ON 800T-X639 800T-X639J EMERG. such as IEC 60947-5-5 and NFPA 79.ab. 800T-X507 800T-X507J RUN-INCH 800T-X634 800T-X634J FORWARD 800T-X508 800T-X508J RUN-JOG 800T-X541 800T-X541 FOURTH SPEED 800T-X624 800T-X624J SAFE-RUN 800T-X542 800T-X542J FULL SPEED 800T-X509 800T-X509J SECOND SPEED 800T-X543 800T-X543J HAND-AUTO 800T-X510 800T-X510J SPEED 800T-X608 — HAND-OFF-AUTO 800T-X511 800T-X511J SLOW 800T-X544 800T-X544J HIGH 800T-X512 800T-X512J SLOW-FAST 800T-X545 800T-X545J HIGH-LOW 800T-X513 800T-X513J SLOW-OFF-FAST 800T-X546 800T-X546J HIGH-OFF-LOW 800T-X514 800T-X514J START 800T-X547 800T-X547J IN 800T-X515 800T-X515J START-JOG 800T-X548 800T-X548J INCH 800T-X516 800T-X516J START-STOP 800T-X549 800T-X549J JOG 800T-X517 800T-X517J STOP (Red) 800T-X550 800T-X550J JOG FORWARD 800T-X518 800T-X518J STOP-START 800T-X551 800T-X551J JOG REVERSE 800T-X519 800T-X519J SUMMER-OFF-WINTER 800T-X553 800T-X553J JOG RUN 800T-X520 800T-X520J SUMMER-WINTER 800T-X552 800T-X552J JOG-SAFE-RUN 800T-X522 800T-X522J TEST 800T-X554 800T-X554J JOG-STOP-RUN 800T-X521 800T-X521J THIRD SPEED 800T-X555 800T-X555J LEFT-RIGHT 800T-X523 800T-X523J UP 800T-X556 800T-X556J LOCAL-REMOTE 800T-X638 800T-X638J UP-DOWN 800T-X557 800T-X557J LOW 800T-X524 800T-X524J UP-OFF-DOWN 800T-X558 800T-X558J LOW SPEED 800T-X525 800T-X525J O (Red) 800T-X640 800T-X640J LOWER 800T-X526 800T-X526J I 800T-X641 800T-X641J OFF 800T-X527 800T-X527J OI 800T-X642 800T-X642J OFF-COOLANT-ON 800T-X528 800T-X528J I O II 800T-X643 800T-X643J OFF-ON 800T-X529 800T-X529J — — — ON 800T-X530 800T-X530J — — — 1 These legend plates do not comply with E-Stop standards that specify a yellow background.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Standard Legend Plates – Aluminum. are bold. STOP (Red)1 800T-X504 800T-X504J RAISE 800T-X535 800T-X535J EMERGENCY STOP (Red)1 800T-X648 800T-X648J RAISE-LOWER 800T-X536 800T-X536J FAST 800T-X505 800T-X505J RAISE-OFF-LOWER 800T-X537 800T-X537J FEED START 800T-X566 800T-X566J RESET 800T-X538 800T-X538J FEED STOP 800T-X567 800T-X567J REVERSE 800T-X539 800T-X539J FOR. Custom Text Guidelines 5 Legend Size Number of Lines Maximum Number of Characters per Line Standard 1 Line of 2 Lines of 13 13 Jumbo 5 Lines 13 Automotive 4 Lines 16 6 7 Potentiometer Legend Plate Cat. nos. No.ab. No. are bold. 800H-W100J Automotive Legend Plate Cat. No. Push-to-Stop Pull-to-Start 800H-W196 800H-W797A — Blank — 800H-W700A 800H-W690 Custom 800H-W100E 800H-W700AE — 13 www. 800H-W196 Cat. Type 4/4X/13 (800H) 0 1 Standard Legend Plate Cat. Graduated Markings Only 800H-W080 SPEED 800H-W081 Custom Legend with Graduated Marking 800H-W080E 9 10 Cat. No. No.com/catalogs 10-50 Preferred availability cat. No. No. 800H-W797A Cat. 800H-W080 Potentiometer Legends 8 Legend Marking Cat. Grey (Blank) 800H-W100 800H-W100J 800H-W100A Red (Blank) 800H-W300 800H-W300J 800H-W300A White (Blank) 800H-W500 800H-W500J 800H-W500A Yellow (Blank) 800H-W700 800H-W700J 800H-W700A Grey (with Custom Text) 800H-W100E 800H-W100JE 800H-W100AE Red (with Custom Text) 800H-W300E 800H-W300JE 800H-W300AE White (with Custom Text) 800H-W500E 800H-W500JE 800H-W500AE Yellow (with Custom Text) 800H-W700E 800H-W700JE 800H-W700AE Note: Include text with custom legends. No. No. Cat.Bulletin 800T/H 30. No.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Legend Plates – Plastic. Cat. Cat. 800H-W690 Start/Stop Legend Plates 11 12 Emergency Stop Legend Plates Grey Yellow (Large Size) Yellow IEC Ring Type Cat. No. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . 800H-W100 Jumbo Legend Plate Cat. No. Automotive Cat. 800H-W100A Blank/Custom Legend Plates Type 4/4X 2 3 4 Standard Jumbo Legend Plate Color Cat. No. No. No. 800H-W132 800H-W532 OPEN CLOSE 800H-W134 800H-W534 FOR. No. STOP (Red)1 800H-W372 — OFF LOC REMOTE 800H-W061 — EMERGENCY STOP (Red)1 800H-W373 — OFF MAN AUTO 800H-W060 800H-W460 FAST 800H-W104 800H-W504 OFF ON 800H-W133 800H-W533 FEED START 800H-W007 — ON 800H-W117 800H-W517 FEED STOP (Red) 800H-W377 — OPEN 800H-W118 800H-W518 FOR.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Standard Legend Plates – Plastic. nos.Bulletin 800T/H 30. Type 4/4X/13 (800H) 0 Grey Legend Plate Type 4/4X White Legend Plate Type 4/4X Grey Type 4/4X 1 Grey Type 4/4X White Type 4/4X Marking Cat. No. OFF REV.ab. Marking Cat. Cat. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. No. such as IEC 60947-5-5 and NFPA 79. Potentiometer type with graduated markings. REV. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-51 . AUTO OFF HAND 800H-W154 800H-W554 LOWER 800H-W115 800H-W515 AUTO MAN OFF 800H-W059 800H-W459 MAN AUTO 800H-W031 800H-W431 CLOSE 800H-W101 800H-W501 MAN OFF AUTO 800H-W062 800H-W462 800H-W408 CYCLE START 800H-W006 800H-W406 MOTOR RUN 800H-W008 CYCLE STOP (Red) 800H-W376 — MOTOR STOP (Red) 800H-W375 — DECREASE 800H-W002 800H-W402 OFF 800H-W116 800H-W516 DOWN 800H-W102 800H-W502 OFF COOLANT ON 800H-W052 800H-W452 EMERG. 800H-W152 800H-W552 OPEN OFF CLOSE 800H-W153 800H-W553 FORWARD 800H-W105 800H-W505 OUT 800H-W119 800H-W519 FOURTH SPEED 800H-W010 — POWER ON 800H-W001 800H-W401 FULL SPEED 800H-W106 800H-W506 PULL-TO-START 800H-W198 — HAND AUTO 800H-W131 800H-W531 PUSH-TO-STOP (Red) 800H-W378 — HAND OFF AUTO 800H-W151 800H-W551 RAISE 800H-W120 800H-W520 HIGH 800H-W107 800H-W507 RAISE LOWER 800H-W034 — 800H-W556 HIGH LOW 800H-W030 — RAISE OFF LOWER 800H-W156 HIGH LOW OFF 800H-W058 — RESET 800H-W121 800H-W521 HIGH OFF LOW 800H-W155 800H-W555 REVERSE 800H-W122 800H-W522 IN 800H-W108 800H-W508 RIGHT 800H-W005 800H-W405 INCH 800H-W109 800H-W509 RUN 800H-W123 800H-W523 INCREASE 800H-W003 — RUN INCH 800H-W037 — JOG 800H-W110 800H-W510 RUN JOG 800H-W032 — JOG FORWARD 800H-W111 800H-W511 SAFE RUN 800H-W033 — JOG REVERSE 800H-W112 800H-W512 SECOND SPEED 800H-W124 800H-W524 JOG RUN 800H-W135 800H-W535 SLOW 800H-W125 800H-W525 JOG SAFE RUN 800H-W051 — SLOW FAST 800H-W136 800H-W536 JOG STOP RUN 800H-W057 — SLOW OFF FAST 800H-W157 800H-W557 LEFT 800H-W004 800H-W404 SPEED 800H-W081 800H-W481 LEFT RIGHT 800H-W036 — SPEED 800H-W182 — LOC OFF REMOTE 800H-W055 800H-W455 START 800H-W126 800H-W526 LOW 800H-W113 800H-W513 START JOG 800H-W138 800H-W538 LOW HIGH 800H-W035 — START JOG STOP 800H-W158 800H-W558 LOW OFF HIGH 800H-W056 — START RUN STOP 800H-W054 — LOW SPEED 800H-W114 800H-W514 START STOP 800H-W137 800H-W537 1 These legend plates do not comply with E-Stop standards that specify a yellow background.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. White Type 4/4X Cat. are bold. Cat. nos.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Standard Legend Plates – Plastic.Bulletin 800T/H 30. 12 13 www. No. Blank 800H-W400 Customer-Specified1 800H-W400E EMERG. No. No.ab. Cat. Marking Cat. No. Blank 800H-W200 LOW 800H-W213 RUN 800H-W223 Customer-Specified1 800H-W200E BAS 800H-W213F EN MARCHE 800H-W223F CLOSE 800H-W201 LOW SPEED 800H-W214 SECOND SPEED 800H-W224 FERMER 800H-W201F VITESSE MIN 800H-W214F VITESSE 2 800H-W224F 6 7 8 9 Grey — Type 4/4X DOWN 800H-W202 LOWER 800H-W215 SLOW 800H-W225 DESCENDRE 800H-W202F ABAISSER 800H-W215F LENT 800H-W225F FAST 800H-W204 OFF 800H-W216 START 800H-W226 RAPIDE 800H-W204F ARRÊTER 800H-W216F MARCHE 800H-W226F FORWARD 800H-W205 ON 800H-W217 TEST 800H-W228 AVANT 800H-W205F DÉMARRER 800H-W217F ESSAI 800H-W228F FULL SPEED 800H-W206 OPEN 800H-W218 THIRD SPEED 800H-W229 VITESSE MAX 800H-W206F OUVRIR 800H-W218F VITESSE 3 800H-W229F HIGH 800H-W207 OUT 800H-W219 I 800H-W281 HAUT 800H-W207F SORTIR 800H-W219F O 800H-W284 IN 800H-W208 RAISE 800H-W220 LEFT 800H-W286 ENTRER 800H-W208F ÉLEVER 800H-W220F GAUCHE 800H-W286F INCH 800H-W209 RESET 800H-W221 RIGHT 800H-W287 POUCE 800H-W209F RÉARMER 800H-W221F DROITE 800H-W287F JOG 800H-W210 REVERSE 800H-W222 UP 800H-W288 À COUPS 800H-W210F ARRIERE 800H-W222F EN HAUT 800H-W288F 1 12 characters max. STOP 800H-W472 ARRÊT URGENT 800H-W472F STOP 800H-W471 ARRET 800H-W471F O 800H-W484 1 12 characters max. No. Marking Cat. Red — Type 4/4X 10 11 Marking Cat. Marking Cat. are bold. No. No.com/catalogs 10-52 Preferred availability cat. UP 800H-W009 800H-W409 STOP (Red) 800H-W371 — UP DOWN 800H-W039 — STOP RUN START 800H-W053 — UP OFF DOWN 800H-W160 800H-W560 STOP START 800H-W038 800H-W438 O (Red) 800H-W184 — SUMMER OFF WINTER 800H-W159 800H-W559 OI 800H-W185 800H-W582 SUMMER WINTER 800H-W139 800H-W539 I 800H-W181 800H-W581 TEST 800H-W128 800H-W528 I O II 800H-W183 800H-W583 THIRD SPEED 800H-W129 800H-W529 3 Flip Lever Legend Plates (for use with Series D operators) 4 5 Grey — Type 4/4X Grey — Type 4/4X Marking Cat. No. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . Type 4/4X/13 (800H) 0 Grey Legend Plate Type 4/4X 1 2 White Legend Plate Type 4/4X Grey Type 4/4X White Type 4/4X Grey Type 4/4X White Type 4/4X Marking Cat. When control units are mounted so that the contact block terminals face each other.2 mm) for transformer type pilot light. Drill block terminals do not face each other. (61. and all push-pull buttons.8 mm) (12 Gauge) 9/64 in. Logic Reed Blocks.4) 800T-PSDT 1-3/64 (26.6) 1-5/32 (29. cluster pilot light and 2-. (4.6 mm) (16 Gauge) 7/64 in. illuminated selector switches. (3. facing each Time Delay Blocks (see footnotes for exceptions) other. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.8 mm) Panel 800T 3 washers 2 washers 800H 4 washers 3 washers Thicker Than 3/16 in. nos. Refer to table below for number of washers required for various panel thicknesses.8 mm) Panel Thicker Than 1/4 in.9 mm). (6. Mounting Instructions for Push Buttons with Shallow Blocks. Dia. 0 1 Typical Panel Cut-Out 2 Dia.2 mm) dimension must be used in order to get proper electrical clearance.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters).7 mm). or one above the other. (62. (62. (6. (57. (4. PSD. Vertical minimum spacing dimension changes for the following legend plates: jumbo 2-15/32 in.ab. 3-. are bold. and mounting Bulletin 800T/H controls either side-by-side. Drill Minimum 8 Ø Vertical Minimum Minimum 9 Ø Horizontal Minimum Cat.8 mm) Counterbore to 3/16 in. Dia. QST and RST 31/32 (24. Sealed Switch Blocks.6 mm) (10 Gauge) 3/16 in.4 mm) 5 6 Mounting Instructions for 18 mm Small Pilot Lights Type A Legend Plate Preferred Construction Type B Legend Plate 7 Alternate Construction Dia. (1. 4-way switches 2-1/16 in. (2. the 1-27/32 in. Drill (57.58 mm) gaskets. Note: Large legend plate requires minimum horizontal spacing of 2-15/32 in.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 800T-N515 10 Dimensions Device Horizontal Vertical 800T-PS. PST. 1 Change to 2-1/4 in.7 mm).8 mm) dimension can be used.4) 11 12 13 www.Bulletin 800T/H 30. QS. the 2-1/4 in.8 mm) 2 washers 1 washer Counterbore to 1/4 in. large 2-7/16 in. (4. 4 1/16 in. When control units are mounted so that the contact Dia.4 mm). Sketch illustrates the minimum distance between centerlines when Mini Blocks. (52. (46. 3 Panel Thickness — Kits are shipped with three 1/16 in. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-53 . push-to-test pilot lights. (1. No.4 mm) Panel 1 washer Counterbore to 3/16 in.6) 1-15/64 (31. (4. nos.com/catalogs 10-54 Preferred availability cat. are bold. No. 5 Legend Plate Dimensions (Bul. No.62) Type 4/4X Round 9 10 Type 4/4X Standard Legend Plate (Flip Lever Operators) Legend Plate Dimensions (Bul. No.02) 8 19/64 (7. 800H Only) 6 Type 4/4X Standard Legend Plate 7 Type 4/4X Jumbo Legend Plate Type 4/4X Large Legend Plate (Automotive Industry Type) 1-39/64 (41. 800T-N516 (Automotive Industry Type) Cat.ab. No. 800T-X6471 Round Cat. 800T 18 mm Pilot Lights Only) Legend Plate for Small Pilot Light Legend Plate for Small Pilot Light Type A Legend Type B Legend 11 12 Cat. 800T Only) 1 Standard Legend Plate Jumbo Legend Plate Large Legend Plate (Automotive Industry Type) Large Size Push-Pull/Twist Legend Plate Cat. Not for use with Allen-Bradley enclosures. 800T-X619 2 3 4 1 For panel mounting only. 800T-N515 13 www.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters).Bulletin 800T/H 30. No. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. 800T-X6461 Cluster Pilot Light and 2-3-4 Way Switch Silver Legend Plate Cat. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . 0 Legend Plate Dimensions (Bul. Selector switch dimension is 2-27/32 in.ab.8) Deep 2 3 ‡ Tandem Mounting (2 shallow contact blocks stacked) Stackable Sealed Switch Block 1. PenTUFF.1) Deep 10 11 Shallow.2 mm). (80. PenTUFF and Logic Reed Contact Blocks Dim. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-55 . 800T Only) 0 1 Mini Contact Block 7/8 (22.4) 12 Operator Extension Behind Panel — When mounted with thrust washer. 13 www. Dimension shown is for push buttons.58 (40. (72. 800H Only) 8 9 Mini Contact Block Sealed Switch Block 2 (50. Blocks (Bul.8) Deep Stackable Sealed Switch Block 1. trim washer.Bulletin 800T/H 30. or notched legend plate and correct number of rubber washers.2) Deep Shallow.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.58 (40.6) Deep Sealed Switch Block 2 (50. are bold.8) Maintained Push Button 2 (50.8) Selector Switch 1-29/32 (48. and Logic Reed Contact Blocks 1-1/8 (28. 7 Blocks (Bul.1) Deep 4 Time Delay Contact Block (For Push Buttons Only) 5 6 Snap Action Contact Block (For Push Button Only) 1 Dimension shown is for push buttons.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). nos. Selector switch dimension is 3-5/32 in. ‡ Dimension shown is for push buttons. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.2 mm). Selector switch dimension is 2-1/32 in.6 mm). A Momentary Push Button 2 (50. (51. 11 Wobble Stick Shipping Wt. 6 oz (0.22 kg) Coin Slot Selector Switch Shipping Wt.15 kg) Mushroom Head Push Button Shipping Wt. 0 Push Buttons and Switches (Bul. 9 oz (0.17 kg) 5 6 7 1 Except jumbo which is 2-1/4 (57. 12 oz (0. 8 oz (0.25 kg) Across Flats Across Corners 12 Selector Push Button Shipping Wt.com/catalogs 10-56 Preferred availability cat.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). with 4 Contact Blocks 8-1/2 oz (0. 800T Only) 1 2-3-4 Way Switch Shipping Wt. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.45 kg) Push Buttons and Pilot Lights 3 Ø Extended Head Only 4 Flush and Extended Head Push Button Shipping Wt.2).24 kg) 2 Mechanically Interlocked Maintained Contact Push Button Shipping Wt. 6 oz (0. 1 lb (0. nos. 800T Only) 8 9 10 Key Operated Selector Switch Shipping Wt.Bulletin 800T/H 30.11 kg) 13 www.17 kg) Wing Lever Selector Switch Shipping Wt. 7-1/2 oz (0. 6 oz (0. 5-1/2 oz (0.21 kg) Non-Illuminated Knob Lever and Standard Knob Selector Switch Shipping Wt.17 kg) Type J Potentiometer Unit Shipping Wt.ab. are bold.17 kg) Illuminated Knob Lever and Standard Knob Selector Switch Shipping Wt. 6 oz (0.34 kg) Push Button with Cylinder Lock Shipping Wt. with 2 Contact Blocks 6 oz (0. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . 4 oz (0.34 kg) Dia.17 kg) Shipping Wt. 12 oz (0. Operator Extension in Front of Panel (Bul. 14 kg) Two Shallow blocks A 2-1/32 (51. are bold. Push Buttons and Switches (Bul.6) 5 oz (0.16 kg) Standard Knob Selector Switch Non-Illuminated Shipping Weight. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-57 . Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. 800H Only) 0 Ø Across Corners Across Corners … … Across Flats 1 Extended Head Only Bootless Flush and Extended Head Momentary Contact Push Button Shipping Weight. 9 10 11 12 13 www. 7 oz (0.14 kg) 4 5 Ø 6 Mushroom Head — Maintained and Momentary Non-Illuminated Mushroom and Push-Pull Push Buttons Cat.6) 6 oz (0. A5 and A7 B6 Dimensions Shipping Weights A 2-1/32 (51.17 kg) Two Shallow Blocks and Two Mini Blocks B 2-7/8 (73.0) 8 oz (0. nos.45 kg) 2 Type J Potentiometer Unit Shipping Weight. 5-1/2 oz (0.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.Bulletin 800T/H 30. 5-1/2 oz (0. 8 oz (0.2). Suffix Description D4 One Shallow Block A1.22 kg) 7 8 1 Jumbo versions are 2-1/4 (57.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). 6 oz (0.17 kg) Bootless Maintained Contact Push Buttons Ø … … 3 Across Flats Across Corners Booted Maintained Contact Push Buttons Shipping Weight. No. 1 lb (0.16 kg) Across Flats Booted Flush and Extended Head Momentary Contact Push Button Shipping Weight.20 kg) Type 4 Flip Lever Shipping Weight. -PST. Ship.6) 6 oz.2) 1-1/16 (27) 27/32 (21. nos.22 kg) A4 A5 A7 8 oz.Bulletin 800T/H 30. Description Non-Illuminated Push-Pull Buttons Full Voltage or Neon Type Ship. (0.2 mm) diameter. Cat. 2-1/32 (51. 8 oz (0. (0.28 kg) B 2-7/8 (73) 10 oz.14 kg) Transformer Type Pilot Light Shipping Wt. (0.6) . (0.25 kg) A1 and A7 Transformer or Terminal Module and One B Shallow Block and One Mini Contact Block 2-7/8 (73) AP D1P D2P Transformer or Terminal Module and One A Sealed Switch Contact Block 3-1/32 (77) Dim.14 kg) Two Shallow Contact Blocks A 2-1/32 (51. 0 Pilot Light and Illuminated Devices (Bul. (0.28 kg) A 2-29/32 (73.4 mm). (75.8)‡ 9 oz.22 kg) Cluster Pilot Light Shipping Wt. ‡ Dual input type pilot light dimension is 2-13/32 in. Wt. Neon and Dual Input Type (Push-to-Test Pilot Light and Illuminated Push Button) 2 3 4 Ø Ø Push-Pull and Twist or Pull Release Units (Transformer Type Illuminated) Push-Pull and Twist or Pull Release Units (Full Voltage. -QS. (0.6) 1 Transfer dual input pilot light dimension is 2-31/32 in. 5 oz (0.8) Dim. A 5 oz. (57. No.08 kg) Device A B C 800T-PS. (0.1 mm). Wt.08 kg) Small Pilot Light Dual Input (Diode) Shipping Weight 3 oz (0. 18 mm Small Pilot Lights 10 B 11 12 A C Small Pilot Light Including Push-To-Test Shipping Weight 3 oz (0.4) 31/32 (24.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters).4) 800T-PSDT 2-61/64 (75) 1-15/64 (31. 12 oz (0.25 kg) 10 oz. Suffix Dim. No.34 kg) Dual Input Transformer Type Pilot Light Transformer Type (Push-to-Test Pilot Light and Illuminated Push Button) Full Voltage. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.17 kg) Two Shallow Blocks and Two Mini Contact Blocks B 2-7/8 (73) 8 oz. Neon and Dual Input Pilot Light Shipping Wt. (0. (61. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P Ship. are bold.22 kg) Applies to illuminated push-pull push buttons only. -PSD. 800T Only) 1 Full Voltage.ab.22 kg) B6 A 2-1/32 (51. Push-to-Test Pilot Lights Illuminated Push Buttons and Illuminated Push-Pull Buttons Transformer Type Cat. and -RST 2-1/4 (57. Suffix Transformer Type Description D4 One Shallow Contact Block 8 oz. Wt.com/catalogs 10-58 Preferred availability cat. 13 www.6) 7 oz. D4 Transformer or Terminal Module and One A Shallow Contact Block 2-5/32 (54. -QST. Neon and Dual Input Illuminated and All Non-Illuminated) 5 6 7 8 9 1 Jumbo mushroom versions are 2-1/4 in. (0. 22 kg) 10 oz.34 kg) Full Voltage and Dual Input Diode Type Pilot Light (Incandescent. LED. Push-Pull and Twist or Pull Release Units (Full Voltage: Incandescent.6)§ 7 oz.40 kg) 2 Across Corners Across Corners Across Flats Push-to-Test Pilot Light and Illuminated Push Button (Transformer Type: Incandescent. and Dual Input Illuminated) 6 Push-to-Test Pilot Lights Illuminated Push Buttons. LED.1 mm). (0. 14 oz (0. Push-to-Test Pilot Light and Illuminated Devices (Bul.ab. 5 oz (0. Illuminated) 4 Ø 5 Momentary Mushroom. Illuminated Push-Pull and Twist or Pull Release Push Buttons Cat. nos. (0.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. ‡ Dual input type pilot light dimension is 2-13/32 in. Suffix Transformer Type Dimension Description D4 Transformer or Terminal Module and One Shallow Contact Block A1 and A7 AP Full Voltage or Neon Type Shipping Weight A 2-5/32 (54. (0. No.8) 8 oz. Applies to illuminated push-pull push buttons only. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-59 .5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters).8) Dimension Shipping Weight A 2-1/32 (51. (0. Push-Pull and Twist or Pull Release Units (Transformer Type: Incandescent. 9 10 11 12 13 www.22 kg) 7 8 1 Jumbo mushroom versions are 2-1/4 in. 800H Only) 0 Ø Ø 1 Transformer Type Pilot Light (Incandescent and LED) Shipping Weight. Neon. (57. LED) Ø Across Flats Push-to-Test Pilot Light and Illuminated Push Button (Full Voltage: Incandescent. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.28 kg) B 2-29/32 (73.2 mm) diameter.9 mm).14 kg) Dual Input Transformer Type Pilot Light Shipping Weight.Bulletin 800T/H 30.28 kg) B 2-7/8 (73) 8 oz. and Dual Input Type) 3 Momentary Mushroom.20kg) 10 oz. (0. One Shallow Block and One Mini Contact Block B 2-7/8 (73) Transformer or Terminal Module and One Sealed Switch Contact Block B 2-29/32 (73. Neon. (61.8)‡ 9 oz. LED.25 kg) Transformer or Terminal Module. are bold. Neon. (57. 12 oz (0. (0. § Dual input type pilot light dimension is 2-9/32 in. LED) Shipping Weight. 1/4 (6. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P Protective Ring for 2-Position Push-Pull/Twist Illuminated or Non-Illuminated Operators . nos. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. 3/16 Min.03 kg) Selector Switch and Potentiometer Unit Padlocking Cover Protective Ring and Push-Pull Illuminated or Non-Illuminated Operators Selector Switch Padlocking Attachment Push-Pull Padlocking Attachment and Metal Mushroom Push Button Padlocking Attachment Ramp Guard for Push-Pull Illuminated or Non-Illuminated Operators 3 4 5 6 Accessories (Bul.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). are bold.Bulletin 800T/H 30.3) Mushroom Head only) 9 10 11 Non-Illuminated Selector Switch Padlocking Adjustment Push-Pull/Twist Padlocking Attachment 12 13 www. 5/16 Max. Non-Illuminated Push Buttons 800H-N140 Locking Cover for 2-Position Non-Illuminated Maintained Twist or Pull Release and Standard Knob Selector Switch (1-5/8 (41. 3/16 Min.35) Max. Padlock Not Included 8 Locking Attachment for Extended. 1 oz (0. 0 Accessories Ø 1 2 Push Button Padlocking Cover (not for use with Jumbo Mushroom Head devices) Shipping Wt.com/catalogs 10-60 Preferred availability cat. Shackle Dia.ab. 800H Only) Padlock Not Included 7 Shackle Dia. 2) 1-13/16 (46) Selector Switches Standard Cylinder Lock Coin Slot 1-7/32 (30. 1 in.9) 3/4 (19.T.2) 10-1/8 (257.2) 9-3/4 (247. 14 N. (5.9) 4-1/2 (114.2) 7-9/16 (192.7) 1 (25. 1 in.5) 7-7/8 (200) 7-7/8 (200) 10-5/8 (269.4) 7/8 (22.P.4) Enclosure Dimensions No.T. are bold.7) 9-3/4 (247.3) 13-1/2 (342. 11-1/2 N.56 mm) max.P.8) 8 (203. Die Cast Enclosures (Bul.4 6 9 12 16 20 25 Die Cast 3/4 in.9) Note: Mounting holes (4) — Screw shaft 7/32 in. 800T Only) 0 1 2 3 Enclosure Dimensions No.3) 6-1/4 (158.2) 12-1/8 (308) B 4-3/16 (106. of Units Dim.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.T.T. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-61 .9) 21/32 (16. Dim. 6 9 12 16 A 7-1/4 (184.7) 12-1/2 (317. — — 1 Number of units that can be mounted in the enclosure. (5.5) B 9 (228.6) Potentiometers 1-1/16 (27) 8 9 Conduit Openings No. 10 11 12 13 www. diameter.4) 11 (279.6) 9 (228.P. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.9) 2-7/16 (61. 11-1/2 N. of Units Note: Mounting holes (4) — Screw shaft 13/64 in.P. 1 2 3 4 6 A 2-3/4 (69.Bulletin 800T/H 30.6) 10-1/8 (257. nos.6) 8-1/4 (209.1) 9-1/2 (241. 4 5 6 F Dimension Type of Unit 7 Dimension F Push Buttons Flush Extended Extended Mushroom Selector Cylinder Lock 15/32 (11. 1-1/2 in.P.16 mm) max.ab. 11-1/2 N.2) D 5-3/8 (136.. 1 in.4) 5-7/8 (144. of Units1 General Class Surface Mounted Enclosure Description 1. diameter..1) Pilot Light 1-1/8 (28.T. 11-1/2 N.6) 11 (279.4) C 8-1/4 (209.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). 5) 6-3/4 (171. 800T Only)..8) Conduit Hub 1 (25.2) 5 11-11/32 (288..7) 10-1/2 (266.9) 21/32 (16. 0 Enclosures (Bul..2) 1-13/16 (46) Selector Switches Standard Cylinder Lock Coin Slot 1-7/32 (30.. of Units1 12 Pendant Type Enclosure with Opening in Bottom with Opening in Cover 2.4) 15-1/4 (387.4) 9 18-23/32 (475.4) 7 15-1/32 (381.5 6.4) 7/8 (22.4) 10 20-9/16 (522. No.9) 10-1/4 (260.10 1 (25.7) 12-7/8 (370) 12-7/8 (370) 15-1/4 (387.6) 5 (127) 6-3/4 (171. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.Bulletin 800T/H 30.2) 8-11/16 (220.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters).7) 8-11/16 (220.9) 15-7/8 (403.5) 4 9-1/2 (241.. of Units1 General Class 11 Surface Mounted Enclosure Description 1.9) 3/4 (19. 7 F Dimension Type of Unit 8 9 10 Dimension F Push Buttons Flush Extended Extended Mushroom Selector Cylinder Lock 15/32 (11.1) 10-7/16 (265.6) 13-1/2 (342.1) Pilot Light 1-1/8 (28.4 6 Sheet Metal 9 12 16 20 None — Drilled to suit by customer.7) D 8 16-7/8 (428.4) Conduit Hub 1-1/4 (31. of Units Dimension A Dim.6) Potentiometers 1-1/16 (27) Conduit Openings No.3) B 11-1/8 (282.4) Conduit Hub 1-1/4 (31. of Units No.9) 2-7/16 (61.9) 8-1/2 (215.56 mm) max.7) 10-7/16 (265.6) 11-1/8 (282.2) 15-7/8 (403.ab.8) Conduit Hub 1 Number of units that can be mounted in the enclosure. 6 9 12 16 20 25 2 5-13/16 (147.5) 6-15/16 (176. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 25 .1) 6 13-3/16 (335) C 10-1/2 (266. diameter.5) 8-1/2 (215. are bold.3) 5 6 Note: Mounting holes (4) — Screw shaft 7/32 in.com/catalogs 10-62 Preferred availability cat. 13 www.7) 1 (25. nos.9) 13-1/2 (342.. (5. Continued Pendant Stations Sheet Metal Enclosures 1 2 3 4 Enclosure Dimensions No.1) 12-1/2 (317.6) A 3 7-21/32 (194. 7) 8-1/4 (209.4) Approximate Shipping Wt.8) 9 10 4 (1.9) 2 (0. Oiltight. 4 Mtg.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.ab. Enclosures (Bul. [lbs (kg)] 2-3/4 (1.8) 19-19/32 (497.5) 10-21/32 (270. Corrosion Resistant Enclosure Type 4/4X/13 Stainless Steel Watertight.6) 10-1/8 (257.8) 13-1/2 (342. Corrosion Resistant Enclosure Type 4/4X/13 Stainless Steel 5 Number of Units Dimension 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A 5-5/32 (131) 7 (177. 800H Only) 0 Mtg.2) 12-1/8 (308) 12-1/8 (308) B 7-1/32 (178.6) 6-3/4 (3.4) 15-7/8 (403.Bulletin 800T/H 30.8) 11 12 13 www.2) 7-9/16 (192) 9-1/2 (241.7) 14-7/8 (377.8) B 6-13/32 (162.1) 16-7/32 (412) 18-1/16 (458.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.9) Conduit Knockout Size — — Pipe Tap Size 3/4 (19.6) 8-23/32 (221.2) 5-3/4 (2. are bold.1) 1 (25.9) 13-1/2 (342.6) 7-1/32 (178.8) 8-27/32 (224. Oiltight. Holes 1 2 Max.4) Approximate Shipping Wt.3) 4-1/2 (114.2) 17-3/4 (450.8) 14-7/8 (377.7) C — — Conduit Knockout Size — — Pipe Tap Size 3/4 (19.4) 4 (1. [lbs (kg)] 2 (0. 3 Max. nos.3) 14-3/8 (365.1) 3 (1.4) 8 Type 4/4X/13 Rosite Number of Units Dimension 1 2 3 4 5 6 A 4-1/2 (114.3) 6-1/4 (158.9) 2-1/2 (1.1) 7-3/4 (3. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-63 .5) 12-17/32 (318.7) 4-3/4 (2.8) 8 (203.8) C 5-7/8 (149.1) 1 (25. Holes Type 4/4X/13 Rosite Glass Polyester Watertight.3) 3-3/4 (1.2) 11-31/32 (304) 14-1/32 (356.2) 5-7/8 (149.5) 6 7 8-3/4 (4) 9-3/4 (4.6) 10-11/16 (271. 800H Only). Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P .Bulletin 800T/H 30.2) DxE 4-3/4 x 2 (120.3 x 131.5 x 101.6) Conduit Knockout Size 3/4 (19. 0 Enclosures (Bul. nos.3 x 131.8 x 203.8) 6-3/4 x 4 (171.7 x 50. [lb (kg)] 2 (0.8) 6-3/4 x 2 (171.9) 1/4 (1. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters).1 x 203.1) 1 (25.8 x 152.5 x 50.4) 4-1/2 x 5-3/16 x 8 (114.1 x 138. are bold.ab.4) 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 www.0) 3 (1.4) Approximate Shipping Wt.2) 6-1/2 x 5-7/16 x 8 (165.com/catalogs 10-64 Preferred availability cat.4) 1 (25. Continued 1 2 3 4 Fiberglass Type 4/4X/12/13 Number of Units Dimension 1 2 3 AxBxC 4-1/2 x 5-3/16 x 6 (114. 76) 46.38) 240 (9.24) 232 (9.15) 50 (1. are bold.24) 162 (6. Continued BASE 0 COVER 1 7.44) 100 (3.5 (1.5 (0.5 (1.09) 74 (2.15) 50 (1.83) 16.65) 92 (3.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.76) 46. Enclosures (Bul. 800H Only).97) 20 (0.5 (1.44) 150 (5.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches).44) 220 (8.97) 35 (1.15) 50 (1.84) 80 (3.5 (1.) TOP VIEW F B SIDE VIEW W 2-insert M4 2 KEY G C1 E D1 C2 3 D2 A H Thermoplastic Polyester Type 4/4X Overall Dimension Enclosure Mounting Dimension Inside Dimension Mounting Plate Mounting Dim.97) 35 (1.72) 70 (2.5 (1.13) 62 (2.97) 35 (1. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. nos.09) 80 (3.0 mm (0.5 (1.38) 120 (4.83) 31.15) 800H-2HZ4__ 130 (5.76) 46.44) 80 (3. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-65 .41) 62 (2.12) 80 (3.38) 170 (6.79) 104 (4.38) 62 (2.66) 4 5 6 7 Typical Pilot Light Wiring Diagrams See applicable codes and laws NORMAL NORMAL TEST COM 8 TEST 9 Push-to-Test Pilot Light Device Schematic Dual Input Diode Pilot Light Device Schematic TEST 10 NORMAL TEST 11 Dual Input Pilot Light Typical Application Wiring Diagram Dual Input Pilot Light Transformer Type Device Schematic 12 13 www.Bulletin 800T/H 30.45) 70 (2.91) 800H-4HZ4__ 250 (9.275 in. No.83) 31.5 (1. Cat. H W D1 D2 A B C1 C2 E F G 800H-1HZ4__ 110 (4.62) 62 (2.24) 112 (4.94) 800H-3HZ4__ 180 (7.ab.33) 80 (3.15) 50 (1.69) 70 (2.91) 46.83) 31. ................................................................................................ Momentary........................................................................................................ 800FM Die-Cast Metal Operators Preferred availability cat........................................ Non-Illuminated ........................................................................ Guarded............... 10-90 Illuminated..5 mm mounting hole IP65/66............ 10-103 Assembled Stations ................................................................. 10-110 Replacement Lamps ................ Lenses. Type 4/4X/13 Engineering grade thermoplastics Chemical-resistant for harsh environments IP65/66......................................................... 10-107 Guards ....................... Non-Illuminated .................................................................................................................................................................................. are bold................. 10-76 Illuminated — Flush........................................ 3-Position. 10-83 3-Position .... 10-111 Color Caps............... 10-79 Non-Illuminated................................ 10-103 Assembled Stations with DeviceNet ............... 10-76 Pilot Light Operators ..................................... Type 4/4X/13 Internationally rated operators See below..... Extended.............. 2-Position......................................... 10-113 E-Stop Legends...................................................................................... Illuminated ............................................................................................................................................................................................... Diffusers without Text .......................................................................Bulletin 800F 22.................. 10-100 Enclosures ............... 10-85 Illuminated ..... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 TABLE OF CONTENTS Description Page Specifications ....................ab.......................................................................... 10-97 Toggle Switch Operators ........................................................ 10-92 2-Function............................ Type 4/13 Die-cast metal construction Chrome-plated 13 Bul............. 10-109 Locking Attachments................................... 10-67 Quick Selection ................ 3-Position..5 mm Push Buttons Product Overview 0 Bulletin 800F Plastic and Metal Operators Table of Contents 22..... 10-105 Pendant Stations ........... 2-Position......................... 10-85 Key Release Mushroom Operators .......................................... 10-120 Bulletin 800FP Plastic Operators Bulletin 800FM Metal Operators IP65/66.. Alternate Action Non-Illuminated — Flush.............. Momentary Non-Illuminated — Flush.............. 10-95 Single-Turn Potentiometer Assembly 10-96 Key Operated Selector Switch — SensEjectTM ................................................... 10-70 Push Buttons.............. 800FP Plastic Operators www............................................... Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P ........ 10-77 Selector Switches Non-Illuminated................................ 10-99 Power Modules with Contact Blocks ............ nos.................................................... 10-81 Non-Illuminated.. 10-74 Illuminated — Flush................................................ Extended......................................................... 10-73 Non-Illuminated — with Two-Color Molded Legend Caps ........................................................................................................... 10-78 Illuminated................................................................ 10-89 Non-Illuminated.... 10-116 Approximate Dimensions ....................................... 10-112 Two-Color Molded Legend Caps...................................................................................................................................................... 10-91 Description Page Multi-Function Operators 2-Function.......................... 10-85 Momentary Mushroom Operators Push-Pull Mushroom Operator................................................................................................. 10-115 Legend Text ........... 10-98 Back-of-Panel Components Contact Blocks... 10-99 Power Modules ..............................................................com/catalogs 10-66 Bul.......................................... Momentary......... 10-75 Push Buttons.......... 10-106 Accessories Miscellaneous .............................. 10-114 Custom Laser-Engraved Caps/Diffusers......................... 10-113 Legend Plates............. 10-93 3-Function...................................... 10-80 Illuminated.............................................................................................................................................. Guarded................ 4-Position.......................................................... 3-Position ............................................................ 10-96 Selector Push Button Operators ............................................... Momentary............................. 10-94 Reset Operators .............................................................................. 10-82 Key Selector Switches 2-Position .. 10-84 Emergency Stop Operators Twist-to-Release and Push-Pull Mushroom Operators Non-Illuminated ..................... toggle switch Operating forces (typical with one contact block) Flush/extended = 5 N. EN 60947-5-5 Terminal Identification 11 EN/IEC 60947-1 Shipping Approvals ABS RoHS 12 13 www.2 lb•in) Mounting torque 4 Metal (Bulletin 800FM) Tested at 10…2000 Hz. ‡ Limit of four contact blocks max.52 mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max.ab.25 N•m (2.) Assembly Overview Rugged snap-fit design for plastic or metal latch Stackable contact blocks Rotating collar for easy one-hand latch removal Color-coded contact block plungers for contact identification 0 Legend Plate (Optional) Latch Mounting Ring (Included with Operator) Operator Plastic Latch with Contact Block 1 Contact Block(s) and/or Power Modules 2 Metal Latch with Contact Block 3 Specifications1 Front-of-Panel (Operators) Mechanical Ratings Description Plastic (Bulletin 800FP) Vibration (assembled to panel) Shock Tested at 1/2 cycle sine wave for 11 ms. alternate action push buttons 100 000 Cycles 6 Potentiometer.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. no damage Plastic 1. nos. momentary mushroom 1 000 000 Cycles Multi-function. 40 °C (104 °F). UL 508. for these devices. E-stop = 36 N Mushroom = 9 N Operating torque (typical application with one contact block) Selector switch = 0. § Operating temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F) are based on the absence of freezing moisture and liquids. selector jog.7 N•m (15 lb•in) Metal 4. for 3 hr duration. Type 4/13. 1. not Type 4X. CSA. UL Recognized to 55 °C (131 °F) . Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-67 . Plastic keyed operators are IP66. illuminated push-pull E-stop‡.5 mm Push Buttons Product Overview/Specifications Overview. EN 60947-5-1. CCC. Continued 3-Across x 2-Deep Back-of-Panel (6 Circuits Max. 10 Product Certifications Certifications Standards Compliance — CE Marked 9 UR/UL. key selector switch. Momentary mushroom operators are IP65. no damage at 100 G IP65/66 (Type 3/3R/4/4X/12/13) Degree of protection 10 000 000 Cycles Mechanical durability per EN 60947-5-1 (Annex C) IP65/66 (Type 3/3R/4/12/13) 5 Momentary push buttons./10 G max. EN ISO 13850.4 N•m (40 lb•in) 7 Environmental Temperature range (operating) -25…+70 °C (-13…+158 °F)§ Temperature range (short term storage) 8 -40…+85 °C (-40…+185 °F) Humidity 50…95% RH from 25…60 °C (77…140 °F) 1 Performance Data — see page Important-3 of the Industrial Controls catalog. SensEjectTM key selector switch 500 000 Cycles Non-illuminated push-pull E-stop‡ 300 000 Cycles Twist-to-release E-stop. CE NEMA ICS-5. EN 60947-1.Incandescent module max. selector switch. are bold.Bulletin 800F 22. Incandescent maximum wattage mcd mcd mcd mcd mcd 2.B.52 mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max. and N.L. → N. (2) #14 AWG or (1) #12 AWG Wire capacity (screw terminal)‡ 3 Wire capacity (spring-clamp terminal) #18…14 AWG (0.75…2.C.1 in.B. 6 Slow double make and break Slow double make and break — positive opening N.) N.M. 7 Double break / double make. ‡ Wires less than #18 AWG (0.L.C.M. Push button travel to change electrical state 9 Operating forces (typical) 2.E.B. R150.ab.7…0. late break — positive opening Contact operation N.E.) Single circuit contact block 3. DC 13 to EN 60947-5-1 and UL 508 Low voltage contact block ratings 1 LED Module Ratings 2 Range Current Draw Frequency 20…132V AC/DC 10…29V AC 10…30V DC 102…132V AC 204…264V AC 15 mA (AC). 6 hr Shock Tested at 1/2 cycle sine wave for 11 ms and no damage at 100 G max.5 mm Push Buttons Specifications Back-of-Panel Components1 Electrical Ratings 0 A600. C300.060 in. 12 mA (DC) 31 mA 24 mA 6 mA 6 mA 50/60 Hz. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P .O.75…1.5 N Illumination LED Dominant Wavelength Green Red Yellow Blue White 525 nm 629 nm 590 nm 470 nm — LED Luminous Intensity Green Red Yellow Blue White 780 780 600 168 360 10 11 1.M. 1 mA DC min. EN 60947-5-1 Insulation voltage (Ui) Screw terminal = 690V.C.5 mm2) One per spring clamp.B. → 8 N. early break — positive opening N.5 mm (0.C.5 mm2) Max. enclosed (40 °C ambient) to UL508. → Double break / double make.75 mm2) may not hold in terminal securely.O. spring-clamp = 300V #18…12 AWG (0.4 N Dual circuit contact block 5…6. are bold. two spring clamps per terminal Recommended tightening torque on screw terminals 0. www./10 G max. Contact durability per EN 60947-5-1 (Annex C) 10 000 000 cycles N. 5 mA.com/catalogs 10-68 Preferred availability cat. Low voltage contacts are recommended for applications below 17V.6 W Materials Springs 12 Electrical contacts Terminals 13 Stainless steel and zinc coated music wire Standard Silver-nickel Low voltage Gold-plated over silver Screw Brass Spring-clamp Silver-plated brass 1 Performance Data — see page Important-3 of the Industrial Controls catalog.O. nos. Q600 600V AC AC 15.C. Standard contact block ratings 5V. early make Double break / double make. and N. & S. 1. DC 13 to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 and UL 508.O.9 N•m (6…8 lb•in) Dielectric strength (minimum) 4 2500V for one minute Standard blocks 10 A type gL/gG cartridge fuse to EN 60269-2-1 or gN (Class J to UL 248-8 or Class C to UL 248-4) Low voltage contact blocks 6 A type gL/gG cartridge fuse to EN 60269-2-1 or gN (Class J to UL 248-8 or Class C to UL 248-4) External short circuit protection Electrical shock protection Finger-safe conforming to IP2X Mechanical Ratings 5 Vibration (assembled to panel) Tested at 10…2000 Hz.5 mm (0. 17V.Bulletin 800F 22. DC 50/60 Hz DC 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz Nominal Voltage 24…120V AC/DC 24V AC 24V DC 120V AC 240V AC Thermal current 10 A max. 5 mA min. AC 15.E.C. Bulletin 800F 22.5 mm Push Buttons Specifications Material Listing Component Panel gasket For Use with Material Used All operators Nitrile, TPE Diaphragm seal Illuminated push button, non-illuminated push button Automotive industry acceptable silicone K-seal Selector switch, key selector switch, push/twist-to-release E-stop, key E-stop, push/pull mushroom Nitrile Diaphragm retainer, return spring I Illuminated push button, non-illuminated push button, momentary mushroom Stainless steel Return spring II Reset, selector switch, key selector switch, alternate action, push/twist-to-release E-stop, key E-stop, push/pull mushroom Zinc-coated music wire Button cap/mushroom head Non-illuminated push button, momentary mushroom, reset, push/twist-to-release E-stop, key E-stop, push/pull mushroom, multi-function PBT/polycarbonate blend 2-color molded button cap Non-illuminated push button PBT/polycarbonate blend Lens Multi-function Acetal Lens, knob Illuminated push button, illuminated momentary mushroom, illuminated selector switch Polyamide Knob Non-illuminated selector switch Plastic bezel/bushing I Non-illuminated push button, illuminated push button, momentary mushroom, selector switch, key selector switch, push/twist-to-release E-stop, key E-stop, push/pull Glass-filled polyamide mushroom, multi-function, reset Plastic bezel/bushing II, jam nut Pilot light, reset jam nut, reset pushers Metal bezel/bushing All metal operators Zinc Diffuser Illuminated push button, pilot light Polycarbonate Legend frames — Glass-filled polyamide Plastic mounting ring All plastic operators Glass-filled polyamide Metal mounting ring All metal operators Chromated zinc Plastic latch — Glass-filled polyamide Metal latch — Chromated zinc + stainless steel Plastic enclosure — PBT/polycarbonate blend Metal enclosure — Aluminum Terminal screws LED module, incandescent module, contact blocks Zinc-plated steel with chromate Terminals LED module, incandescent module, contact blocks Brass with silver-nickel contacts Spring clamps LED module, incandescent module, contact blocks Stainless steel Lamp socket Incandescent module Brass Housing Incandescent module, LED module Glass-filled polyamide Low-voltage terminals Contact blocks Gold-plated silver-nickel contacts Low-voltage spanner Contact blocks Gold-plated silver-nickel contacts Spanner Contact blocks Brass with silver-nickel contacts Boot Toggle Switch, illuminated push button, non-illuminated push button, multi-function illuminated and non-illuminated Automotive industry acceptable silicone 0 1 Glass-filled polyamide 2 3 Glass-filled PBT 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-69 Bulletin 800F 22.5 mm Push Buttons Quick Selection 0 Quick Selection Components Operator Style Description Color Non-illuminated, flush push button Black Non-illuminated, flush push button Green Non-illuminated, extended push button 1 Flush Operator Cat. No. 800FP-F3 2 Black Non-illuminated, flush push button Green Illuminated, flush push button Plastic 800FP-F3 800FP-E4 800FM-F3 Metal 800FM-E4 800FP-LF3 Plastic 800FP-LE4 Illuminated, flush push button Yellow 800FP-LF5 Illuminated, flush push button Green 800FM-LF3 Red Illuminated, flush push button 1 800FM-LE4 Metal Yellow 4 800FM-LF5 Green Red Diffused pilot light 5 800FP-P3 Plastic 800FP-P4 Yellow 800FP-P5 Green 800FM-P3 Red Diffused Pilot Light Cat. No. 800FP-P7 1 800FM-P4 Metal Yellow 800FM-P5 Non-illuminated, 2-position, maintained selector switch 6 800FP-SM22 Non-illuminated, 3-position, maintained selector switch 800FP-SM32 Plastic Non-illuminated, 3-position, spring return from both positions selector switch Non-illuminated, 2-position, maintained selector switch 7 800FM-F2 1 Red Red Illuminated, extended push button Flush Operator Cat. No. 800FM-LF4 Cat. No. 800FP-F2 Green Illuminated, extended push button 3 Pkg. Quantity Red Non-illuminated, flush push button Non-illuminated, extended push button Construction 800FP-SB32 Black Non-illuminated, 3-position, maintained selector switch Selector Switch Cat. No. 800FP-SM32 Non-illuminated, 3-position, spring return from both positions selector switch 800FM-SB32 800FP-MT44 Plastic Non-illuminated, 40 mm push-pull maintained mushroom Non-illuminated, 40 mm twist-to-release maintained mushroom (metal) 800FM-SM22 800FM-SM32 Metal Non-illuminated, 40 mm twist-to-release maintained mushroom (plastic) 8 1 800FP-MP44 Red 1 800FM-MT44 Metal 9 40 mm Trigger Action Twist-to-Release Mushroom Non-illuminated, 40 mm push-pull maintained mushroom Cat. No. 800FP-MT44 Back of Panel Description 800FM-MP44 Pkg. Quantity Cat. No. Metal latch 10 800F-ALM Plastic latch 800F-ALP 10 Normally open contact block 800F-X10 Normally closed contact block 11 800F-X01 Integrated LED module with plastic latch — Red LED 1 800F-PNxR Integrated LED module with plastic latch — Green LED 1 800F-PNxG 1 800F-PNxW Integrated LED module with plastic latch — White LED Power Module with Latch Cat. No. 800F-MN3G 12 800F-MNxR Integrated LED module with metal latch — Green LED 1 800F-MNxG Integrated LED module with metal latch — White LED 1 800F-MNxW 1 To complete the cat. no., replace the x with one of the following voltage codes: 3 = 24V, 5 = 120V, 7 = 240V. 13 www.ab.com/catalogs 10-70 1 1 Integrated LED module with metal latch — Red LED Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P Bulletin 800F 22.5 mm Push Buttons Quick Selection Complete Devices1 Non-Illuminated Push Buttons, Momentary (Screw Terminal Connections) 0 Type of Contact Description N.O. N.C. Color Green Black Flush 1 — Cat. No. 800FP-F3PX10 Green Construction Pkg. Quantity Cat. No. 800FP-F3PX10 Plastic operator/plastic latch Metal operator/metal latch Black 800FP-F2PX10 1 800FM-F3MX10 2 800FM-F2MX10 3 Extended — 1 Red Plastic operator/plastic latch 800FP-E4PX01 4 1 Cat. No. 800FM-E4MX01 Green/ Red Metal operator/metal latch 800FM-E4MX01 Plastic operator/plastic latch 800FP-U2E4F3PX11 Metal operator/metal latch 800FM-U2E4F3MX11 5 6 Multi-function (Flush/extended) 1 1 Green "1"/ Red "0" Plastic operator/plastic latch 800FP-U2EFFEPX11 7 Cat. No. 800FP-U2E4F3PX10 Metal operator/metal latch 800FM-U2EFFEMX11 8 Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Screw Terminal Connections) Type of Contact Description N.O. Style Construction 1 — 2-position maintained Plastic operator/plastic latch 800FP-SM22PX10 1 1 2-position maintained Plastic operator/plastic latch 800FP-SM22PX11 1 — 2-position maintained Metal operator/metal latch 800FM-SM22MX10 1 1 2-position maintained Metal operator/metal latch 800FM-SM22MX11 2 — 3-position maintained Plastic operator/plastic latch 800FP-SM32PX20 — 3-position maintained Metal operator/metal latch 800FM-SM32MX20 Standard lever, black Cat. No. 800FP-SM22PX10 Pkg. Quantity N.C. 2 Cat. No. 9 10 1 11 1 For complete devices not listed and configuration assistance, see RAISE product selection software (http://www.ab.com/raise). 12 13 www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-71 Bulletin 800F 22.5 mm Push Buttons Quick Selection 0 Complete Devices, Continued1 Non-Illuminated Emergency Stop Operators, Ø 40 mm, Red (Screw Terminal Connections) Type of Contact Description Pkg. Quantity N.O. N.C. Construction — 1 Plastic operator/plastic latch 800FP-MT44PX01S — 1 Metal operator/metal latch 800FM-MT44MX01S 1 1 Plastic operator/plastic latch 1 1 Metal operator/metal latch 1 Twist-to-Release 1 Cat. No. 800FP-MT44PX11S 2 Cat. No. 800FP-MT44PX01S 3 4 800FM-MT44MX11S Self-monitoring contact block included when N.C. is specified. Pilot Lights with Integrated LED Modules (Screw Terminal Connections) Voltage Style 5 24V AC/DC 6 Construction Pkg. Quantity 800FP-P3PN3G Red 800FP-P4PN3R Yellow 800FP-P5PN3Y Blue 800FP-P6PN3B White 800FP-P7PN3W Green 800FP-P3PN5G Red 120V AC Yellow 7 240V AC 8 Cat. No. 800FP-P7PN3W 800FP-P4PN5R Plastic operator/plastic latch 800FP-P5PN5Y 800FP-P6PN5B White 800FP-P7PN5W Green 800FP-P3PN7G Red 800FP-P4PN7R Yellow 800FP-P5PN7Y Blue 800FP-P6PN7B White 800FP-P7PN7W 9 10 11 12 13 www.ab.com/catalogs 1 Blue 1 For complete devices not listed and configuration assistance, see RAISE product selection software (http://www.ab.com/raise). 10-72 Cat. No. Green Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P No. ‡ Only available with no color cap (9 from Table c). No. Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Quantity Black Extended Metal 800F P – F 3 – a c a b d c Operator Construction 4 d Color Cap Packaging Code Description Code Color Code Description P Round plastic operator (IP66. No. nos. 800FP-F3 Extended Operator Cat.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Momentary Push Button Operators. Guarded 0 1 Flush Operator Cat.ab. Cat. are bold. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-73 . 800FP-G6 Flush Plastic Color Green 1 Red Plastic 2 Metal Cat.Bulletin 800F 22. Type 4/4X/13) 0 Orange Blank 1 per package 1 White BP 10 per package‡ M Round metal operator (IP66. Non-Illuminated — Flush. No. 800FP-F2 800FM-F2 800FP-E2 800FM-E2 800FP-F3 800FM-F3 800FP-E3 800FM-E3 800FP-F4 800FM-F4 800FP-E4 800FM-E4 Pkg. not available in BP packaging. Type 4/13) 2 Black 3 Green b 4 Red Operator Type 5 Yellow Code Description 6 Blue F Flush 8 Grey1 E Extended 9 No cap G Guarded X Assortment pack 3 5 6 7 1 Available in flush only. 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. No. Extended. Assortment pack contains one cap of each color. No. 800FM-E4 Guarded Operator Cat. Cat. No. R →. START. Type 4/4X/13) 0 Orange Blank No Text 1 White 01 START M Round metal operator (IP66.→ . O. REVERSE. ♣ Available for flush only. 800FP-F301 2 Flush Button Color Text Color Green White Red White Black White Metal Plastic Metal Cat. STOP. R Black FORWARD. REVERSE. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P .→ Yellow FORWARD. → → Blue FORWARD. O. I. Non-Illuminated — with Two-Color Molded Legend Caps 0 1 Flush Operator Cat. Quantity STOP 1 O – – 800FP-E405 800FM-E405 → 800FP-F208 800FM-F208 800FP-E208 800FM-E208 4 5 6 7 Extended Plastic 800F P – F 3 01 a c d b a c Operator Construction Color Cap d Legend Text1‡§ Code Description Code Color Code Text P Round plastic operator (IP66.Bulletin 800F 22. All other color caps have white text. are bold. START 800FP-F301 800FM-F301 – – I 800FP-F306 800FM-F306 – – 800FP-F402 800FM-F402 800FP-E402 800FM-E402 Legend Text 3 Pkg.R 13 www. → . REVERSE.ab. Type 4/13) 2 Black 02 STOP 3 Green 05 O b 4 Red 06 I Operator Type 5 Yellow 08 6 Blue Code Description 09 → Forward♣ F Flush 10 Reverse♣ E Extended 11 R G Guarded 1 For custom laser-engraved legend cap. No.→ .5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Momentary Push Button Operators. § Legend button cap supplied loose for customer installation. I. Cat. REVERSE. REVERSE. ‡ Valid color cap/legend text codes include: Text 9 10 11 12 Extended Caps Color Flush Caps White FORWARD.com/catalogs 10-74 Preferred availability cat. 8 White and yellow caps have black text. O. REVERSE. No. No. R R →. Cat. No. STOP.→ → Red FORWARD. order “no cap” option on page 10-73 plus custom laser-engraved cap on page 10-115. → STOP. No. START. nos. Cat.R Green FORWARD. → . 800F-XD7 Diode module from page 10-111. Type 4/4X/13) 0 Amber Blank 1 per package 3 Green BP 10 per package‡ Round metal operator (IP66. No. + + X2 Cat _ _-D _ C X2 AC 9 X1 Cat _ _-N3_ Cat _ _-Q3_ L2 X4 6. are bold.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. No. When using LED for illumination. . Guarded 0 1 Flush Operator Cat. order operator with applicable lens cap color plus custom laser-engraved diffuser. No. 800FM-LF4 Extended Operator Cat. . 800FP-LE3 Guarded Operator Cat. 8 Push-to-Test Push Button Device Schematic Illuminated push buttons may be wired as a push-to-test device by using the following schematic and Cat. see page 10-115. No. Cat. No. 800FM-LF3 800FP-LE3 800FM-LE3 800FP-LF4 800FM-LF4 800FP-LE4 800FM-LE4 800FP-LF5 800FM-LF5 800FP-LE5 800FM-LE5 800FP-LF7 800FM-LF7 800FP-LE7 800FM-LE7 800F P – LE 3 – a c b a c d Operator Construction Color Cap 1 Packaging Description Code Color Code Description P Round plastic operator (IP66. ‡ Only available with no color cap (9 from Table c). Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-75 . 120V AC/DC X1 L1 - Signal Segnale Sinal Senãl 24V AC/DC LED Cat _ _-N5_ Cat _ _-N7_ Cat _ _-Q5_ Cat _ _-Q7_ AC DC X3 X2 X4 X1 - 11 + X3 X2 12 13 www. Type 4/13) 4 Red 5 Yellow b 6 Blue Operator Type 7 Clear 9 No cap Code Description LF Flush LE Extended LG Guarded 3 4 d Code M 2 Metal 800FP-LF3 Pkg. No. Cat. Illuminated — Flush. - 10 X4 X1 + X3 L1. No.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Momentary Push Button Operators. Extended. a white LED is recommended.Bulletin 800F 22.ab. No. Cat. 800FP-LG3 Flush Plastic Color Red 1 Yellow Clear Plastic Cat. 120V AC/240V AC LED X1 Test Essai Prova Teste Ensayo X2 X1 + X3 X2 X4 - - X4 - X2 X3 - + X1 + X3 X4 L2. nos. Quantity Green Extended Metal 5 6 7 1 For custom laser-engraved operator. C.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Alternate Action Operators — Non-Illuminated 0 1 Cat.O. 4 Red 5 Yellow 6 Blue 7 Clear 9 No lens 11 12 13 www. or N. are bold. or N. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . Type 4/4X/13) LFA Illuminated. contacts. 800FM-FA3 800F M – FA a 2 3 4 5 b 3 c a b c Operator Construction Operator Type1 Color Cap Code Description Code Description Code Color P Round plastic operator (IP66.C. No. alternate action 0 Orange 1 White M Round metal operator (IP66. flush. order "no cap" option plus custom laser-engraved cap on page 10-115. For custom laser-engraved legend cap.E. Type 4/13) 1 Must use N. alternate action 0 Amber 3 Green M Round metal operator (IP66.M. 2 Black 3 Green 4 Red 5 Yellow 6 Blue 9 No cap X Assortment pack Alternate Action Operators — Illuminated 6 7 Cat.Bulletin 800F 22. Type 4/4X/13) FA Non-illuminated. can not use incandescent module. order operator with applicable lens cap color plus custom laser-engraved diffuser on page 10-115. ® For custom laser-engraved operator.E. Use of a white LED is recommended. contacts.com/catalogs 10-76 Preferred availability cat. Type 4/13) § Must use N.O. 800FP-LFA3 800F 8 9 10 P – LFA 3 a c b a b c Operator Construction Operator Type§♣ Color Cap® Code Description Code Description Code Color P Round plastic operator (IP66. flush.ab.M. ♣ LED module required for illumination. nos. No. No. are bold.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Pilot Light Operators1 0 1 Plastic Pilot Light Cat. nos. 800FP-P7 Color Metal Pilot Light Cat. Quantity Green Red 1 Yellow 800F Plastic Metal Cat. 800FP-P3 800FM-P3 800FP-P4 800FM-P4 800FP-P5 800FM-P5 P – P 3 – a c b c d Operator Construction Lens Cap1 Packaging Code Description Code Color Code Description P Round plastic operator (IP66. Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-77 . No. No.Bulletin 800F 22. Type 4/4X/13) 0 Amber Blank 1 per package 3 Green BP 10 per package M Round metal operator (IP66. No.ab. order pilot light with applicable lens cap color plus custom laser-engraved diffuser on page 10-115. 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. When using LED for illumination. a white LED is recommended. 800FM-P4 Pkg. Type 4/13) 4 Red 5 Yellow b 6 Blue Operator Type 7 Clear 9 No lens Description P Diffuser 3 d a Code 2 4 5 6 1 For custom laser-engraved pilot light. Non-Illuminated 0 1 Standard Knob Cat. No. 4 5 Operator Type Standard Knob Pkg. No.ab. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P Description f Spring return from left (60° switching angle) 9 10 M2 Operator Construction Code M 8 Metal Color 800F 7 Plastic . nos. X O Note: X = Closed/O = Open § Contact selection is limited to the following options. P – S a 6 2 c d b – e f a c e Operator Function Orientation Description P Round plastic operator (IP66.com/catalogs 10-78 Preferred availability cat.Bulletin 800F 22. O X N. 800FP-SM22 2 Knob Lever Cat.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 2-Position Selector Switch Operators. consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options. are bold. ‡ For use in vertical mount Bul. Type 4/13) b L2 Operator Type Code Description S Standard knob H Knob lever Spring return from right (60° switching angle) R2 Packaging Code Description Blank 1 per package BP 10 per package♣ d Knob/Insert Color Code Knob Color Insert Color 2 Black White 30 mm hole spacing will not work if knob lever is used. 11 12 13 www. Type 4/4X/13) Code Type Code Maintained (60° switching angle) Blank Standard N 90° offset‡ M2 Round metal operator (IP66.O. No.C. Black with White Insert 1 800FP-SM22 800FM-SM22 1 Target table for spring return from left is reversed from what is shown in the table. No. Quantity Cat. 800FP-HM22 Switching Angle Target Table and Operator Position1 Contact Type§ 3 N. See page 10-125 for recommended operator panel spacing. Cat. 800F enclosures. ♣ Not available with 90° offset orientation. No. O X N. Type 4/4X/13) M2 M Round metal operator (IP66. ‡ For use in vertical mount enclosures.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 800FP-LSM26 Switching Angle 2 Target Table and Operator Position1 Contact Type® N. Operator Type Standard Knob Plastic Color Pkg.O. 8 Description Blank Standard N 90° offset‡ 10 11 12 13 www. X O Note: X = Closed/O = Open ® Contact selection is limited to the following options. consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options.C. Illuminated § 0 1 Standard Knob Cat. Type 4/13) b Code Knob Color Maintained (60° switching angle) 0 Amber® White 3 Green White 4 Red White 5 Yellow® Black 6 Blue® White 7 Clear Black Spring return from left (60° switching angle) L2 Operator Type Code Description LS Standard knob LH Knob lever♣ 7 Type Spring return from right (60° switching angle) R2 Insert Color e 9 Orientation Code LED module required for illumination.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 2-Position Selector Switch Operators. can not use incandescent module. No. nos. Quantity Green Red 1 Yellow 3 4 Metal Cat. ♣ Only available in clear. ® Use of a white LED is recommended. Please consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor. Cat. § Crevices may exist on product that may be unsuitable for certain applications.Bulletin 800F 22.ab. are bold. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-79 . No. 800FP-LSM23 800FM-LSM23 800FP-LSM24 800FM-LSM24 800FP-LSM25 800FM-LSM25 5 1 Target table for spring return from left is reversed from what is shown in the table. 800F P – LS a M2 3 c d b 6 e a c d Operator Construction Operator Function Knob/Insert Color Code Description Code P Round plastic operator (IP66. Type 4/13) b 10 11 P – S Knob Lever Plastic Code Description S Standard knob H Knob lever1 Code Knob Color Insert Color 2 Black White M3 e Orientation Spring return from left L3 Code Operator Type Code Type Maintained Spring return from right Description Blank Standard N 90° offset R3 f Spring return from left and right B3 Operation Code Description Blank Standard 1 30 mm hole spacing will not work if knob lever is used. No.C. For use in vertical mount enclosures.ab.O. Non-Illuminated 0 1 Standard Knob Cat.Bulletin 800F 22. Cat. No. 4 Center O X Center CL‡ O X X Center CR‡ X X O N. consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options. Cat. 800FP-SM32 800FM-SM32 800FP-HM32 800FM-HM32 800FP-SB32 800FM-SB32 800FP-HB32 800FM-HB32 M3 2 c d b e f a c d Operator Construction Operator Function Knob/Insert Color Code Description P Round plastic operator (IP66.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 3-Position Selector Switch Operators. Quantity Black with White Insert 1 800F 8 9 a 12 Metal Plastic Metal Cat. No. 6 7 Operator Type Standard Knob Color Pkg. No. See page 10-125 for recommended operator CL Center left‡ panel spacing. 800FM-HM32 Switching Angle Target Table and Operator Position (60° Switching Angle) Position on Mounting Latch Contact Type♣ 3 Left X O O Right O O X Center X O X Center CL‡ X O O Center CR‡ O O X Left O X X Right X X O O N. 5 Note: X = Closed/O = Open ♣ Contact selection is limited to the following options. 800FP-SM32 2 Knob Lever Cat. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . by specifying center left (CL) or center right (CR) option. nos. Cat. No. are bold. Type 4/4X/13) M Round metal operator (IP66.com/catalogs 10-80 Preferred availability cat. ‡ The center contact block can have the same target output as the left or right contact block. CR Center right‡ 13 www. No. nos. are bold. § Only available in clear.Bulletin 800F 22.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 3-Position Selector Switch Operators.C. Cat. Cat. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-81 . Please consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor. Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options. ‡ Crevices may exist on product that may be unsuitable for certain applications. No. No. 800FP-LSM33 800FM-LSM33 800FP-LSM34 800FM-LSM34 800FP-LSM35 800FM-LSM35 800FP-LSR33 800FM-LSR33 800FP-LSR34 800FM-LSR34 800FP-LSR35 800FM-LSR35 800FP-LSL33 800FM-LSL33 800FP-LSL34 800FM-LSL34 800FP-LSL35 800FM-LSL35 800FP-LSB33 800FM-LSB33 800FP-LSB34 800FM-LSB34 800FP-LSB35 800FM-LSB35 800F P – LS 3 4 5 1 a 3 c d b 7 e a c d Operator Construction Operator Function Knob/Insert Color Code Description1 Code P Round plastic operator (IP66.ab. 800FP-LSM37 Switching Angle Target Table and Operator Position (60° Switching Angle) 2 Position on Mounting Latch Contact Type♣ N. Cat. Quantity Red Yellow Plastic Metal Plastic Metal Plastic Metal Cat. No. Type 4/13) L3 M M3 b Operator Type Code Description LS Standard knob LH Knob lever§ Type Maintained Spring return from left R3 Spring return from right B3 Spring return from left and right Code Knob Color Insert Color 0 Amber® White 3 Green White 4 Red White 5 Yellow® Black 6 Blue® White 7 Clear Black e Code 8 9 10 Orientation 1 LED module required for illumination. can not use incandescent module. Operator Type Green Pkg. No. ® Use of a white LED is recommended. No. No. 6 Description Blank Standard N 90° offset 11 12 13 www. For use in vertical mount 800F enclosures. Cat.O. N. Type 4/4X/13) M3 Round metal operator (IP66. Illuminated ‡ 0 1 Standard Knob Cat. Left X O O Right O O X Left O X X Right X X O Note: X = Closed/O = Open ♣ Contact selection is limited to the following options. No. 12 13 www.C.M.Bulletin 800F 22. Cannot use N. contact blocks with 4-position selector switch.C. or N.B.O. or N. 6 9 Left Right Operation Knob/Insert Color Code Knob Color Insert Color 2 Black White Code Description Blank Standard CL Center left‡ CR Center right‡ 1 Must use N. Quantity Black with White Insert 800FP-SM42 800FM-SM42 1 800F 8 P – S a 2 c d b e f a c e Operator Function Orientation Description P Round plastic operator (IP66.L. No. Cat. Type 4/4X/13) 10 M4 Operator Construction Code M Code Type Code Maintained (45° switching angle) Blank Standard N 90° offset M4 Round metal operator (IP66. No. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P .B. ‡ The center contact block can have the same target output as the left or right contact block..B.O. Non-Illuminated 0 1 Standard Knob Cat. 5 O X O X O O O Center X O X O Center CL O O X O Center CR X O O O Left O O O X Right O X O O Center CL O O O X Center CR O X O O Left X X O X Right O X X X Center O X O X Center CL X X O X Center CR O X X X Standard Knob — Maintained 7 Plastic Metal Color Cat. For use in vertical mount enclosures.E.C. contact blocks only. 3 N.E.O.E. nos.C.B.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 4-Position Selector Switch Operators. by specifying center left (CL) or center right (CR) option. 4 N. Pkg. N. consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options.C. 800FP-SM42 Target Table and Operator Position1 Contact Type§ 2 Position on Mounting Latch N. Type 4/13) Code Description S Standard knob H Knob lever Description f d b Operator Type 11 O Note: X = Closed/O = Open § Contact selection is limited to the following options. are bold.L. No.com/catalogs 10-82 Preferred availability cat.ab.. com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Operator Type Key Selector Switch Operators Key Removal Position Pkg. P Round plastic operator (IP66.O. Interoperability is possible with certain key/cylinder lock combinations. ‡ Keyed operators are IP66. Type 4/13) 01R 3801 02R 3802 03R 3803 04R 3804 05R 3805 Maintained (60° switching angle) 06R 3806 27R 4001 KL2 Spring return from left (60° switching angle) 28R 4002 Spring return from right (60° switching angle) 29R 4003 KR2 30R 4004 31R 4005 32R 4006 33R 4007 Master Key System Key Code b Operator Type Code KM2 Type c Key Removal Position Code 7 8 9 10 Position 1 Left 2 Right 3 Both 11 No Master Key 12 Key removal in maintained positions only. Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for interoperability information. 800F M – KM2 a b 1 c 6 d a d Operator Construction Ronis Key Lock‡§♣ Code Description Code Key No. § Not intended for high security applications. Cat. Type 4/13) Blank 3825 (Standard) R 455 M Round metal operator (IP66. nos. 800FP-KM21 800FM-KM21 800FP-KM23 800FM-KM23 1 Both 5 1 Target table for spring return from left is reversed from what is shown in the table.Bulletin 800F 22. consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options. O X N.ab. page 10-111. see Accessories. are bold. No. Non-Illuminated 0 1 Key Selector Switch Cat.C.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 2-Position Key-Operated Selector Switches. Quantity Left 4 Plastic Metal Cat. www. No. X O 3 Note: X = Closed/O = Open ® Contact selection is limited to the following options. 800FP-KM21R Switching Angle Target Table and Operator Position1 2 Contact Type® N. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-83 13 . ♣ For replacement Ronis keys. Type 4/13. No. Type 4/13) KR3 Spring return from right KL3 Spring return from left KB3 Spring return from both 10 3 Description Code Type 1 Left 3 All 4 Center 5 Left/center 7♣ Center/right 11 d See page 10-83 for optional key codes‡§ 12 1 Key removal in maintained positions only. are bold. 800FM-KM31R Switching Angle Target Table and Operator Position Contact Type® Position on Mounting Latch Left X O O N.C.Bulletin 800F 22.com/catalogs 10-84 Preferred availability cat. ♣ Key removal position only valid with operator types 800F_-KM3 and 800F_-KL3. Right O O X Center X O X Left O X X Right X X O Center O X O 3 N. Interoperability is possible with certain key/cylinder lock combinations. consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options. Non-Illuminated 0 1 Key-Operated Selector Switch Cat.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 3-Position Key-Operated Selector Switches. No. 13 www. Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for interoperability information. ‡ Not intended for high security applications. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . Type 4/13) KM3 Maintained M Round metal operator (IP66. Quantity Left 6 All 1 7 800F a 8 9 M – KM3 b c d a b c Operator Construction Operator Type Key Removal Position1 Code Description Code P Round plastic operator (IP66. page 10-111.ab. 4 Note: X = Closed/O = Open ® Contact selection is limited to the following options. Operator Position 5 Key Selector Switch Operators Plastic Metal Cat. nos. § For replacement Ronis keys. No. No. Type 4/13. see Accessories. Keyed operators are IP66. 800FP-KM31R 2 Key-Operated Selector Switch Cat. Cat.O. 800FP-KM31 800FM-KM31 800FP-KM33 800FM-KM33 Center 800FP-KM34 800FM-KM34 Center 800FP-KB34 800FM-KB34 Key Removal Position Pkg. No. or self-monitoring contact blocks. ‡ LED module required for illumination. No. 12 13 www.ab. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-85 .com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Cat. No. 800FP-MT64 40 mm Non-Illuminated Push-Pull Cat. Push-Pull 0 1 60 mm Non-Illuminated Twist-to-Release Cat. NCLB. see page 10-88. Cat. Cat. are bold. No. Quantity 1 Metal Cat.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Emergency Stop Operators1 Non-Illuminated Twist-to-Release. No. Cat. can not use incandescent module. No. Quantity Cat. nos. No. 800FP-MP44 Twist-to-Release (Trigger Action) Color Size Pkg. — — 800FP-LMP34 800FM-LMP34 1 800FP-LMT44 800FM-LMT44 800FP-LMP44 800FM-LMP44 800FP-LMT64 800FM-LMT64 800FP-LMP64 800FM-LMP64 30 Red 6 Push-Pull (Trigger Action) 40 60 7 8 Key Release Mushroom Operator 9 40 mm Non-Illuminated Key Release Cat. Quantity 30 Red 40 1 60 2 Push-Pull (Trigger Action) Plastic Metal Plastic Metal Cat. 800FP-MT34 800FM-MT34 — — 800FP-MT44 800FM-MT44 800FP-MP44 800FM-MP44 800FP-MT64 800FM-MT64 — — 3 4 Illuminated — Twist-to-Release. 800FP-MK44 10 Ronis Key Lock (Trigger Action) Plastic Color Red Size 40 mm Pkg. No. For key options. No. 800FP-MK44 800FM-MK44 11 1 All emergency stop operators are EN ISO 13850 compliant with standard NC. Cat.Bulletin 800F 22. Cat. No. 800FM-LMP44 Twist-to-Release (Trigger Action) Color Size Plastic Metal Plastic Metal Pkg. No. No. No. 800FP-LMT44 40 mm Mushroom Push/Pull Cat. Push-Pull‡ 5 40 mm Illuminated Twist-to-Release Cat. No. No. Cat. No. twist-to-release operator type (MT44). No. No.Bulletin 800F 22. and contact block combinations have been third-party tested for B10d values. nos. No. are bold. or self-monitoring contact blocks. ♣ Only available on red. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . 800FM-MT44 Cat. 800FP-MP94 P – MT4 4 a c b d a b c Operator Construction Operator Type Color Cap Push. 800FM-MP44 800F 5 90 mm Half-Dome Cat. Type 4/4X/13) Code Type 2 Black MT3 30 mm color cap 3 Green Round metal operator (IP66. see page 10-109. NCLB. latch. 800FP-MP44 Cat. Push-Pull (Trigger Action)1 0 1 40 mm Trigger Action Twist-to-Release Mushroom Cat. Non-Illuminated — Twist-to-Release (Trigger Action). 800FP-MT44 2 40 mm Trigger Action Push-Pull Mushroom Cat. § Only available on 40 mm color cap. No. No. 40 mm push.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 2-Position Push-Pull Operators. Type 4/13) MT4 40 mm color cap 4 Red MT6 60 mm color cap 5 Yellow 6 Blue M Push-Pull 6 Code Type MP4 40 mm color cap Half-Dome Push-Pull 7 Code Type MP9 90 mm color cap Code d‡§♣ Engraving Code Description Blank No engraving on cap LE EMO laser engraved E EMO printed 1 All emergency stop operators are EN ISO 13850 compliant with standard NC. red. No. 9 10 11 12 13 www. Quantity 1 4 40 mm Mushroom (Trigger Action) Push-Pull Plastic Metal Plastic Metal Cat. Limit of four contact blocks max. ® Only available with red color cap. No. B10d values can be found in publication SAFETY-SR001_-EN-E.com/catalogs 10-86 Preferred availability cat. for these devices. Twist-to-Release® Code Description P Round plastic operator (IP66. Half-dome operators only available with black. and yellow color caps. 8 Color E-Stop operators. 800FP-MP44 40 mm Mushroom (Trigger Action) Twist-to-Release Color Red 3 Pkg.ab. ‡ For EMO guards. 800FP-MT44 Cat. 30 and 40 mm versions have white arrows. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-87 . No. Quantity 1 90 mm Half-Dome Cat. § 60 mm version has black arrows. Type 4/13) Code Color Code Type 3 Green LMT4 40 mm color cap 4 Red LMT6 60 mm color cap 5 Yellow® 6 Blue♣ Push. NCLB. Half-dome operators only available with red and yellow lens cap colors. 800FP-LMP94 40 mm Mushroom (Trigger Action) Push-Pull Metal Plastic Metal Cat. ‡ Only available with red color cap. No. E-Stop operators. and contact block combinations have been third-party tested for B10d values. are bold. B10d values can be found in publication SAFETY-SR001_-EN-E. Illuminated — Twist-to-Release (Trigger Action). Push-Pull (Trigger Action)1 0 1 40 mm Illuminated Twist-to-Release Cat. 800FM-LMP44 40 mm Mushroom (Trigger Action) Twist-to-Release Plastic Color Red Pkg. No. can not use incandescent module. for these devices. Twist-to-Release‡§ Push-Pull Code Type LMP3 30 mm color cap LMP4 40 mm color cap LMP6 60 mm color cap 2 4 5 6 Half-Dome Push-Pull Code Type LMP9 90 mm color cap 7 1 LED module required for illumination. nos.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. or self-monitoring contact blocks. No. Type 4/4X/13) M Round metal operator (IP66.Bulletin 800F 22. Cat. All emergency stop operators are EN ISO 13850 compliant with standard NC. Cat.ab. 8 9 10 11 12 13 www.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 2-Position Push-Pull Operators. ♣ Only available with 40 mm Push-Pull color cap (LMP4 from Table b). No. ® Use of a white LED is recommended. No. Limit of four contact blocks max. Cat. latch. 800FP-LMT44 800FM-LMT44 800FP-LMP44 800FM-LMP44 800F P – LMP4 3 a c b 3 a b c Operator Construction Operator Type Lens Cap Color Code Description P Round plastic operator (IP66. 800FP-LMT44 40 mm Mushroom Push/Pull Cat. No. com/catalogs 10-88 Preferred availability cat. Key Release (Trigger Action)1♣ 0 1 40 mm Key Release Mushroom Cat. Type 4/13) Ronis Key Lock‡§ 6 7 d Operator Construction Code M P – MK4 Code Key No.ab.Bulletin 800F 22. 800FP-MK44 2-Position (Trigger Action) 40 mm Mushroom Key Release 2 Color Red Pkg. Type 4/13) Key Release Mushroom Code Type MK4 40 mm Code Color 4 Red d Round metal operator (IP66.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 2-Position Non-Illuminated Operators — Mushroom. Keyed operators are IP66. NCLB. Key release mushroom operators use key no. see Accessories. are bold. latch. Interoperability is possible with certain key/cylinder lock combinations. Type 4/13. and contact block combinations have been third-party tested for B10d values. 3825. page 10-111. B10d values can be found in publication SAFETY-SR001_-EN-E. nos. No. 800FM-MK44 Note: For replacement Ronis keys. No. Quantity 1 Plastic Metal Cat. page 10-111. No. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . ♣ E-Stop operators. Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for interoperability information. § For replacement Ronis keys. 3 800F 4 5 4 a c b a b c Operator Type Lens Cap Color Description P Round plastic operator (IP66. see Accessories. or self-monitoring 01R 3801 contact blocks. ‡ Not intended for high security applications. 02R 3802 03R 3803 04R 3804 05R 3805 06R 3806 27R 4001 28R 4002 29R 4003 30R 4004 31R 4005 32R 4006 33R 4007 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. Blank 3825 (Standard) R 455 1 All emergency stop operators are EN ISO 13850 compliant with standard NC. 800FP-MK44 Cat. Maintained Center. Maintained center.. Use of white LED is recommended.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options.C. 800FM-LMP44E3 Operator Function 0 Contact Type Out Center N.B.Bulletin 800F 22.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 3-Position Push-Pull Operators.B. § Available in non-illuminated only. Operator Type Color Non-Illuminated Momentary Out. Cannot use N. Cannot use incandescent module. nos. Maintained Center. N.B. Maintained center. No. ‡ Available in illuminated only. X O O N. Momentary in 2 Black§ 3 Green b Operator Type Code Description Blank Non-illuminated L Illuminated Momentary out. ® Replacement caps are available for this device. contact blocks only.L. are bold. Momentary In Pkg. Quantity Non-Illuminated Momentary Out. 11 12 13 www.O. or N.E. 1 Must use N. 800F-AMP4. Order Cat. O O X N.B. Illuminated & Non-Illuminated — Mushroom♣ Target Table and Operator Position1 Illuminated 3-Position Push-Pull Cat.C.M.C.E. or N.C. Type 4/13) 4 800FM-LMP43E3 Blue‡ b 3 800FM-LMM43E3 Red Green 2 Cat. Black§ Green Illuminated Code 1 10 Positions Code Description E3 3-position ♣ Sold as stand-alone operator only.C.O. LED module required for illumination. No. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-89 . X X O In Note: X = Closed/O = Open Contact selection is limited to the following options. Maintained in MP d 4 Red 6 Blue‡ 7 Clear‡ Description 4 40 mm plastic 6 8 9 f Cap Size Code 5 7 Operator Construction Round metal operator (IP66.E. Maintained In 800FM-MM42E3 Green 800FM-MM43E3 Red® 800FM-MM44E3 Amber‡ 800FM-LMM40E3 1 Illuminated 800F M – L a 800FM-LMM44E3 Blue‡ 800FM-LMM46E3 Clear‡ 800FM-LMM47E3 Black§ 800FM-MP42E3 Green 800FM-MP43E3 Red® 800FM-MP44E3 Amber‡ 800FM-LMP40E3 1 Red 800FM-LMP44E3 800FM-LMP46E3 Clear‡ 800FM-LMP47E3 MM 4 4 E3 c d e f a c e Operator Function Cap Color Description M Code Description Code Description 0 Amber‡ MM Momentary out. Not available as a composite catalog number.L.ab.O. No. contact blocks with 3-position push-pull operators.. Only available with black. No.ab. Type 4/13) MM9 90 mm momentary 4 Red 5 Yellow 6 Blue M 1 Momentary mushroom operators are IP65 rated. Cat. 800FM-MM42 60 mm Mushroom Cat.Bulletin 800F 22. 800FP-MM94 40 mm Mushroom Metal Plastic Metal Cat. nos. Cat. No. and yellow cap colors.com/catalogs 10-90 Preferred availability cat. No. red. No. Black 800FP-MM42 800FM-MM42 800FP-MM62 800FM-MM62 Green 800FP-MM43 800FM-MM43 800FP-MM63 800FM-MM63 800FP-MM44 800FM-MM44 800FP-MM64 800FM-MM64 Yellow 800FP-MM45 800FM-MM45 800FP-MM65 800FM-MM65 Blue 800FP-MM46 800FM-MM46 800FP-MM66 800FM-MM66 Color 3 60 mm Mushroom Plastic Pkg. No. are bold. Type 4/4X/13) MM4 40 mm momentary 2 Black MM6 60 mm momentary 3 Green Round metal operator (IP65. No. Non-Illuminated — Mushroom1 0 1 40 mm Mushroom Cat. 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P Color .5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Momentary Push Button Operators. Quantity Red 1 4 800F 5 6 7 P – MM4 3 a c b a b c Operator Construction Size and Operator Type Color Cap Code Description Code Type Code P Round plastic operator (IP65. Cat. No. 800FP-MM63 2 90 mm Mushroom Cat. No. Cat.ab. Green 800FP-LMM43 800FM-LMM43 Red 800FP-LMM44 800FM-LMM44 800FP-LMM45 800FM-LMM45 Blue 800FP-LMM46 800FM-LMM46 Clear 800FP-LMM47 800FM-LMM47 Color Pkg. No. Quantity Yellow 1 2 3 4 800F P – LMM4 3 a c b 5 a b c Operator Construction Size and Operator Type Lens Cap Color Code Description Code Type Code Color P Round plastic operator (IP65.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Momentary Push Button Operators. Type 4/13) 1 Momentary mushroom operators are IP65 rated. 800FP-LMM43 40 mm Mushroom Plastic Metal Cat. are bold. Type 4/4X/13) LMM4 40 mm momentary 3 Green M Round metal operator (IP65.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 4 Red 5 Yellow 6 Blue 7 Clear 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. nos. When using LED for illumination. Illuminated — Mushroom1 0 1 40 mm Mushroom Cat. No. a white LED is recommended. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-91 .Bulletin 800F 22. 800FP-U2E4F3 2 Position A Color Type Red Extended Position C Text Color Type Green Flush Plastic Text Blank STOP 800F P – U2 a 4 800F P – U2 a 5 6 4 F 3 c d e f X b 800FP-U2EBFA (with button caps) 1 a d f Operator Construction Operator Color Cap/Text — Position A‡ Operator Color Cap/Text — Position C‡ Code Description Code Description Code Description P Plastic operator (IP66. Blank O 3 Pkg. No. Non-Illuminated 0 1 2-Function Momentary Multi-Operator Non-Illuminated Cat. nos.com/catalogs 10-92 Preferred availability cat. ‡ Valid color cap/legend text codes include: 11 12 Text Color Flush Caps White START. O Green START. I Extended Caps — Black — STOP. Type 4/4X) 1 White 1 White M Metal operator (IP66.ab.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 2-Function Momentary Multi-Operator. Type 4) 2 Black 2 Black 3 Green 3 Green 4 Red 4 Red 5 Yellow 5 Yellow Code Description U2 Two-function 6 Blue 6 Blue A Green with “Start” text A Green with “Start” text c B Red with “Stop” text B Red with “Stop” text Operator Type — Position A1 C White with “Start” text C White with “Start” text Code Description D Black with “Stop” text D Black with “Stop” text F Flush E Green with “I” text E Green with “I” text E Extended F Red with “O” text F Red with “O” text X No caps (all positions) G White with “I” text G White with “I” text H Black with “O” text H Black with “O” text 9 e Operator Type — Position C1 Code 10 800FP-U2E4F3 c b 8 800FP-U2EFFE (without button caps) Operator Type 7 1 I START E b Cat. Quantity Description F Flush E Extended 1 Position 1 of the latch (left position when viewed from the back) corresponds to position A of the operator.Bulletin 800F 22. No. order “no caps” option plus custom engraved caps on page 10-115. I — Red — STOP. For custom-engraved caps. are bold. O 13 www. Position 2 of the latch (right position when viewed from the back) corresponds to position C of the operator. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . 5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 2-Function Momentary Multi-Operator. 1 800FP-LU2EFFE 800FP-LU2E4F3 I START 800F P – LU2 b Pkg. nos. O 11 Extended Caps 12 13 www. Quantity Blank O 2 Plastic Text 800FP-LU2EBFA (with button caps) 4 (without button caps) 5 a d f Operator Construction Operator Color Cap/Text — Position A§ Operator Color Cap/Text — Position C§ Code Description Code Description Code Description P Plastic operator (IP66. ‡ For custom-engraved caps. O Green START. 800FP-LU2E2E1 Position A Color Type Red Extended Position B Text Position C Type Color Type White Pilot Light Green Flush Blank STOP E 4 F 3 a c d e f 800F P – LU2 X a c b Cat. are bold. Position 2 of the latch (right position when viewed from the back) corresponds to position C of the operator.Bulletin 800F 22. § Valid color cap/legend text codes include: Text Color Flush Caps White START. order “no caps” option plus custom engraved caps on page 10-115.ab. I — Black — STOP. No. Type 4) 2 Black 2 Black 3 Green 3 Green 4 Red 4 Red 5 Yellow 5 Yellow b Operator Type1 Code Description LU2 Two-function Illuminated 3 6 Blue 6 Blue A Green with “Start” text A Green with “Start” text c B Red with “Stop” text B Red with “Stop” text Operator Type — Position A C White with “Start” text C White with “Start” text Code Description D Black with “Stop” text D Black with “Stop” text F Flush E Green with “I” text E Green with “I” text E Extended F Red with “O” text F Red with “O” text X No caps (all positions)‡ G White with “I” text G White with “I” text H Black with “O” text H Black with “O” text 6 7 8 9 e Operator Type — Position C Code Description F Flush E Extended 10 1 LED module required for illumination. I — Red — STOP. can not use incandescent module. No. Position 1 of the latch (left position when viewed from the back) corresponds to position A of the operator. Position 3 of the latch (center position) is reserved for the power module. Type 4/4X) 1 White 1 White M Metal operator (IP66. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-93 .com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Illuminated1 0 1 2-Function Momentary Multi-Operator Illuminated Cat. ‡ For “no caps” option.ab. 800FP-U3F3F34 c c 7 Plastic Pkg. I — Red — STOP. no text only. 800FP-U3E4F34 2 Position A Color Green Position B Type Flush Text Blank Color Red Position C Type Extended Text Blank Color Green 3 800F P – U3 E 4 F 3 4 c d e f g 800F P – U3 X a 4 5 a b b a d (cont'd) f (cont'd) Operator Construction Operator Color Cap/Text — Position A§ Operator Color Cap/Text — Position C§ Description Code Description Code Description P Plastic operator (IP66. nos. Type 4/4X) A Green with “Start” text A Green with “Start” text M Metal operator (IP66. No. Position 3 of the latch (center position) corresponds to position B of the operator. Type 4) Operator Type Code Description U3 Three-function B Red with “Stop” text B Red with “Stop” text C White with “Start” text C White with “Start” text D Black with “Stop” text D Black with “Stop” text E Green with “I” text E Green with “I” text F Red with “O” text F Red with “O” text G White with “I” text G White with “I” text H Black with “O” text H Black with “O” text Operator Type — Position A1 Code Description F Flush E Extended X No caps (all positions)‡ 11 12 e g Operator Type — Position C1 Operator Color Cap/Text — Position B1‡ Code Description Code F Flush 4 Red E Extended B Red with “Stop” text f F Red with “O” text d Operator Color Cap/Text — Position A§ 10 (with button caps) Code 8 9 Cat.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 3-Function Momentary Multi-Operator. Non-Illuminated 0 1 3-Function Momentary Multi-Operator Non-Illuminated Cat. § Valid color cap/legend text codes include: Text Color Flush Caps White START. O 13 www. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . (position B) center cap available as red. For custom-engraved caps. Position 2 of the latch (right position when viewed from the back) corresponds to position C of the operator. order “no caps” option plus custom engraved caps on page 10-115. are bold. No.Bulletin 800F 22. I Extended Caps — Black — STOP. Quantity 1 Text Blank (without button caps) b 6 Type Flush Code Description 1 White 2 Black 3 Green 4 Red 5 Yellow 6 Blue Description Operator Color Cap/Text — Position C§ Code Description 1 White 2 Black 3 Green 4 Red 5 Yellow 6 Blue 1 Position 1 of the latch (left position when viewed from the back) corresponds to position A of the operator. O Green START.com/catalogs 10-94 Preferred availability cat. No. nos. Type 4/4X/13) R Reset1 1 White 2 Black M Round metal operator (IP66. Cat. 11 mm reset stroke length. Quantity 1 § 800F-ATR19 § 9 10 800F-ATR19L ‡ If contact blocks are used. No. 11 12 13 www.ab. are bold. § Rod is threaded along its entire length for ease of cutting to desired length. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-95 . No. 800F-ATR19L Threaded Reset Rod Rod Length [mm]‡ Rod Length Adjustability [mm] 40 10 mm Pusher 35 mm Pusher Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Cat. 800FP-R611 800FM-R611 800FP-R6 800FM-R6 Pkg. 800FP-R611 Flush — Round Button Color Legend Text Metal Cat. 34…52 800F-ATR01 800F-ATR01L 55 50…67 800F-ATR02 800F-ATR02L 85 80…98 800F-ATR04 800F-ATR04L 115 110…128 800F-ATR06 800F-ATR06L 145 141…159 800F-ATR08 800F-ATR08L 315 34…326 Pkg. they must have a minimum rod length of 55 mm for one level of contact blocks and 85 mm for two levels of contact blocks. No. No.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Reset Operators — Mechanical and/or Electrical Reset 0 1 Reset Operator Cat. Quantity R Blue 1 No Legend 2 Plastic 3 800F M – R a b a 6 11 c d b Operator Construction 4 c Operator Type Color Cap Code Description Code Type Code Color P Round plastic operator (IP66. No. Type 4/13) 6 Blue d 1 Will accept latch and up to four single circuit contact blocks or two dual circuit contact blocks. no contacts allowed in center position.Bulletin 800F 22. 5 Legend Text Code Text Blank No text 11 R 6 7 Threaded Reset Rod Reset Operators 8 Threaded Reset Rod with 35 mm Pusher Cat. 4 mm (0.♣ None (Operator Only)1 800FP-POT 800FP-POTA 150 Ω 800FP-POT1 800FP-POT1A 2 3 500 Ω 800FP-POT2 800FP-POT2A 1000 Ω 800FP-POT3 800FP-POT3A 2500 Ω 800FP-POT4 800FP-POT4A 5000 Ω 800FP-POT5 800FP-POT5A 10000 Ω 800FP-POT6 800FP-POT6A 1 The Cat.0 mm (1. are bold.® None 800FM-KEM2106Z 1 N. Interoperability is possible with certain key/cylinder lock combinations. 12 13 www. 800FM-KEB3401ZMX23 800F-AKE001 Center with Key Eject § Not intended for high security applications. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . used with potentiometers having a shaft diameter of 6. nos. See page 10-125 for panel hole spacing requirements. No. ‡ A latch is not needed.O.. ® Includes latch and spacer block.C. ♣ Not stocked. Series A Cat.com/catalogs 10-96 Preferred availability cat.O.) and a shaft length of 50. No.97 in. 800FM-KEM2106ZMX11 None 800FM-KEB3401Z 2 N.Bulletin 800F 22. Longer lead-time.C. Rated 300V AC/DC.5 mm (0. 800FP-POT is a complete operator assembly supplied without the resistive element. Key Operated Selector Switch . No. 2 W max.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Single Turn Potentiometer Assembly‡§ 0 1 Series B Resistive Element Series A Series B Cat..88 in.) and a shaft length of 22.0 mm 4 5 (0.ab.SensEjectTM Patented Spring-Loaded Key Ejection System 6 7 8 9 10 2-Position Switching Angle Operator Construction Round Metal Operator — SensEject is IP6X (dust-tight) Type 1 11 Operator Type 2-Position Maintained 3-Position Spring Return from Both Key Eject Position 3-Position Switching Angle Key Option§ Spare Keys Zadi Key 06Z 800F-AKE006 Left with Key Eject Zadi Key 01Z Contact Blocks Cat.25 in. or a shaft diameter of 6.). 1 N. Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for interoperability information.). This operator is used with Type "J" potentiometers only.23 in. 3 N. § Additional hole spacing required for potentiometers. No. Center O X O X N. are bold.ab. No. Center X O X O X O Note: X = Closed/O = Open Contact selection is limited to the following options.C.C. Left X O X O X X N. Left O X O X O O N. Center X O X O 3 4 Note: X = Closed/O = Open Target Table and Operator Position (3-Position) 5 Contact Type Position on Mounting Latch Selector Left Free Selector Left Depressed Selector Center Selector Center Free Depressed Selector Right Free Selector Right Depressed N.O. Left O X O O N.O.C. Right O O O X O X N. consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options. Type 4/13) 10 d b Color Cap Operator Type Code Description Code Description 2 Black SJ Selector jog 3 Green 11 1 Buttons cannot be engraved. Right X X X O N.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Selector Push Button Operators1 0 1 Selector Jog Operator Cat.O.O. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-97 . Right X X X O X O N.Bulletin 800F 22. 12 13 www. Left X O X X N. Right O O O X N.C. Center O X O X O X N.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 800FM-SJ23 Target Table and Operator Position (2-Position) Selector Left Free Position on Mounting Latch Contact Type 2 Selector Left Depressed Selector Right Free Selector Right Depressed N.C. 800F P – SJ 2 a c b 6 7 8 2 d c a 9 Operator Function Operator Construction Code Description Code Description P Round plastic operator (IP66.O. Type 4/4X/13) 2 2-position 3 3-position M Round metal operator (IP66. nos.C.O. Silicone boot comes standard with toggle switch. Right X O O N.C. Left X O O O O N. Right O X X N. consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options. please see page 10-108 for replacement boots. or N.O.O.M.B. 800FM-JM2 Target Table and Operator Position (2-Position) 2 Contact Type§ Position on Mounting Latch Toggle Left Center N. N. maintained R4 4-position.L. contact blocks with 4-position toggle switch.B. are bold. Center X O X N. 8 800F M – a 9 10 J M2 b c a b c Operator Construction Operator Type Operator Function Code Description Code Description Code Description M Round metal operator (IP66.C.C.E.C.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Toggle Switch Operators1 0 1 Toggle Switch Operator Cat..L.Bulletin 800F 22.B. maintained R2 2-position. Center O X O Note: X = Closed/O = Open Target Table and Operator Position (4-Position)‡ 5 Contact Type§ Position on Mounting Latch Toggle Up Toggle Left Center Toggle Right N. contact blocks only..C.O. nos. Right O O O X O Note: X = Closed/O = Open § Contact selection is limited to the following options.B. Left O O X N.E. Left X X O 3 4 Toggle Right N. Right X O X X X X N. Right O X O O O O 6 7 Toggle Down N.C.O. Left O X X X X N.O.O.O.B.E.ab.C.com/catalogs 10-98 Preferred availability cat.L. Cannot use N. Center O O X X N. M4 4-position.B. momentary 11 12 13 www. Center X X O O N.C.L. Type 4/13) J Toggle switch M2 2-position. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P .O.C. ‡ Must use N.C.B.E. Left O O O O X N. momentary 1 Use legend plates 800F-34_ and 800F-35_. or N.C. No. Contact blocks cannot be stacked on power module. ® Only available for integrated LED module.ab. late break B N.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Back-of-Panel Components Contact Blocks with Latch — Composite 800F – P X 0 1 E a b c d e 0 1 a c d Style N. b Contact Block(s) Termination Style1 Code Description X Screw termination Q Spring-clamp termination 2 3 e 1 Six circuits maximum allowable. select a white LED. 6 6 N. 5 5 N. 4 4 N.C.O.C. screw termination N Integrated LED module.C. early break S N.O.C. 1 1 N.C.O. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-99 . ♣ Only available for incandescent module. (Normally Closed) Circuits Code Description Code Description Code Description P Plastic latch 0 No contact 0 No contact M Metal latch 1 1 N. 11 12 13 www. For yellow operator.C. 3 3 N. 5 5 N. For best illumination results. 2 2 N. screw termination Q Integrated LED module.C. nos.O.O. self-monitoring 4 5 Power Modules with Latch — Composite 800F – M a N 3 G b c d 6 7 a c d Style Voltage Lamp Color Code Description Code P Plastic latch M Metal latch b Power Module Type‡§ Code Description D Incandescent module.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.Bulletin 800F 22. 6 6 N. Specialty Contact Block(s) Code Description Blank Standard blocks V Low voltage — QuadCONNECT™ E N.O.O. 4 4 N. (Normally Open) Circuits N. LED color should match lens color. 3 3 N.C. early make L N. are bold. spring-clamp termination Description Code Description 0 No bulb♣ C Incandescent 1 6V AC/DC♣ R Red LED 2 12V AC/DC♣ G Green LED 3 24V AC/DC Y Amber LED 4 48V AC/DC♣ W White LED 5 120V AC B Blue LED 7 240V AC® 8 9 10 ‡ LED modules for use with all illuminated operators. and momentary mushroom operators only. 2 2 N. Incandescent module for use with pilot lights.C.O.C. § Four circuits maximum allowable when power module is used. momentary push buttons. screw termination Q Integrated LED module. 2 2 N. select a white LED. 7 LED modules for use with all illuminated operators. B Blue LED b Power Module Type1 3 4 Code Description D Incandescent module. L N.C. early break S N.C. For yellow operator.O. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P .C. LED should match lens color. self-monitoring 1 Four circuits maximum allowable when power module is used. ♣ For best illuminated results. (Normally Open) Circuits Code Description 0 No contact 1 1 N.C. spring-clamp termination c 5 6 Description 0 No bulb‡ 1 6V AC/DC‡ 2 12V AC/DC‡ 3 24V AC/DC 4 48V AC/DC‡ 5 120V AC 7 240V AC§ Specialty Contact Block(s) Code Description Description Blank Standard blocks X Screw termination V Low voltage — QuadCONNECT™ Q Spring-clamp termination E N. and momentary mushroom operators only. § Only available for integrated LED module. nos. G Green LED 2 2 N.C. screw termination N Integrated LED module.ab. ‡ Only available for incandescent module.O.C.com/catalogs 10-100 Preferred availability cat.O. push buttons. Continued Power Modules with Contact Blocks and Latch — Composite 1 2 800F – P N 5 R X 1 0 E a b c d e f g h a d g Style Lamp Color♣ N.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 0 Back-of-Panel Components.C. Incandescent module for use with pilot lights. early make Contact Block(s) Termination Style Code Voltage Code h e f N. 3 3 N. Y Amber LED 3 3 N.O.Bulletin 800F 22. 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. are bold. 4 4 N.O. Contact blocks cannot be stacked on power module. late break B N. W White LED 4 4 N. (Normally Closed) Circuits Code Description Code Description Code Description P Plastic latch C Incandescent 0 No contact M Metal latch R Red LED 1 1 N.O.C. 100 800F-ALP-BP Description 1 2 3 Cat. No.O.ab. No. 4-position toggle switch. N.C. N.C. 100 800F-ALM-BP Plastic Mounting Latch Note: Sold only in multiples of 10. Note: Sold only in multiples of 10. No. Quantity Cat. No.E. 800F-ALP Description Contact Type Pkg.C. 800FP-CC_ operators. 800F-X10 800F-X10M 800F-X01L N.L. Latch not included. N. 5 800F-X10N 800F-X10E ® N.B.E. metal die cast mounting latches. spring-clamp 800F-Q10E N. spring-clamp 800F-Q01 N. 800FP-CC_ operators. ‡§ Note: Sold only in multiples of 100. spring-clamp low-voltage — QuadConnect™ 800F-Q01V N.O. § Replacement screws are available (Cat.B. with stab terminals 800F-X01T N.C.C.C. Metal Mounting Latch These are zinc-plated. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. ‡§ 800F-R10 Ring lug N. 10 800F-X01B N.E. 10 800F-ALM Note: Sold only in multiples of 100.B. Order (quantity of) 100 to receive one package of 100 pieces.M. spring clamp 800F-Q01L N. 800F-X10 N. No.O. 800F-ARS1) 11 12 13 www. 1 Self-Monitoring 800F-X01S Dual circuit of 2 N. with stab terminals 800F-X10T N.O. 800FP-CB_ and Cat. ‡ Cannot be used in a composite catalog number. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-101 .O.E. 1 Only for use with 4-position selector switch.O.B.O.C. nos.O. low voltage — QuadCONNECT™ 800F-X10V N.C.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Back-of-Panel Components.-1 N. low voltage — QuadCONNECT™ 800F-X01V ♣ N. 10 800F-ALP Note: Sold only in multiples of 100. No. No. spring-clamp low-voltage — QuadConnect™ 800F-Q10V N. Dual circuit of 1 N.E. 4 800F-R01 800F-X10-BP 100 6 7 8 9 10 800F-X01-BP ♣ For use with Cat. Latch not included. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces.C. Continued Other Cat. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. No. spring-clamp 1 800F-Q01B Ring lug N.C.C. 800F-ALM 0 Pkg.C. N.O. Quantity Cat.M. are bold.M. 800F-X01 N.L. No.C. Contact Block Note: Sold only in multiples of 10.O.O. N. Order (quantity of) 100 to receive one package of 100 pieces.Bulletin 800F 22. Cannot stack. Cat.O. 800F-X20D 800F-X02D 800F-X11D Dual circuit of 2 N. Order (quantity of) 100 to receive one package of 100 pieces.L.O. ® For use with Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.M. spring-clamp 800F-Q10 N.E. or 3-position push-pull operator. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. Latch not included.L. 800F-N3G 6 800F-D0C 120V AC/DC Integrated LED Module For use with all illuminated devices. nos. Latch not included. 800F-BX01 800F-D5C 24…120V AC/DC 1 800F-NUx 24V AC/DC 1 800F-N3x 120V AC 1 800F-N5x 240V AC 1 800F-N7x 1 800F-Q3x 1 800F-Q5x 240V AC spring-clamp 1 800F-Q7x 24V AC/DC ring lug ‡ 800F-R3x 24V AC/DC spring-clamp Description 10 120V AC spring-clamp Contact Material Pkg. W = White. G = Green. Latch not included. replace the x with one of the following letters for the desired color: Y = Amber. 800F-BX01 N. use yellow LED. 1 800F-BN3x 1 800F-BN5x 1 800F-BN7x 1 To complete the cat. 800F-BN3R 120V AC 240V AC 10 Cat. Cat. and momentary mushroom operators. No. B = Blue. Latch not included.O. LED should match lens color. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. Cannot be used in a composite catalog number. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. ‡ Replacement screws are available (Cat. 4 Cat. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. No. 800F-ARS1) 10 11 12 13 www. N.com/catalogs 10-102 Preferred availability cat.. Note: Sold in multiples of 10.ab. No. 800F-BX10E N. Quantity Cat. are bold.O. No.E. spring-clamp 800F-BQ10 Volts 800F-BQ01 Pkg. No. R = Red. No bulb 12V AC/DC Cat. For best results. low voltage — QuadConnect™ 800F-BX10V N.Bulletin 800F 22.B.C. 1 2 6V AC/DC 800F-D1C 24V AC/DC 800F-D2C 800F-D4C 5 Base Mounted Contact Block Base mounted contact blocks can be used in plastic or metal enclosures. Note: Sold in multiples of 10. 800F-BX01L N. 9 Cat. No. low voltage — QuadConnect™ 800F-BX01V 10 N. push buttons. For amber operators.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 0 Back of Panel Components. No. Quantity Description 800F-BX10 N.C. LED should match lens color.C. Continued Other Description Volts Incandescent Module For use with pilot lights. Quantity 24V AC/DC Base Mounted Integrated LED Module Base mounted modules can be used in plastic or metal enclosures. spring-clamp 7 8 800F-D3C 10 48V AC/DC Cat.O. no.M.C. For best illumination results. N. No. Note: Sold in multiples of 10. 800F-D3C 3 Pkg. Note: Sold only in multiples of 10.O. / 1 N.O.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.C. ‡ Knockouts: PG (PG11/16). 800F-1YP3M94 800F-1YM3M94 Black 90 mm momentary 1 N. Enclosure Material 1-Hole. Metric (M25) ♣ Openings: PG (PG16).O. 4/4X) Type Pkg.O./1 N. Grey Plastic Operator Type Contact Configuration PG Knockouts Metric Knockouts 1 N. nos. 800F-3PM Metal Enclosure Cat. 800F-1PP2M92 800F-1PM2M92 Black Push Button 1 N. 1-hole 1‡ 800F-1PP 1‡ 800F-1PM ♣ 800F-1MP ♣ 800F-1MM 2-hole 1‡ 800F-2PP 1‡ 800F-2PM ♣ 800F-2MP ♣ 800F-2MM 3-hole 1‡ 800F-3PP 1‡ 800F-3PM ♣ 800F-3MP ♣ 800F-3MM 4-hole 1‡ 800F-4PP 1‡ 800F-4PM ® 800F-5MM — 5-hole 6-hole 1-hole (yellow) 1 1-hole (yellow) dual circuit ® — 1§ 800F-6PP 1§ 800F-6PM 1 800F-1YP 1 800F-1YM 1-hole (yellow) latch only — — 800F-1YPD — 800F-5MP — — — ♣ 800F-1MYP ♣ 800F-1MYM ♣ 800F-1LYP ♣ 800F-1LYM 800F-1YMD 4 — 5 6 — 1 Can only use single deep contact block. Quantity PG Conduit Knockouts Metric Conduit Knockouts PG Conduit Openings Cat. 4/13) Plastic (IP66. No.O. No. No. Metric (M32) 7 8 Assembled Stations Cat. CSA Certified Feed-through design Accepts two-piece snap-in legends Includes base mount adapter 2 3 Enclosures Metal — Die Cast (IP66. 800F-1PP2 800F-1PM2 1 N. 800F-1YP2M94 800F-1YM2M94 2 N.C./1 N. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-103 . No.O. Yellow Plastic 1-Hole.C. 800F-1YP1M94 800F-1YM1M94 Red 90 mm momentary 1 N.ab. Metric (M16/20) § Knockouts: PG (PG16)./1 N. Grey Plastic ↑ (Flush Black) O (Extended Red) ↓ (Flush Black) 4 N. No. 800F-2PP1 — 3-Hole.C. Can stack contact blocks two deep or one dual circuit contact block.O. 800F-1PP3 800F-1PM3 "OFF-ON" 2-Position Selector Switch Illumination Voltage 9 10 Non-illuminated ↔ (Flush Black) 1 N./1 N.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Plastic and Metal Enclosures 0 1 Plastic Enclosure Cat. 800F-3PP1 — 11 12 13 www. No.C. Grey Plastic Start and Stop Push Buttons 1 N. Metric Conduit Openings Cat.O. 800F-1PP1 800F-1PM1 “0-1” 2-Position Selector Switch 1 N.O. Metric (M20) ® Openings: PG (PG16). are bold. 800F-5MM Plastic Enclosures (Latch or Base Mounting) Metal Enclosures (Latch or Base Mounting) Accepts two-piece snap-in legends One-hole enclosure accepts 60 mm emergency stop legends UL Listed. 800F-1PP4 — 2-Hole. Cat.C.Bulletin 800F 22. No. Cat.C. C. Mini Receptacle 1 2 N.C. — 800F-1MM5 Key Release 40 mm Non-Illuminated 2 N.C. / 2 N. Contact Configuration 24V AC/DC 1 N.C. 800F-1YP2HD 800F-1YM2HD 2 N.C. — 800F-1YMQ1 1 N. — 800F-1MYMQ6 1 1 Please reference Assembled Station Pin Out Chart on page 10-126 13 www.com/catalogs 10-104 Preferred availability cat.O.C.O. are bold.C. 800F-1YP8 — — 800F-1YML1 — 800F-1YML2 1 N. — 800F-1YMQ5 240V AC 1 N. 800F-1YP7 — 1 N.O. / 1 N.C.O.C. 120V AC 240V AC Non-illuminated 5 PG Knockouts 24V AC/DC N/A Red half dome Yellow Plastic — 800F-1YML3 1 N. — 800F-1MM6 Twist-to-Release 40 mm 6-pin 9 800F-1YMQ3 — 1 N.O./1 N.O. — 800F-1YMQ44 24V AC/DC 1 N. / 1 N. — 800F-1MM1 Twist-to-Release 40 mm Non-Illuminated 1 N.C./1 N. 800F-1YP6 800F-1YM6 2 N.C.C. — 800F-NX1 1 N. No. / 1 N.O. 800F-1YP3HD 800F-1YM3HD — 800F-1YML1HD — 800F-1YML2HD — 800F-1YML3HD 2 N.O.O. 800F-1YP4 Enclosure Material Quick Connect 2 Operator Type Illumination Voltage Twist-to-Release 40 mm Key Release 40 mm 3 Non-Illuminated Twist-to-Release 60 mm Twist-to-Release 40 mm 4 Metric Knockouts 1 N. / 1 N. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P .C.C. 800F-1YP5 800F-1YM5 2 N.Bulletin 800F 22.ab. — 800F-1MYMQ5 Twist-to-Release 40 mm 240V AC 1 N. — 800F-1YMQ4 120V AC 1 N./1 N. — 800F-1MM4 Key Release 40 mm Non-Illuminated 1 N.O. — 800F-1MYMQ4 Mini Twist-to-Release Receptacle 6-pin 40 mm 120V AC 1 N.C.C.C.C.C. — 800F-1MM3 Key Release 40 mm Non-Illuminated 1 N. 800F-1YP4 800F-1YM4 1 N.C.C. / 1 N. / 1 N.C. No./1 N.O.C. — 800F-1YMQ6 Twist-to-Release 40 mm Non-Illuminated 1 N. 800F-1YP1 800F-1YM1 1 N.O. / 1 N.C.C. — 800F-1YMQA 1 N.C.O. 120V AC 240V AC 6 AC Micro1 5-pin Non-Illuminated 6-pin Non-Illuminated/EMO/Guard 7 DC Micro1 4-pin Non-Illuminated Twist-to-Release Non-Illuminated/EMO/Guard 40 mm 5-pin Non-Illuminated 10 N/A Grey Metal 11 12 800F-1YMQ3VEG — 800F-1YMQ3V — 800F-1YMQ41 24V AC/DC 1 N. 800F-1YP1HD 800F-1YM1HD 1 N.C. — 800F-1YMQ2 24V AC/DC 1 N. — 800F-1MM2 Twist-to-Release 40 mm Non-Illuminated 2 N.C.C./1 N.O.C. / 1 N.C. / 2 N. — Low voltage — 800F-1YMQ53V 1 N.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 1-Hole Enclosure E-Stop Station 0 1 Cat. — Non-Illuminated 4-pin 8 Cat.C. nos.O. 800F-1YP3 800F-1YM3 1 N.C. 800F-1YP2 800F-1YM2 2 N. Color/Text). To be valid as an E-Stop. 2 unassigned I/O points can be assigned to the other connector. use External I/O Versions G. maintained selector switch Z Illuminated 40 mm mushroom Enclosure Style/Legend option H from Table b can only select one operator from Table c. 4-in and 2-out are assigned internally and up to 4 unassigned I/O points can be assigned to external connectors. M. selector switch V 2 output (sinking) + 2 E-stop block H Non-illuminated 3-pos. T. If more than 3 A of current is needed or if there are two E-Stop strings. L. N. Operator Types K. If an EStop connector is used. V and W. key selector switch 1 Selector Switches in a vertical mount enclosure are mounted with a horizontal orientation. Also see footnote § Potentiometer allowed in first hole position only. where a yellow round E-stop legend plate is provided. P. Cannot be ordered with "No Cap" (9 from Table d . are bold. and U from Table c are not available with legend frames. R. External I/O Versions F. L. An E-Stop connector also must be chosen from Table e. and U receive only one contact block for the external E-Stop string.ab. The "+" symbol in the Description field of table e indicates that two external connectors exist.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Assembled Stations with DeviceNet 2-Hole 0 800F – a b c d c (Hole 1 c+d) 3-Hole d e Hole Hole Hole Hole 4 3 1 2 (Hole 2 c+d) Hole 1 800F – a b c d c (Hole 1 c+d) 4-Hole d c (Hole 2 c+d) d b c d c (Hole 1 c+d) d c (Hole 2 c+d) a 4-Hole Assembled Station Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. M.M and T. These connectors are rated 3 A. nos. and T from Table c may be used as emergency stops. Q. This allows for 6 A of switching or for two E-Stop strings. 800F-VHA3A4J3J4J 2 e d (Hole 3 c+d) c d e (Hole 4 c+d) d 3 e I/O Version® Color/Text Mounting Orientation 1 (Hole 3 c+d) 800F – a Hole 2 Code Description Code Description Code Description V Vertical1 1 White Blank No external I/O H Horizontal 2 Black A 1 input/1 output (sinking) b 3 Green B 1 input/1 output (sourcing) 4 Red C 2 input 5 Yellow D 2 output (sinking) 6 Blue E 2 output (sourcing) 7 Clear F 1 E-stop block 8 Grey♣ G 2 E-stop block 9 No cap H 2 input/2 output 0 Amber J 2 input/2 output (sinking) K 2 input/2 output (sourcing) L 1 input/1 output (sinking) + 1 E-stop block M 1 input/1 output (sourcing) + 1 E-stop block N 1 input/1 output (sinking) + 2 E-stop block P 1 input/1 output (sourcing) + 2 E-stop block Enclosure Style/Legends Code Description A 2-hole/legend frames B 3-hole/legend frames C 4-hole/legend frames D 2-hole/no legend frames E 3-hole/no legend frames F 4-hole/no legend frames H 2-hole/E-stop only no legend frames Code A Green with "Start" text B Red with "Stop" text C Black with "→" symbol c D Black with "←" symbol Operator Types E Black with "↑" symbol Description F Black with "↓" symbol 5 A Non-illuminated flush button G Green with "I" symbol B Non-illuminated extended button H Red with "O" symbol C Non-illuminated guarded button L Blue with "R" text Q 2 input + 1 E-stop block D Illuminated flush button M Red with yellow metal guard♠ R 2 input + 2 E-stop block E Illuminated extended button N Yellow with yellow metal guard♠ F Illuminated guarded button T 2 output (sinking) + 1 E-stop block U 2 output (sourcing) + 1 E-stop block G Non-illuminated 2-pos. www. maintained selector switch Y Illuminated 3-pos. operators must use color/text option 4 from Table d and it must be placed in the last hole position in the enclosure. key selector switch R Non-illuminated 40 mm mushroom T E-stop key release‡ U Potentiometer§ W Illuminated push pull X Illuminated 2-pos. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 4 10-105 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 . Also see footnote ‡ ‡ Operator Types L. Valid options are L. selector switch W 2 output (sourcing) + 2 E-stop block J Pilot light (diffused) X 2 input + 1 input/1 output (sinking) Y 2 input + 1 input/1 output (sourcing) K Hole plug L Non-illuminated TTR E-stop‡ M Non-illuminated push pull‡ N 2-pos. T. M. No. 2-in and 1-out are assigned to each hole position in the enclosure. ® This is an 8-in/4-out device. These versions receive two contact blocks. ♠ Only available with non-illuminated push-pull operator (M from Table c).Bulletin 800F 22. P 3-pos. ♣ Available in flush only. If a 2hole enclosure is selected. This device contains up to two physical external I/O connectors. Green flush push button in face. each with 1 N. contact.O. contact. 800F-P25 Pendants Yellow Plastic (IP66. No.O. No. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P ./1 N. 10 11 12 13 www. 4/4X/13) 2 Type Pkg. 1 Pendant Station Cat. Green flush (no text) in face with 1 N. red pilot light in bottom.C. 800F-P15 800F-P25 800F-P35 800F-P45 Assembled Two-Hole Pendant Stations1 5 Pendant Station Cat. are bold.O. Red flush (with "Stop" text) with 1 N. contact.O./1 N.com/catalogs 10-106 Preferred availability cat.O. No. contact 800F-P251 Black flush (with "Forward" text) with 1 N. Red pilot light in bottom with 1 N. contact 800F-P252 Black flush (with "On" text) with 1 N./1 N.C. Black flush (with "Off" text) with 1 N.C. contact 800F-P253 Green flush (with "Start" text) with 1 N. No.O. 24V AC/DC 800F-PN2 White flush (with up arrow — ↑) with 1 N. 24V DC 800F-PND2 1 Can only use single deep contact block. contact 800F-P255 DeviceNet Pendant Station with Mini Quick Disconnect Connector 9 Options Cat. 800F-PN2 6 Pre-Wired Pendant Station with Mini Quick Disconnect Connector Push Button and Contact Selection 7 8 Cat./1 N.O.C. Black flush (with down arrow — ↓) with 1 N.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Pendant Stations (Latch Mounting)1 0 Blank legend cap marking Connector not included.C. Black flush (with "Reverse" text) with 1 N. contact. page 10-107. contact 800F-P254 2 flush black push buttons (no text). contact.O. See Accessories.O. Quantity 1 hole in face 2 holes in face 1 1 hole in bottom 1 hole in face / 1 hole in bottom 3 4 Cat.C. contact.Bulletin 800F 22. No.ab. nos. for ordering information. 800F-AGS1 11 10 Ground Screws This accessory is used for grounding on Bulletin 800F plastic enclosures only. are bold. Note: Sold only in multiples of 100. 800F-AGS1 Cat. Cat. 800F-ALR1 7 Cat. No. No. 9 Cat. 13 www. 800F-AGS2 12 Cat. Order (quantity of) 100 to receive one package of 100 pieces. 0 800F-AHA1 1 Cat. Quantity Cat. 5 Mounting Ring Wrench This mounting ring wrench is used to tighten plastic or metal mounting rings quickly and securely. Note: Comes with anti-rotation washer (800F-ALC1). 800F-ARP Material Plastic 888N-M5AF1-1F Pkg. No. Cat. 800F-ATK2 10 Ground Screws These are self-tapping #6-32 (M3. No. No. — 1 100 800F-ATK2 8 Cat. 800F-AGS2 1 See Terminal Block section for ordering information. 800F-AHA1 1 Quick Disconnect Male receptacle for pendant stations. 2 3 800F-ARP 4 800F-ARM Pkg. No. nos. No. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. 888N-M4AF1-1F 4-pin 888N-M4AF1-1F 5-pin Description Replacement Mounting Rings Cat. No. No. No. 1492-MS5X9 Stab Terminals Can be used with all single circuit contact blocks.5 mm Hole Size Adapter This adapter allows a 22. Quantity 10 Metal Description Cat. Quantity Cat. See instruction sheet for details. Metal Pkg.5 mm to 22.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Miscellaneous Description Type 30. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-107 .5 mm mounting holes. 800F-ALR1 Snap-In Marker This item can be used for circuit identification on all back-of-panel components.5) ground screws for metal latches. Minimum spacing requirements apply. 800F-AW2 800F-AW2 6 1 Bulb Removal Tool For quick and easy removal of lamps from incandescent modules.ab.Bulletin 800F 22.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Sold only in multiples of 10. No. No.5 mm push button operator to be installed in a panel with existing 30. 9 Cat. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10‡ 800F-ACP . 6 Replacement Boot for Toggle Switch Silicone 800F-ABJS 7 Cat. No.Bulletin 800F 22. 800F-ACP 11 ‡ Sold only in multiples of 10. 800F-N2 Black plastic 800F-N2 Grey plastic 800F-N8 Selector Switch Tabs Changes functionality of selector switch from normal to CenterLeft or CenterRight. Quantity Replacement Trim Washer This accessory comes standard with all enclosures. Cat. nos. No. No. No. No. Continued 0 Description 1 Locking Washer (Anti-Rotation Washer) This item provides an extra anti-rotation feature for rotary operators such as selector switches.ab. 800F-ALC1 800F-ALC2 Pkg. 800F-ALC1 Panel Thickness with Legend Plates Pkg. 4 10‡ 800F-A3BA Cat. 800F-ATW1 Cat.com/catalogs 10-108 Preferred availability cat. 800F-ABJS Nitrile 1 800F-ABJN 8 Hole Plug used to plug 22. Quantity Cat. 800F-ABZ1 Description Material Pkg. 800F-ATW1 3 Replacement Base Mount Adapter This accessory comes standard with all metal enclosures. Quantity 1…4 mm 1…5 mm Description 2 10‡ Cat. Cat. No. 12 13 www. 10 Cat. are bold. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. No. This item is made of plastic. No. 5 800F-ABZ1 Cat. It is required when using metal enclosures with base-mounted contact blocks or basemounted power modules. It must be used if using base-mounted contact blocks/power modules without legend plates. 800F-A3BA Square Bezel Gives round operator a square appearance. No.5 mm holes. No. Not for use with toggle switch operators.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Miscellaneous. 800F-A6PR5 Cat.Bulletin 800F 22. No. 800F-AMEGY Narrow Plastic Guard for use with the following operators: Illuminated and non-illuminated momentary mushroom operators (40 mm) only Bul. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-109 . 800F-AMRG Plastic Guard for use with the following operators: 40 mm E-stop (SEMI Standards Compliant) 40 mm illuminated/non-illuminated alternate action and momentary operators 60 mm illuminated/non-illuminated momentary operators Selector switches (standard knob and key operated) Potentiometers Type Pkg. Flush push button 800F-AB7 Extended push button 800F-ABE7 3-position multi-function 2-position multi-function Protective Boots 10 7 800F-AUB1 800F-AUB2 8 Sold in multiples of 10. round 800F-A6PR5 3 1 Cat. No. are bold. No. nos. No.ab. Shiny metal 800F-AMRG Black 800F-AMRGB Yellow Metal 800F-AMRGY 0 1 2 Yellow. 800F-AMMG Clear silicone Protective Boot used on illuminated and nonilluminated. flush and extended operators. 800FD monolithic E-stops (SEMI standards compliant) Flush/extended/guarded push buttons Alternate action operators Selector switches (standard knob and key operated) Potentiometers Yellow 40 mm Protective Guard used with illuminated and non-illuminated momentary mushroom operators (40 mm) only.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Guards Description Protective Ring for use with non-illuminated 2-position maintained and illuminated/non-illuminated 3-position mushroom operators (40 mm only) Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Quantity Cat. Shiny Metal 4 800F-AMEGY 5 800F-AMMG 6 Cat. 9 10 11 12 13 www. No. Bulletin 800F 22. 800F-ASL2L 9 Selector Switch Locking Attachment Ability to put two locks on standard knob selector switch. 10 Pkg. nonilluminated 800F-AFL1 Extended momentary. 800F-AFL1 2 3 Cat. Quantity Cat. and standard knob selector switch operators. Quantity Cat.E.M contacts are closed 4 1 Momentary mushroom 800F-AML1 Maintained mushroom 800F-AML2 Cat.or 3position selector switches. center lock Cat.C. No. No.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Locking Attachments Description 0 1 Type Pkg. 800F-AML2 Lock Position Description 7 2-position selector switches. 800F-AL01 12 13 www.O.ab. -N. Flush momentary. No. No. contacts are open -N. 800F-ASL23A Description Locking Cover Used on flush. contacts may or may not be closed -N. No. Quantity Cat.C. No.O.com/catalogs 10-110 Preferred availability cat. nos. extended and guarded momentary and alternate action operators. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P Type Pkg. No. No.B. — 1 800F-AL01 .L. 800F-AML1 5 6 Cat. nonilluminated 800F-AEL1 Cat. 800F-ASL2L 1 2. 800F-AEL1 Locking Attachments are used to lock push button in the depressed position. contacts may or may not be open -N. No. all positions 800F-ASL3C 800F-ASL23A Cat. 11 Cat. No. are bold. left lock Selector Switch Locking Attachment Locks standard knob selector switch in specified position 8 3-position selector switches. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-111 12 13 . 150 Ω 7 800F-AC3 800F-AC4 5000 Ω 800F-AC5 10000 Ω 800F-AC6 PQ = Pkg. Standard package quantity is one set with two keys. 80 mA 12V AC/DC 756 800F-N141 800F-N157 70 mA 24V AC/DC 757 50 mA 48V AC/DC 1835 800F-N48 22 mA 130V AC/DC 949 800F-N130 2 mA 240V AC — 10 11 10§ Neon 800F-N240 Cat. 800F-AKR3825. Key No. White LEDs only available in 6V and 130V. No. replace the x with one of the following letters for the desired color: A = Amber. Quantity 1 Master key. No. G = Green. (Std) Cat. 3 10‡ 800F-NX70 Cat. ♣ To complete the cat. ‡ Sold only in multiples of 10. 150 mA 6V AC/DC 755 Pkg.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 800F-AKR3825 Key No. 4 800F-30WN 5 Cat.Bulletin 800F 22. No. No. (Std) Cat. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. No. No. B = Blue. 800F-30WN 10‡ Potentiometer Legend Plate Graphical scale 800F-30WG 6 Cat. No. 800F-N130 Typical Current Voltage ANSI No. No. are bold. nos. 3825 800F-AKR3825 39101 800F-AKR3910 455 800F-AKR455 39201 800F-AKR3920 3801 800F-AKR3801 4001 800F-AKR4001 3802 800F-AKR3802 4002 800F-AKR4002 3803 800F-AKR3803 4003 800F-AKR4003 3804 800F-AKR3804 4004 800F-AKR4004 3805 800F-AKR3805 4005 800F-AKR4005 3806 800F-AKR3806 4006 800F-AKR4006 39011 800F-AKR3901 4007 Description 800F-AKR4007 Volts PQ Diode Module For lamp checking circuits. 800F-30WG Description Resistance PQ 800F-AC1 500 Ω 800F-AC2 1000 Ω Replacement Resistive Elements for the 800FP Potentiometer operator. No.. 1 2500 Ω Cat. www.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Other Accessories Description PQ Replacement Ronis Key Standard replacement key is Cat. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. No. No. 0 1 2 800F-XD7 up to 600V AC Null Block For wire terminations only. No. Quantity 800F-N65 Cat. 800F-AC1 Cat. Cat. 8 9 Replacement Lamps for Incandescent Module Lamp Type Full Voltage Incandescent Cat. See page 10-83 for details.ab. 800F-XD7 Description PQ Potentiometer Legend Plate Scale 1…10 Cat. No. 1 Cat. 800F-N240 LED 50 mA 6V AC/DC — ♣ 800T-N318x 12 mA/17 mA 32V AC/DC — ♣ 800T-N363x 9 mA/14 mA 48V AC/DC — ♣ 800T-N364x 4. Latch not included.2 mA 130V AC/DC — ♣ 800T-N321x § Sold in multiples of 10. W = White. R = Red. No. no.5 mA/6. No. No. Quantity Illuminated Push Buttons — Flush 12 Pilot Lights Cat. Alternate Action 8 Color 9 10 Pkg. Cat. Quantity Green Alternate Action Flush 800F-AE3 800F-AF3 800F-AFA3 Red 800F-AE4 800F-AF4 800F-AFA4 Yellow 800F-AE5 800F-AF5 800F-AFA5 Blue 800F-AE6 800F-AF6 800F-AFA6 Grey — 800F-AF8 — 10 3 4 Accessory Color Caps — Multi-Function Operators (without Text) Color Caps.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Caps. No. Non-Illuminated1 Flush Color 5 Pkg.com/catalogs 10-112 Preferred availability cat. Lenses 0 Color caps listed below are for completion of devices ordered with color caps omitted. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. Guarded Pilot Light Lenses1 — Standard Lens Cat. No. No.Bulletin 800F 22. No. No. Accessory Color Caps (without Text) Color Caps. Quantity Extended Cat. Diffusers. 800F-AD2 10 800F-AD3 Cat. White 800F-AFU1 800F-AEU1 Black 800F-AFU2 800F-AEU2 Green 800F-AFU3 800F-AEU3 Red 800F-AFU4 800F-AEU4 Yellow 800F-AFU5 800F-AEU5 Blue 800F-AFU6 800F-AEU6 10 6 7 Accessory Color Lens Caps and Pilot Light Lenses (without Text) Illuminated Color Lens Caps1 — Flush. No. Amber 800F-ALF0 800F-ALE0 800F-AP0 Green 800F-ALF3 800F-ALE3 800F-AP3 Red 800F-ALF4 800F-ALE4 800F-AP4 10 Yellow 800F-ALF5 800F-ALE5 800F-AP5 Blue 800F-ALF6 800F-ALE6 800F-AP6 Clear 800F-ALF7 800F-ALE7 800F-AP7 1 Sold only in multiples of 10. 800F-AD3 Illuminated Push Buttons — Extended. No. Quantity Illuminated Color Lens Caps1 — Extended. are bold.ab. Cat. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 800F-AD4 . Cat. Operator Diffusers (without Text) 11 Diffusers Description Pkg. Includes diffuser. Non-Illuminated1 1 Momentary Extended Momentary Flush/Guarded Cat. nos. Orange 800F-AE0 800F-AF0 800F-AFA0 White 800F-AE1 800F-AF1 800F-AFA1 Black 800F-AE2 800F-AF2 800F-AFA2 Color 2 Pkg. Cat. Guarded 13 www. Cat. No. 800F-15YSE112 a Button Cap Type b c Color Cap Legend Text‡ Code Description Code Description AF Flush 1 White Code Description AE Extended 2 Black 01 START 3 Green 02 STOP 4 Red 05 O 5 Yellow 06 I 6 Blue 08 09 → FORWARD1 10 REVERSE1 11 R English 1 Available in flush only. HÄTÄ-SEIS. ® Not for use with base mounted contact blocks.5 mm mounting hole)® 8 b (cont'd) Text Size/Color (Yellow) Code Text Description Code Description Blank No text W112 NØDSTOPP. I. Text printed on the 15YS & 16Y versions only. O. R →. are bold. REVERSE. NOT HALT L112 NEYÐARSTOPP.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. R Black FORWARD.5 mm mounting hole) 15YS 60 mm round (22. O. R Green FORWARD. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. STOP. → → Red FORWARD. START. NEYÐARSTOPP H112 NÖD-STOP. ARRÊT D’URGENCE 9 10 EMERGENCY STOP. REVERSE. REVERSE. All other color caps have white text.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Two-Color Molded Legend Caps — Non-Illuminated Push Buttons 800F – AF a 3 01 b c 0 1 Cat. nos. White and yellow caps have black text. →. EMERGENCY STOP E112 EMERGENCY STOP A112 NØDSTOP F112 ARRÊT D’URGENCE S112 PARADA DE EMERGENCIA B112 EMERGENCY STOP. ARRESTO EMERGENZA. REVERSE. → → Blue FORWARD. ARRÊT D’URGENCE. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-113 .5 mm mounting hole)® 16Y 90 mm round (22.Bulletin 800F 22. 7 NOODSTOP NOT HALT. ‡ Valid color cap text codes include: 2 3 4 Text Color Flush Caps Extended Caps White FORWARD. → Yellow FORWARD. R STOP. REVERSE. No.5 mm mounting hole b b Description Code 15Y 60 mm round (30. Not available on 15YS version. Text printed on the 15Y version only. → STOP. START.ab. REVERSE. ARRÊT D’URGENCE. →. R →. →. PARADA DE EMERGENCIA G112 NOT HALT T112 ARRESTO EMERGENZA N112 NÖDSTOPP. R 5 6 Emergency Stop Legend Plates§ 800F – 15YS a a 22. EMERGENCY STOP D112 M112 § Sold only multiples of 10. NÖD-STOP 11 12 13 www. I. →. O. Do not add the font code to the cat. ‡ Three snap-in plates are required for each legend frame. Max. nos. S.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories 0 Legend Plates Ordering Information1§ Standard Text/Symbols Selection Tables♣ 1. No. 30 x 40 mm 800F-110 30 x 60 mm 800F-200 30 x 50 mm 800F-120 Special multifunction‡ 800F-400 1 Blank legend frames sold only in multiples of 10. No. 800F-12WE100K. (Blank) Cat. per 30 x 30 x per 30 x or per of Line 40 mm 50 mm Line 40 mm 30 x 60 mm Line Lines K (small) 16 2 5 15 2 5 7 3 S (standard) 14 2 3 13 1 3 6 3 L (large) 9 Special MultiFunction 10 1 3 9 1 3 4 2 3. no. Font size is automatically determined by the number of characters. no.10 in. 30 x 40 mm snap-in legend plate and frame with AUTO engraved on it. no. Add E100 followed by the font code (K.14 in. Max. no. of Lines Font Size Max. for the appropriate legend size and color from the Selection Tables on this page. Select the cat. see RAISE product selection software. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. § For configuration assistance. Select the cat. no. Max.ab. selected from pages 10-116…10-119. www. No. Type of Legend Plate One-Piece 7 8 10 Two-Piece Max. Complete the cat. Char. 30 x 50 mm snap-in legend plate and frame with custom text STARTER engraved in small font. of Lines Max. of Characters 2 3 Font Size One-Piece Legend Plate Two-Piece Legend Plate Special Multi-Function Legend Plate K (small) >14 >13 >6 S (standard) ≤14 ≤13 ≤6 Type Example: Cat. (with Text Symbols) 800F-11RE100 800F-11R❑❑❑❑ 800F-11WE100 800F-11W❑❑❑❑ 800F-11BE100 800F-11B❑❑❑❑ 800F-11AE100 800F-11A❑❑❑❑ 30 x 50 mm White with black text 2-piece Black with white text snap-in plate and Aluminum with black text frame 800F-12WE100 800F-12W❑❑❑❑ 800F-12BE100 800F-12B❑❑❑❑ 800F-12AE100 800F-12A❑❑❑❑ 30 x 60 mm White with black text 2-piece Black with white text snap-in plate and Aluminum with black text frame 800F-20WE100 800F-20W❑❑❑❑ Special White with black text multiBlack with white text function 4piece snapAluminum with black text in plates and frame 30 x 40 mm 1-piece 800F-20BE100 800F-20B❑❑❑❑ 800F-20AE100 800F-20A❑❑❑❑ 800F-40WE100 — 800F-40BE100 — 800F-40AE100 — Red with white text 800F-34RE100 800F-34R❑❑❑❑ White with black text 800F-34WE100 800F-34W❑❑❑❑ 800F-34B❑❑❑❑ Black with white text 800F-34BE100 Aluminum with black text 800F-34AE100 800F-34A❑❑❑❑ Red with white text 800F-35RE100 800F-35R❑❑❑❑ White with black text 800F-35WE100 800F-35W❑❑❑❑ Black with white text 800F-35BE100 800F-35B❑❑❑❑ Aluminum with black text 800F-35AE100 800F-35A❑❑❑❑ Red with white text 800F-17RE100 800F-17R❑❑❑❑ White with black text 800F-17WE100 800F-17W❑❑❑❑ Black with white text 800F-17BE100 800F-17B❑❑❑❑ Aluminum with black text 800F-17AE100 800F-17A❑❑❑❑ 30 x 50 mm 1-piece 30 x 40 mm snap-in plate only White with black text 30 x 50 mm Black with white text snap-in plate only Aluminum with black text 800F-18WE100 800F-18W❑❑❑❑ Special multifunction snap-in plate only‡ White with black text 800F-42WE100 800F-42W❑❑❑❑ Black with white text 800F-42BE100 800F-42B❑❑❑❑ Aluminum with black text 800F-42AE100 800F-42A❑❑❑❑ Yellow with black text 800F-37YE100 800F-37Y❑❑❑❑ 30 x 66 mm 1-piece 11 800F-18BE100 800F-18B❑❑❑❑ 800F-18AE100 800F-18A❑❑❑❑ Legend Plate Frame — 2-Piece Snap-In1 12 Type Cat. are bold. 6 2.Bulletin 800F 22. font code S = 0. No. by adding custom text to the order item’s memo text or notes field. Example: Cat. by adding the appropriate suffix no. ♣ Plate dimensions found on pages 10-122…10-123. 1 2. No. No.com/catalogs 10-114 Preferred availability cat. Char. font code L = 0. No. Type Cat. for the appropriate legend size and color from the Selection Tables on this page. Legends with standard text/symbols or custom 13 text are packaged in quantities of 1. L) from the following table. Complete the cat. with STARTER text entered into memo text on order. Description Red with white text 30 x 40 mm 2-piece White with black text snap-in Black with white text plate and frame Aluminum with black text Cat. 4 5 Custom Text (text found on pages 10-116…10-119) 1. Font code K = 0. 800F-11WE101 identifies a white. No. 30 x 50 mm Char. as shown in the following table. No. 800F-34 x No.08 in. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . identifies a white. ‡ Do not add a font code to the cat. Complete the cat. Example: Cat.ab. 1…4 2 Push Button. no. Position A Multi-Function Cap Positions 3. Font Size 12 pt. H. No.) 7 1 Code Description 5…6 1 0 Amber J (large) (20 pt. Example: Cat. of Characters 800F – A F 1 a b C 3 a Custom Text (text found on pages 10-116…10-119) Type 1. Multi-Function Caps No. No. by adding the appropriate suffix no.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Custom Laser-Engraved Caps and Diffusers Ordering Information1§ Standard Text/Symbols Configurator Tables Position C 0 1. § For configuration assistance. 800F-AF3CE166 identifies a flush. 3. for the appropriate product and color from the Configurator Tables on this page. Standard font is Arial Narrow. of Lines Code Description E Push button extended cap F Push button flush cap FA Alternate action cap FAU Multi-function flush cap (for position A) EAU Multi-function extended cap (for position A) FCU Multi-function flush cap (for position C) ECU Multi-function extended cap (for position C) b G (small) (12 pt.) 1…4 1 1 White 1. No. Font size is automatically determined by the number of characters. Font Size No. for the appropriate product and color from the Configurator Tables on this page. Add U100 to identify the custom symbol or graphic. with FILL text entered into memo text on order. Complete the cat. see RAISE product selection software. 7 16 pt. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-115 . J). 8 Pilot Light Diffuser 800F – AD3C 9 Illuminated Push Button Diffusers 800F – AD2C 800F – AD4C 10 (Flush or Alternate Action) (Extended and Guarded) 11 12 13 www. ‡ Seven characters maximum allowable. Select the cat. no. Please contact your local Allen-Bradley sales office to submit the graphic. selected from pages 10-116…10-119. by adding custom text to the order item’s memo text or notes field. 1 Example: Cat. 800F-AF3CE100J. no.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. No. 2. identifies a flush.) Custom Symbols/Graphics (symbols found on page 10-116) 4 2 Black 3 Green 4 Red 5 Yellow 6 Blue 6 7 2. Add E100 followed by the font code (G. Select the cat. nos. for the appropriate product and color from the Configurator Tables on this page. green push button cap with custom laser-engraved text FILL in large font. based on the number of custom characters. Select the cat. 800F-AD3CU100 1 Package quantity of one for all laser-engraved caps and diffusers. of Characters Max. are bold. green cap with custom-engraved text ON. 5…6 20 pt. no. 2. no. 3. no.Bulletin 800F 22. 5 Color H (standard) (16 pt. or pilot light diffusers. DOWN® 5 7 — Marking DIN 100. ‡ Not available on -12. ISO 7A — U707 1 Items in grey shaded table cells only available on legend plates. or -20 legend plates. CONTINUOUS CYCLE§ — U706 ACOUSTIC WARNING EQUIPMENT DIN 155 U854 — — — CONTINUOUS ROTATION TO RIGHT§ 12 Std. ♣ Not available on -35 legend plates.Bulletin 800F 22. -18. — I-II-III 11 U226 Description CONTINUOUS MOTION UP. RIGHT® 3 4 Suffix No. 13 www. (Blank) Blank — U100 — — U112 START‡§♣ ISO 71 U219 —‡§♣ ISO 72 U220 START‡§♣ ISO 5232 U221 1 2 CONTINUOUS MOTION LEFT.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories 0 Legend Texts Standard Symbols1 Marking Description Std. Suffix No.§ CONTINUOUS ROTATION TO LEFT ISO 7B U708 INTERRUPTED ROTATION TO LEFT — U710 INTERRUPTED ROTATION TO RIGHT — U711 DIRECTION OF SPINDLE SPEED — U717 FEED ISO 16 U720 REDUCED SPEED — U723 RAPID FEED — U724 NORMAL FEED — U725 LONGITUDINAL FEED — U726 U227 O STOP — U228 TRANSVERSE FEED — U727 I STEP 1 — U229 RAPID TRANSVERSE ISO 26 U728 II STEP 2 — U230 THREADING — U729 O-I STOP-START® — U231 ISO 28 U730 I-O START-STOP® INCREASE — U232 ISO 29 U731 I-II —® DECREASE — U233 I-O-II —® — U234 CONVENTIONAL MILLING — U736 —® — U236 —® — U237 6 —® — U240 CONTINUOUS MOTION — U241 CONTINUOUS MOTION — U242 CLIMB MILLING — U737 ELECTRIC MOTOR ISO 41 U800 TURNING SPINDLE — U803 DRILLING SPINDLE — U804 MILLING SPINDLE — U805 GRINDING SPINDLE — U806 PUMP ISO 48 U807 COOLANT PUMP — U808 CONTINUOUS MOTION — U243 III STEP 3 — U249 —® — U256 I-O-I START-STOP-START® — U282 0-1-2 —® — U285 LUBRICATION PUMP — U809 IV STEP 4 — U604 V STEP 5 — U605 HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS PUMP — U810 CONTINUOUS MOTION ISO 1 U700 HYDRAULIC MOTOR — U811 LINEAR MOTION TWO DIRECTIONS ISO 2 U701 8 9 10 TRACER — U812 ISO 91 U850 VERTICAL MOTION — U702 SHEAR PIN CONSTRUCTION INTERRUPTED MOTION§ — U703 ATTENTION/DANGER DIN 131. illuminated push button diffusers. are bold. ® Not available on -42 legend plates.com/catalogs 10-116 Preferred availability cat. ISO 92 U851 LIMITED MOTION§ ISO 4 U704 CAUTION ISO 93 U852 ISO 94 U853 LIMITED MOTION AND RETURN§ ISO 5 U705 MAIN SWITCH OSCILLATING MOTION. § Not available on -34 legend plates. Not available as laser-engraved text on button caps. Not available on -11 or -17 legend plates. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P .ab. nos. ab. ISO 104 U878 FULL LEVEL — U879 DRAIN DIN 257. ISO 74 U913 DISENGAGE DIN 45. 102 U876 WEIGHT — U877 REFILLING DIN 256. nos.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. ISO 105 U881 OIL LUBRICATION DIN 175. ISO 75 U914 ENGAGE TRACE — U917 DISENGAGE TRACE — U918 CHANGE SPEED ONLY IN STOPPED POSITION — U919 CHANGE SPEED ONLY WHEN IN MOTION — U920 CONTINUOUS ADJUSTMENT ISO 62 U921 AUTOMATIC OR SEMIAUTOMATIC CYCLE DIN 267 U922 RESET — U924 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Not available on -11 or -17 legend plates.§ SETUP DIN 986 U855 COOLANT FLUID ISO 101 U875 LIGHT ISO 139. ISO 109 U884 STEPLESS OPERATION ISO 61 U900 CLAMP OR TIGHTEN ISO 63A U901 CLAMP OR TIGHTEN — U902 LOOSEN ISO 64A U903 LOOSEN — U904 BRAKE ON ISO 65 U905 BRAKE RELEASE ISO 66 U906 AUTO CYCLE — U907 MANUAL DIN 35 U908 START ISO 69 U909 STOP ISO 70 U910 TAKE ACTION WHEN CONTROL IS OPERATING — U912 ENGAGE DIN 46. are bold. 11 12 13 www. ISO 108 U883 SUCTION UNIT DIN 264. ISO 106 U880 OVERFLOW DIN 258.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Standard Symbols. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-117 . ISO 107 U882 BLOWING UNIT DIN 263.Bulletin 800F 22. Suffix No. § Not available on -34 legend plates. Continued Marking R Description Std. ® Not available on -42 legend plates. Marking Suffix No. Not available on -11 or -17 legend plates. are bold. 13 www.ab. or pilot 12 light diffusers. Not available as laser-engraved text on button caps. Marking Suffix No. illuminated push button diffusers.com/catalogs 10-118 Preferred availability cat. ♣ Not available on -35 legend plates. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . RELEASE§® E262 STOP-CYCLE® E213 AUTO-HAND® E102 LOW-OFF-HIGH® E150 PUSH-TO-TEST E181 STOP-RESET® E214 AUTO-MAN-OFF® E103 LOW SPEED E151 RAISE E182 STOP-START® E215 AUTO-MANUAL® E286 LOWER E152 RAISE-LOWER® E183 AUTO-OFF-HAND® E104 LOW-OFF-RAISE® E153 RAISE-OFF-LOWER® E184 SUMMER-OFFWINTER® E216 BLOWER E268 LOWER-RAISE® E154 READY E185 SUMMER-WINTER® E217 BRAKE MANUAL E155 RESET E186 SUPPLY ON E218 MAN-O-AUTO§♣® E238 RETURN E187 TEST E219 FORWARD-AUTOREVERSE® FORWARD-OFFREVERSE® E121 E122 FORWARD-STOPREVERSE® E123 E105 FORWARDREVERSE® E124 BYPASS-OFFDRIVE§♣® E297 FULL SPEED E125 BYPASS ON§♣® E295 HAND E126 MAN-AUTO® E258 REV-FOR® E260 TRANSFER® E220 BYPASS START§♣® E299 HAND-I-AUTO§♣® E239 MANUAL-AUTO® E156 REVERSE E188 TRIP E221 BYPASS STOP§♣® E298 HAND-O-AUTO® E283 MAN-OFF-AUTO® E259 UNCLAMP E222 CLAMP E106 HAND-AUTO® E127 MANUAL-OFFAUTO® E157 UP E223 UP-DOWN® E224 UP-OFF-DOWN® E225 REVERSEFORWARD® E189 CLOSE E107 HAND-OFF-AUTO® E128 MOTOR RUN E158 CYCLE START E108 HAND OFF E264 MOTOR RUNNING E159 REVERSE-OFFFORWARD® E190 DECREASE® E109 HAND ON E263 MOTOR START E160 RIGHT E191 DRIVE-START® E287 HAND START E265 MOTOR STOP E161 RIGHT-LEFT® E192 DRIVE-STOP® E288 HAND STOP E266 MOTOR STOPPED E162 ROTATE CW E246 DOWN E110 HEAT E270 NO FLIP E275 ROTATE CCW E247 DOWN-OFF-UP® E111 HIGH E129 OFF E163 RUN E193 DRIVE ON§♣® E296 HIGH-LOW® E130 OFF CIRCUIT E244 RUN-JOG® E194 EMERG STOP E251 HIGH-OFF-LOW® E131 OFF-COOLANT-ON® E164 RUN-SAFE-JOG® E195 EMERGENCY® E248 IN E132 OFF-LIGHT-ON® E272 RUNNING E243 EMERGENCY OFF® E294 IN-OUT® E133 OFF-ON® E165 SAFE E196 EMERGENCY STOP® E112 INCH E134 ON E166 SAFE-RUN® E197 ENABLE E279 INCH-REV® E257 ON CIRCUIT E245 SETUP E198 ENTER E277 INCH-REVERSE® E135 ON-OFF® E167 SETUP-RUN® E302 ERROR E273 INCH-RUN® E136 ON-OFF-AUTO® E168 SETUP-SERVICE® E199 EXHAUSTER® E269 INCREASE® E137 ON-STOP-SAFE® E169 SEQUENCE-TEST® E200 FAULT E113 INSPECT E274 OPEN E170 SLOW E201 FAST E114 JOG E138 OPEN-CLOSE® E171 SLOWER E202 FAST-OFF-SLOW® E289 JOG-FOR® E255 OPEN-OFF-CLOSE® E172 SLOWEST E203 FASTER E115 JOG-FORWARD® E139 OUT E173 SLOW-FAST® E204 FEED START E116 JOG-OFF-RUN® E140 OVERLOAD® E267 SLOW-OFF-FAST® E205 FEED STOP E117 JOG-REV® E256 OVERLOAD TRIP® E174 SLOW-STOP-FAST® E206 FEEDER OFF E118 JOG-REVERSE® E141 OVERLOAD RESET® E175 SLOW-OFF-START® E207 FEEDER ON E119 JOG-RUN® E142 POWER OFF E177 SLOW SPEED E291 FIFO E276 JOG-SAFE-RUN® E143 POWER ON E178 SOFT STOP E292 FOR-AUTO-REV® E252 JOG-STOP-RUN® E144 PULL TO START E180 SPEED E293 1 Items in grey shaded table cells only available on legend plates. § Not available on -34 legend plates. Marking Suffix No.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Legend Texts. Marking Suffix No. nos. (Blank) E100 FOR-OFF-REV® E261 LAST STOP E278 PULL TO RESET E176 START E208 I-O-AUTO§♣® E235 FOR-REV® E253 LEFT E145 PUMP STOP E290 START CYCLE E209 ACCU-STOP® E284 FOR-STOP-REV® E254 LEFT-RIGHT® E146 PURGE E271 START-JOG® E210 AT SPEED E285 FORWARD E120 LOCAL-REMOTE® E147 PUSH TO STOP E179 START-STOP® E211 AUTO E101 LOW E148 STOP E212 AUTO-O-HAND§♣® E250 LOW-HIGH® E149 PUSH TO STOPTWIST OR PULL. Continued Standard Text1 English Marking Suffix No.Bulletin 800F 22. Marking Suffix No. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-119 12 13 . Marking Suffix No.ab. or pilot light diffusers. Marking Suffix No. illuminated push button diffusers. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. ATTEINT F281 ARRÊT D’URGENCE® F112 BAS-ARRÊT-HAUT® F150 FREINAGE® ARRÊT-MANUEL F251 DEMAR. BACK N188 HÖGER N191 NERN 110 UPP N223 VÄNSTER N145 FRAM N120 — — — — — — — — 7 8 9 10 11 Swedish 1 Items in grey shaded table cells only available on legend plates. Continued Standard Text. Marking Suffix No. LENTE F287 F296 HORS CIRCUIT F244 — — VITESSE F291 F292 HORS-EN® F248 — — — — 1 2 3 4 Spanish Marking Suffix No. ABRIR S170 ARRANQUE S166 DERECHA S191 MARCHA S208 PARADA-MARCHA® S165 ADELANTE® S120 ATRÁS S188 EN SERVICIO® S243 MARCHA-PARO® S211 PARO S163 ADELANTE-ATRÁS® S124 BAJADA S152 IZQUIERDA® S145 PARADA S212 SUBIDA S182 BAJAR S110 MANUAL S126 SUBIR S223 CERRAR S107 MANUAL-AUTO® S127 PARADA DE EMERGENCIA® — — ADELANTE-PARADAATRÁS® S123 S112 5 6 German Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. D-ENTR F283 GAUCHE ARRÊT-MARCHE® F165 DEMAR. ® Not available on -42 legend plates. Marking Suffix No. ABBASSARE® T152 ALTO T129 AVANTI-DISINSINDIETRO® T122 APRIRE T223 AVANTI-INDIETRO® ARRESTO T212 ARRESTO EMERGENZA® Italian DISCESA T110 IN SERVIZIO® T243 MARCIA-ARRESTO® T211 DISINS-INS® T165 LENTO T201 PREPARARE® T198 T124 DISINSERITO® T163 MANUALE T126 RAPIDO T114 BASSO T148 DISTURBO® T113 MANUALE-AUTO® T127 ROTAZIONE CW® T246 T112 BASSO-DISINSALTO® T150 EMERGENZA® T248 T128 ROTAZIONE CCW® T247 DESTRA T191 INDIETRO® T188 MANUALE-DISINSAUTO® SALITA T182 AUTOMATICO® T101 CHIUDERE® T107 INSERITO® T166 MARCIA T208 SINISTRA® T145 AVANTI T120 — — — — — — — — Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. AB G110 EINRICHTEN® G198 LANGSAM G201 ÖFFNEN G170 VOR G120 AUF G223 HAND G126 LINKS G145 RECHTS G191 VOR-AUS-ZURÜCK® G122 AUS G163 HAND-AUS-AUTO® G128 LINKS-RECHTS® G146 SCHNELL G114 VOR-ZURÜCK® G124 AUS-EIN® G165 HAND-AUTO® G127 NIEDRIG G148 SENKEN G152 ZU G107 G150 STÖRUNG G113 ZURÜCK G188 BETRIEB G243 HEBEN G182 NIEDRIG-AUSHOCH® EIN G166 HOCH G129 NOT AUS G112 — — — — Marking Suffix No. § Not available on -34 legend plates.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Marking Suffix No.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Legend Texts. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. are bold. Marking Suffix No.Bulletin 800F 22. Only available on legend plates and AD2 or AD4 diffusers. ♣ Not available on -35 legend plates. Marking Suffix No. nos. Marking Suffix No. www. Marking Suffix No. Continued1 French Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No.-MAN. Not available as laser-engraved text on button caps. 0 Marking Suffix No. DESCENDRE® F110 HORS MANUEL F249 MARCHE-ARRÊT® F211 DROIT F191 LENT F201 MONTER F182 EN F247 LENT-ARRÊT-VITE® F205 OUVRIR F170 ARRÊT F163 AV-ARR® F290 EN CIRCUIT F245 M FORCEE F284 PANNE F113 ARRÊT D’ENTR F289 AV-HORS-ARR® F253 EN MANUEL F250 MANUEL F126 RAP-HORS-LENT® F285 ARRÊT DOUX F288 BAS F148 FERMER F107 RAPIDE F114 RÉGLER F198 SURCHARGE® F254 VARIATEUR ALIMENTɧ♣® F293 VIT. ARRÊT POMPE F286 DÉRIV-ARRÉTEFN§♣® F294 AUTO F101 DÉRIV ARRÉT§♣® AUTO-MANUAL® F282 DÉRIV MARCHE§♣® F120 DÉRIVATION ALIMENTɧ♣® AVANT F252 HAUT F105 MANUEL-ARRÊTAUTO® F128 F145 MANUEL-AUTO® F127 F129 MANUEL-HORSAUTO® F157 HAUT-HORS-BAS® F131 F295 HORS F246 MARCHE F166 VIT. A-COUPS F138 ACCU-STOP® F280 AVANT-ARRÊTARRIÈRE® F122 ARRIÈRE F188 AVANT-ARRIÈRE® F124 Marking Suffix No. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. nos. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P Operator A 40 mm 39.Bulletin 800F 22.8 .5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions 0 Dimensions in millimeters.9 9 10 Toggle Switch Operators Selector Jog Operators 11 12 13 www..ab. Refer to RAISE software for additional dimensional information. 3 4 5 Non-Illuminated Guarded. Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Alternate Action Push Button Operators Pilot Light Operators 90 mm Half Dome Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Momentary Mushroom Operators 40 mm and 60 mm 6 7 90 mm Mushroom 30. are bold.8 60 mm 59.8 89.com/catalogs 10-120 Preferred availability cat. Non-Illuminated and Illuminated Momentary Flush Push Button Operators Illuminated Momentary Guarded Push Button Operators Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Momentary Extended Push Button Operators Reset Operators with Reset Rod 1 2 ..1 26 8 89. ab. are bold. 40 mm.0 60 mm 60.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. and 60 mm 7 8 Operator A 30 mm 30. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in millimeters.0 Key Selector Switch and Key Ejected SensEject Operators 9 10 Mushroom Key Release Operator 40 mm 11 12 13 www. nos.5 1 29. 40 mm.Bulletin 800F 22.0 40 mm 40. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-121 . Illuminated and Non-Illuminated 2-Position Multi-Function Operators Non-Illuminated 3-Position Multi-Function Operators Potentiometer Operator 0 22. and 60 mm 6 Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Push-Pull Mushroom Operators 30 mm.6 2 Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Knob Selector Switch Operators 3 Non-Illuminated Knob Lever Selector Switch Operators 4 5 Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Twist-to-Release Operators 30 mm. 4 mm 12 Plate 27.1 mm x 6.com/catalogs 10-122 Preferred availability cat. are bold.224) b (Length) 24 (0.551) Dimensions in millimeters (inches).5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in millimeters.4 (0.1 mm x 16. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P .1 b 8 Max.4 mm 13 www.ab. of 1 Deep) 1 2 3 4 5 6 Customer Supplied Resistive Element Potentiometer with Resistive Element 7 46 a 23.252) 5. a (Ø Dia.9 (0. 40 30 x 50 mm Snap-In Legend Plate 9 10 Min. 6. nos.Bulletin 800F 22.945) 32 (1.7 (0.232) 5. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.) 30 x 40 mm Snap-In Legend Plate 11 Plate 27. 0 Back-of-Panel Components — Incandescent Module with Latch Back-of-Panel Components — LED Module with Latch Back-of-Panel Components — Contact Cartridges with Latch Back-of-Panel Components — Dual Circuit Contact Block or Self Monitoring Contact Block (Max.26) 14 (0. 12 11 36 66 29.Bulletin 800F 22.0 mm maximum.8 10 Hole Plug 1. are bold. nos.ab.5 mm Hole Adapter 8 9 Base Mount Adapter 30 x 66 mm One-Piece Legend Plate 29.0…6. 60 mm Round Legend — 15Y 60 mm Round Legend — 15YS 30 x 60 mm Snap-In Legend Plate 0 1 90 mm Round Legend Potentiometer Legend Plate (Series A) 2 3 Plate 27.6 12 Note: Panel thickness range is 1.4 mm 40 Special Multi-Function Snap-In Legend Plate 4 Trim Washer Anti-Rotation Washer 5 6 7 30 x 40 mm One-Piece Legend Plate 30 x 50 mm One-Piece Legend Plate 30 mm to 22.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in millimeters. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-123 13 .3 3.1 mm x 16. Panel thickness reduced to 4 mm (standard anti-rotation washer) or 5 mm (thin anti-rotation washer) when optional legend plates are used. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. www. 4 22.2 19. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.6 52.2 42.2 20.3 11 24.5 13 88 www.5 5 6 38 Narrow Guard 5 Protective Ring 7 46.2 69.6 54.2 2 41 3 33 Extended Non-Illuminated Locking Attachment Flush Non-Illuminated Locking Attachment Selector Switch Locking Cover (Same for all Lock Positions) 33.com/catalogs 10-124 Preferred availability cat.ab.2 8 9 42. are bold.3 12 22.4 57 54. 0 Locking Cover 1 Maintained Mushroom Locking Attachment Momentary Mushroom Locking Attachment 41.4 3.2 10 Plastic Guard 44. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P .7 54.Bulletin 800F 22.5 43 4 52.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in millimeters.4 54. nos. 5 800F-3P1 3 155 79 58 31 48 133 800F-4P1 4 186 79 58 31 48 164.4.5 mm 8 mm 1 M3.2 mm diameter Instruction Sheet 4 +0. are bold.3 –0 A . A B D 800F-1M1 1 99 62 — 800F-2M1 2 137 100 37.1.Bulletin 800F 22.2. No.6 mm 1. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-125 . nos.5 800F-6P1 6 248 87 64 31 55 224 Note: Cable opening = 21. No.9 Nm 6 .5 4.75 .2.0.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.1 –0 +0.6 mm 1 P = PG conduit holes or M = Metric conduit holes 3. of Holes 1 A B C D W L 85 89 58 — 58 59 85 89 74 — 58 65 800F-2P1 2 124 79 58 31 48 102.#12 AWG) 0.5 mm2 (#18 .4 Nm 40 lb-in B A No.5 0.ab.8 mm 5 "Clic" 4 "Clic" 4 3 2 6 5 "Clic" 1 "Clic" 7 1 3 PLASTIC PLASTIK PLASTIQUE PLÁSTICO PLÁSTICA 8 1.2 3. Pendant Stations Plastic Enclosures 0 W 1 D L D 2 3 Cat.8 mm D 1.7 . Ø40 5 Ø60 A Metal Enclosures + 6 GE ER N CY EM B ST OP ø60. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in millimeters.5 mm2 (#18 .#14 AWG) 9 1 2 1 10 3 0.4 = 22. of Units (Holes) 7 mm METAL METALL MÉTAL METALLO 2 0.8 lb-in 2 3 1.5 800F-3M1 3 174 137 37.4 mm Cat. Mounting screw — pan head with diameter ≤ 7 mm.4 24.2 –0 mm OPTIONAL EN OPTION OPTIONAL OPCIONAL OPZIONALE +0.75 .5 800F-5M1 5 249 212 37. ø90 40 50 40 50 40 / 60 50 / 60 70 50 30 50 60 / 90 30 D 48 40 / 60 1. 800F-1P1 800F-1Y1D Mounting Holes No.2 Nm 10 lb-in 11 12 13 www.7 Nm 15 lb-in 2 1. nos.Bulletin 800F 22. Connector Style / No. No. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . are bold. of Pins Location 1 800F-1YMQ53V AC Micro / 5-pin BX01V 1 2 BX01V 4 5 — — — 3 800F-1YMQA AC Micro / 6-pin BX01 1 5 BX01 2 6 BX10 3 4 — Location 3 E to F to G to Pin # Pin # Pin # BX01 1/4 2/3 — — — — — — — BX01 1/4 2/3 — — — — — — — — BX10V 2 4 BX01V 1 3 — — — 800F-1YMQ3 BX01V 1 3 BX01V 2 4 — — — — 800F-1YMQ3VEG BX01V 1 3 BX01V 2 4 — — — — 800F-1YMQ41 800F-1YMQ44 DC Micro / 4-pin DC Micro / 5-pin Mini Receptacle / 4-pin BX01V 1 2 BX01V 4 5 — — — 3 BX01 2 4 — — — — — — — J BX10 1 J BX01 2 4 BN3R 3 J 800F-1YMQ4 BX10 1 J BX01 6 5 BN3R 2 J J 800F-1YMQ5 BX10 1 J BX01 6 5 BN5R 2 J J BX10 1 J BX01 6 5 BN7R 2 J J BX10 1 J BX01 6 5 BN3R 2 J J 800F-1MYMQ5 BX10 1 J BX01 6 5 BN5R 2 J J 800F-1MYMQ6 BX10 1 J BX01 6 5 BN7R 2 J J 800F-1YMQ6 800F-1MYMQ4 9 C to D to Pin # Pin # 800F-NX1 800F-1YMQ3V 8 Location 2 800F-1YMQ1 800F-1YMQ2 7 A to B to Pin # Pin # Mini Receptacle / 6-pin J = Jumper 10 11 12 13 www.ab.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Assembled Station Pin Out Chart 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Cat.com/catalogs 10-126 Preferred availability cat. . and 3-speed operators can be mounted with either our standard Cat.. Operators in Positions 2 & 3 are mounted vertical. EN 60947-5-5 IP65/IP66.. Position 7 Position 1 Position 3 Position 2 .. UL 508... If the contact blocks are mounted horizontally the operator is mounted horizontally in the enclosure. and 3-Speed Operators Certifications UR/UL.... Horizontal Definition Operator Sequence when using a Mechanical Interlock Due to the design of the enclosures..2 No.. ..ab.Bulletin 800FC 22. 10-134 Specifications. 10-132 Accessories.5 mm Configured Pendant Stations Product Overview Bulletin 800FC — Configured Pendant Stations Table of Contents 3-. 14.. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-127 11 12 13 . The easiest way to visualize the operator orientation is by observing the contact block direction attached to the operators .. 2-.. CSA. Operators in all positions are mounted horizontal. If the contact blocks are mounted vertically the operator is mounted vertically in the enclosure...... Vertical mounted operators are only found in position 2 & 3 of the 3hole enclosure. EN 60947-1. NEMA Type 4/4X/13 Finger-safe contact blocks Buttons are flush-mounted with the enclosure to reduce accidental operation Use of standard Bul.. contact blocks are horizontal.. It is necessary to know this when ordering individual operators for populating at the customer location.. .. 800FC-ALP). 2 Pos...... the mechanical interlock can only be located in positions 2 & 3. .. CSA C22.. are bold..... Position 5 . . and 3-speed push buttons IP66.. The 1-. 7-. CCC... the mechanical interlock can be located in any two adjacent positions.. . .. . www. nos. . NEMA Type 4/4X/13 Engineering grade thermoplastics Chemical-resistant for harsh environments Booted operator 1 Product Certifications Mechanical Interlock 1-...... ... For the 5-…9-hole enclosures. EN 60947-5-1. Horizontal mounted operators are found in position 1 of the 3-hole enclosure and all positions of the 5-. 10-136 Approximate Dimensions 1 .. .. with the black operator being located in position 2 and the white operator being located in position 3...Vertical vs. 4 5 6 7 Operator Assembly Sequence and Mounting Orientation Vertical Mount Operators Horizontal Mount Operators Position X 8 Multi-Operator Pos. For the 3-hole enclosure. ... EN ISO 13850.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 10-128 Catalog Number Explanation . . 2-. 3 Position X+1 MultiOperator 9 10 Position 1 Position 1 Position 1 ... 2-. 2-. No.. Position 9 5-Hole Enclosure 7-Hole Enclosure 9-Hole Enclosure 3-Hole Enclosure1 1 Operator in Position 1 is mounted horizontal. 10-138 Bulletin 800FP — 1-.. 800F-ALP latch or a mechanical interlocking latch (Cat.. the white operator will be located in position X of the mechanical interlock and the black operator will be located in position X+1 of the mechanical interlock. For the 5-…9-hole enclosures. and 9-button configurations 1-... CE Standards Compliance NEMA ICS-5. operators are mounted in both a vertical and horizontal orientation..9-hole enclosures... and 3-speed operators Screw-down mounting 3-across x 1 deep contact blocks Snap-down contact blocks Bifurcated and Quad Connect contact blocks Color-coded contact blocks 0 Terminal Identification RoHS 2 3 EN/IEC 60947-1 Operator Mounting . contact blocks are vertical...... No. 5-. 800F extended push buttons Electrical and mechanical interlocks Product Selection . contact blocks are horizontal. No.5 mm Configured Pendant Stations Product Selection 0 Product Selection Enclosures Enclosure Type Pkg. Please see contact block information on page 104. No. 800FC-7Z Arrow Direction Chart UP FORWARD RIGHT D Two-Speed Operators 8 U271 2-speed DOWN 2-speed UP U273 — — 2-speed REVERSE 2-speed FORWARD — — — — 2-speed FORWARD 2-speed REVERSE 2-speed UP 2-speed DOWN U274 B U276 9 U270 2-speed LEFT 2-speed RIGHT — — 2-speed RIGHT 2-speed LEFT Three-Speed Operators 10 DOWN REVERSE LEFT 3-speed DOWN U291 3-speed UP U293 — — U294 3-speed REVERSE 3-speed FORWARD C U296 11 U290 3-speed LEFT 3-speed RIGHT — — 3-speed RIGHT 3-speed LEFT 3-speed FORWARD 3-speed REVERSE 3-speed UP 3-speed DOWN Note: Please see page 104 for proper latch and contact block configurations.ab. 800FC-3Z 1-. U241 DOWN UP — — U243 — — RIGHT LEFT b U244 REVERSE FORWARD — — Cap Color U246 — — FORWARD REVERSE DOWN A Code Description U700 LEFT RIGHT UP 1 White U261 DOWN FAST UP FAST — — Black U263 — — RIGHT FAST LEFT FAST REVERSE FAST FORWARD FAST — — U266 — — FORWARD FAST REVERSE FAST U260 LEFT FAST RIGHT FAST UP FAST DOWN FAST 2 U264 7 Cat. 12 13 www. are bold.) indicates arrow direction. and 3-Speed Operators §♣ 800FP – C A a 3 1 U243 b c a c Operator Type 4 5 6 Symbol Code Description A 1-speed single arrow D 1-speed double arrow B 2-speed C 3-speed Description‡ Valid with Code Table a Selections: U100 A. No. ‡ Text (DOWN. cable clamp. etc.Bulletin 800FC 22. 2 and gasket.1 800FC-5Z 1 7-hole 800FC-7Z 9-hole 800FC-9Z 1 Housings supplied with cable sleeve. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . C Vertical Mounting Horizontal Mounting Black with White Arrow White with Black Arrow White with Black Arrow Black with White Arrow Blank Blank Blank Blank One-Speed Operators Proper contact block assembly of these devices is required. § Cat. Text is not printed on operators. 800F-ALP (standard latch) and Cat. B. Quantity 3-hole 800FC-3Z 5-hole 1 Pendants — Yellow Plastic IP66 Cat. No.com/catalogs 10-128 Preferred availability cat. hanger ring. LEFT. No. UP. Cat. nos. ♣ Booted style of operators for pendant stations. 800FC-ALP (mechanical interlock latch) can be used with these operators. wire guides. 2-. monolithic 800FD-MT44X01 — Twist-to-release or push-pull — Red. Composite Cat./ Composite Cat. Number of Positions Composite Cat. Bul. add V for low voltage contact blocks. Keyed Operator Cat. No. No. Twist-to-release — Red 800FP-MT44PX01 — Twist-to-release — Red. illuminated 800FP-LMT44PN§RX01 — Keyed twist-to-release — Red 800FP-MK44PX01 — Twist-to-release or push-pull — Red. No. Example: Cat. 800FP-E5PX10V.ab. 1 Mechanical interlock is not allowed. 10 Bul. 800FP-E5PX10V. nos.Bulletin 800FC 22. www. No. No. 800F Push Button Operators — Extended & Illuminated 1 4 11 Lens Color Operator Cat. Composite Cat. Guard Cat. 800F Two-Position Twist-to-Release and Twist-to-Release/Push-Pull Operators 0 Description Operator Cat. No. monolithic 800FD-MT44X01 800F-AMEGY 1 2 § Select 3 for 24V AC/DC or 5 for 120V AC. 800FP-E5PX10 becomes Cat. No. No. are bold. Example: Cat. 800FP-E5PX10 becomes Cat. No. No. No. No 800FP-SM22 800FP-SM22PX11 Yes 800FP-KM21 800FP-KM21PX11 No 800FP-SM32 800FP-SM32PX20 Yes 800FP-KM34 800FP-KM34PX20 2 3 For 24V AC/DC units. 800F Selector Switch Operators — Maintained & Non-Illuminated Bul. No. 1 Mechanical interlock is not allowed. Cap Cat. 800F Push Button Operators and Caps — Extended & Non-Illuminated 1 3 Cap Color Description Operator Cat. Green 800FP-LE3 800FP-LE3PN§GX10 Red 800FP-LE4 800FP-LE4PN§RX10 Yellow 800FP-LE5 800FP-LE5PN§WX10 Blue 800FP-LE6 800FP-LE6PN§BX10 Clear 800FP-LE7 800FP-LE7PN§WX10 § Select 3 for 24V AC/DC or 5 for 120V AC. add V for low voltage contact blocks. monolithic with guard. No. No.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. No. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-129 12 13 ./ No Electrical Electrical Interlock Interlock — — 800FP-E2PX10 800FP-E2PX11 800F-AE208 800FP-E208 800FP-E208PX10 800FP-E208PX11 800F-AE2CU244 800FP-E2U244 800FP-E2U244PX10 800FP-E2U244PX11 800F-AE2CU261 800FP-E2U261 800FP-E2U261PX10 800FP-E2U261PX11 800F-AE2CU264 800FP-E2U264 800FP-E2U264PX10 800FP-E2U264PX11 — — 800FP-E1PX10 800FP-E1PX11 LEFT FAST or DOWN FAST Double arrow 0° REVERSE FAST Double arrow 45° Blank — UP or RIGHT Single arrow 0° 800F-AE108 800FP-E108 800FP-E108PX10 800FP-E108PX11 FORWARD Single arrow 45° 800F-AE1CU244 800FP-E1U244 800FP-E1U244PX10 800FP-E1U244PX11 UP FAST or RIGHT FAST Double arrow 0° 800F-AE1CU261 800FP-E1U261 800FP-E1U261PX10 800FP-E1U261PX11 FORWARD FAST Double arrow 45° 800F-AE1CU264 800FP-E1U264 800FP-E1U264PX10 800FP-E1U264PX11 Blank — — — 800FP-E3PX10 START/ALARM Start/Alarm 800F-AE3CU222 800FP-E3U222 800FP-E3U222PX10 START Start symbol 800F-AE3CU909 800FP-E3U909 800FP-E3U909PX10 Blank — 800FP-E4 — — 800FP-E4PX10 STOP Stop symbol 800FP-E9 800F-AE405 800FP-E405 800FP-E405PX10 Blank — 800FP-E5 — — 800FP-E5PX10 ALARM Alarm 800FP-E9 800F-AE5CU223 800FP-E5U223 800FP-E5U223PX10 Blank — 800FP-E6 — — 800FP-E6PX10 R Reset symbol 800FP-E9 800F-AE611 800FP-E611 800FP-E611PX10 White Green Symbol Definition Red Yellow Blue 800FP-E1 800FP-E9 800FP-E3 800FP-E9 — 5 6 7 8 9 For 24V AC/DC units. 800FP-E2 Blank — LEFT or DOWN Single arrow 0° REVERSE Single arrow 45° Black 800FP-E9 Complete Operator Cat.5 mm Configured Pendant Stations Product Selection Bul. No. 800F Multi Operators and Caps— Extended ‡1 0 C B A 1 A B C Vertical Mounting 2 Description Symbol Definition Blank (black and white cap) — Horizontal Mounting Illumination Operator Cat.Bulletin 800FC 22. 1 Mechanical interlock is not allowed.com/catalogs 800F-PX20 800F-PN§WX20 800F-PX20 § Select 3 for 24V AC/DC or 5 for 120V AC. No.5 mm Configured Pendant Stations Product Selection Bul. nos. For 24V AC/DC units. Position C Cap Cat. 800F-AEU2 800F-AEU1 800F-AECU2CU241 800F-AECU1CU241 800F-AECU2CU700 800F-AECU1CU700 800F-AECU2CU244 800F-AECU1CU244 800F-AECU2CU261 800F-AECU1CU261 800F-AECU2CU260 800F-AECU1CU260 800F-AECU2CU264 800F-AECU1CU264 800F-AECU1CU241 800F-AECU2CU241 800F-AECU1CU242 800F-AECU2CU242 800F-AECU1CU245 800F-AECU2CU245 800F-AECU1CU261 800F-AECU2CU261 800F-AECU1CU262 800F-AECU2CU262 800F-AECU1CU265 800F-AECU2CU265 Back of Panel Cat. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 800F-PN§WX20 . 10-130 800F-PX20 800F-PN§WX20 Preferred availability cat. No. No. are bold. No. add V for low voltage contact blocks. 800F-PX20 becomes Cat. No. 800F-PX20V ‡ Electrical interlock cannot be performed within the pendant enclosure. Example: Cat. Non-Illuminated 800FP-U2X Illuminated 800FP-LU2X Position A Cap Cat. 800F-PX20 800F-PN§WX20 Vertical Mounting 3 4 5 6 7 8 UP (white)/DOWN (black) Single arrow 0° RIGHT (white)/LEFT (black) Single arrow 90° FORWARD (white)/REVERSE (black) Single arrow 45° UP FAST (white)/DOWN FAST (black) Double arrow 0° RIGHT FAST (white)/LEFT FAST (black) FORWARD FAST (white)/REVERSE FAST (black) 10 Double arrow 45° 800FP-U2X Illuminated 800FP-LU2X Non-Illuminated 800FP-U2X Illuminated 800FP-LU2X Non-Illuminated 800FP-U2X Illuminated 800FP-LU2X Non-Illuminated 800FP-U2X Illuminated 800FP-LU2X Non-Illuminated 800FP-U2X Illuminated 800FP-LU2X Non-Illuminated 800FP-U2X Illuminated 800FP-LU2X 800F-PX20 800F-PN§WX20 800F-PX20 800F-PN§WX20 800F-PX20 800F-PN§WX20 800F-PX20 800F-PN§WX20 800F-PX20 800F-PN§WX20 800F-PX20 800F-PN§WX20 Horizontal Mounting LEFT (black)/RIGHT (white) Single arrow 90° DOWN (black)/UP (white) Single arrow 0° REVERSE (black)/FORWARD (white) Single arrow 45° LEFT FAST (black)/UP FAST (white) Double arrow 90° DOWN FAST (black)/UP FAST (white) 9 Double arrow 90° Non-Illuminated REVERSE FAST (black)/FORWARD FAST (white) Double arrow 0° Double arrow 45° Non-Illuminated 800FP-U2X Illuminated 800FP-LU2X Non-Illuminated 800FP-U2X Illuminated 800FP-LU2X Non-Illuminated 800FP-U2X Illuminated 800FP-LU2X Non-Illuminated 800FP-U2X Illuminated 800FP-LU2X Non-Illuminated 800FP-U2X Illuminated 800FP-LU2X Non-Illuminated 800FP-U2X Illuminated 800FP-LU2X 800F-PN§WX20 800F-PX20 800F-PN§WX20 800F-PX20 800F-PN§WX20 800F-PX20 11 12 13 www.ab. and positions 1 and/or 9 for a 9-hole enclosure. 800F Pilot Lights — Monolithic Bul.ab. are bold. No. 2-. 24V AC/DC 800FD-P3N3 120V AC 800FD-P3N5 24V AC/DC Red 120V AC Yellow Blue Clear Resistive Element (Ω) Cat. No. No. 800F-ALP Separate Catalog Numbers Operator Type 1-speed 2-speed Interlock Type Composite Cat. No. No latches are required. 800FC-ALP Cat. Positions 1 and/or 7 for a 7-hole enclosure. one for each operator. Contact Block Location 3 Cat. No. 13 www. nos. No. No. 800F-N2 6 1-. No. 800F Hole Plug 3 4 Color Black plastic 5 Cat.5 mm Configured Pendant Stations Product Selection Bul. 800F Potentiometer Operators1 0 Lens Color Green Lamp Voltage Cat. Bul. 150 800FP-POT1 500 800FP-POT2 1000 800FP-POT3 2500 800FP-POT4 5000 800FP-POT5 10 000 800FP-POT6 800FD-P4N3 800FD-P4N5 24V AC/DC 800FD-P5N3 120V AC 800FD-P5N5 24V AC/DC 800FD-P6N3 120V AC 800FD-P6N5 24V AC/DC 800FD-P7N3 120V AC 800FD-P7N5 1 2 1 Only available in Position 1 for a 3-hole enclosure. and 3-Speed Contact Block Assemblies 7 8 Cat. No interlock 800F-PX10E 800F-ALP — Electrical interlock 800F-PX11C 800F-ALP 800F-X01B Mechanical interlock§ 800F-LX20C 800FC-ALP — Electrical & mechanical interlock§ 800F-LX22C 800FC-ALP 800F-X01B No interlock 800F-PX20C 800F-ALP — Electrical interlock 800F-PX21C 800F-ALP 800F-X01B Mechanical interlock§ 800F-LX40C 800FC-ALP — Electrical & mechanical interlock§ 800F-LX42C 800FC-ALP 800F-X01B 800F-PX30C 800F-ALP 800F-X10N Mechanical interlock§ 800F-LX60C 800FC-ALP 800F-X10N (Speed 3) No interlock 3-speed Contact Block Location 2 Cat. No.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. ‡ For proper operation. 800F-X10M must be mounted in position 3 of either the mechanical or standard latch. two pieces of each contact block must be ordered. Positions 1 and/or 5 for a 5-hole enclosure. § When ordering separate components. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-131 . Cat. No. No. Latch Cat.Bulletin 800FC 22. Contact Block Location 1 Cat. — 800F-X10E 9 10 800F-X10N (Speed 2) 800F-X10E (Speed 1) 11 800F-X10E (Speed 2) 800F-X10M (Speed 1)‡ 12 Contact blocks come preassembled onto latch. DOWN 1-2-3 SPEED. FORWARD 1-2 SPEED.. 9 Note: A code from Tables b…k and b1…k1 must be specified for each operator to create a valid cat. additional rubber boot) is not allowed. additional rubber boot www. Monolithic style device provided. a trim washer or Cat. HOIST. 11 For proper installation. LEFT Blank O/H CRANE. REVERSE 1-2 SPEED. nos. § Interlock and/or rubber boot selection = N (no interlock. 2 Voltage 3 24V AC/DC 120V AC 24V AC/DC 120V AC Legend Plate No Yes a b…k Enclosure Code Operator Type 3-Hole 5-Hole 7-Hole 9-Hole Code Code Code Code 2 4 6 8 Single Speed Operators for use with Mechanical Interlock‡11 Code Description A2 Black operator (no text or symbol) Black operator with arrow (reverse — down/left) Black operator with arrow (down) Black operator with arrow (left) White operator (no text or symbol) White operator with arrow (forward — up/right) White operator with arrow (right) White operator with arrow (up) 3 5 7 9 A C E G AB B D F H AD AL A1 4 AF 5 6 7 8 9 1 Only available in position 1 of a 3-hole enclosure and in positions 1 & 2 of a 5-…9-hole enclosure.ab. 7 5-…9-hole j j1 Pos. LIFT. 8 k k1 Pos. Interlock and/or rubber boot selection = R (no interlock. ♠ Only available in position 1 for a 3-hole enclosure. 5 g g1 h h1 Pos. ® Interlock and/or rubber boot selection = M (mechanical interlock) is not allowed. RIGHT FAST LIFT. ‡ For a 3-hole enclosure.com/catalogs 10-132 Description C2 Black operator (no text or symbol) Black operator with arrow (reverse — down/left) Black operator with arrow (down) Black operator with arrow (left) White operator (no text or symbol) White operator with arrow (forward — up/right) White operator with arrow (right) White operator with arrow (up) CB Interlock and/or Rubber Boot Code N E M B R S Code CD CL C1 CF CR CU Preferred availability cat. REVERSE 1-2-3 SPEED. when a mechanical interlock (b1…k1 = M or B) is selected with a 1-…3-speed operator. FORWARD HOIST. HOIST. LIFT. O/H CRANE. no additional boots Electrical interlock. UP Fast Single Speed Operators for use with Mechanical Interlock‡11 Code DB DD DL DF DR DU Description Black operator with double arrow (reverse fast — down/left) Black operator with double arrow (down fast) Black operator with double arrow (left fast) White operator with double arrow (forward fast — up/right) White operator with double arrow (right fast) White operator with double arrow (up fast) Legend Plate Text (When Selected) O/H CRANE. LEFT Blank 1-2 SPEED. no additional boots Mechanical interlock. FORWARD. UP Three-Speed Operators for use with Mechanical Interlock‡§♣11 11 b1…k1 12 13 Description No interlock. 800F-36_ legend plate must be installed with this operator. RIGHT 1-2 SPEED. FAST LIFT. the white operator will be located in position X of the mechanical interlock and the opposite black operator will be placed in position X+1 of the mechanical interlock (Example: AFMABM or BUMBDM). REVERSE LIFT. DOWN HOIST. Interlock and/or rubber boot selection = S (electrical interlock. O/H CRANE. 4 f f1 Pos. and positions 1 and/or 9 for a 9-hole enclosure. LEFT Blank 1-2-3 SPEED. DOWN 1-2 SPEED. are bold. when a mechanical interlock (c1 & d1 = M or B) is selected with a 1-…3-speed operator. LIFT.. REVERSE. For a 5-. UP FAST Two-Speed Operators for use with Mechanical Interlock‡11 Code Description B2 Black operator (no text or symbol) Black operator with arrow (reverse — down/left) Black operator with arrow (down) Black operator with arrow (left) White operator (no text or symbol) White operator with arrow (forward — up/right) White operator with arrow (right) White operator with arrow (up) BB BD BL B1 BF BR BU Legend Plate Text (When Selected) Blank 1-2 SPEED. no additional boots) is not allowed. O/H CRANE. RIGHT 1-2-3 SPEED. additional rubber boot) is not allowed. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P Legend Plate Text (When Selected) Blank 1-2-3 SPEED. 2 Pos. no. 1 1 c c1 d d1 e Pos. O/H CRANE. HOIST.9-hole enclosure.5 mm Configured Pendant Stations Catalog Number Explanation 0 Catalog Number Explanation Configured Pendant Stations 800FC – a b b1 Pos. DOWN FAST O/H CRANE. UP . positions 1 and/or 5 for a 5-hole enclosure. 6 Pos. boots standard‡ Electrical and mechanical interlock. 10 AR AU Legend Plate Text (When Selected) Blank O/H CRANE. boots standard‡ No interlock. FAST O/H CRANE. the black operator will be located in position 2 of the enclosure and the opposite white operator will be placed in position 3 of the enclosure (Example: ABMAFM or BDMBUM). No. 3 3-…9-hole e1 Pos. LEFT FAST O/H CRANE. Interlock and/or rubber boot selection = B (electrical and mechanical interlock) is not allowed.Bulletin 800FC 22. ♣ Interlock and/or rubber boot selection = E (electrical interlock. RIGHT LIFT. LIFT. no additional boots) is not allowed. HOIST. positions 1 and/or 7 for a 7-hole enclosure. FORWARD 1-2-3 SPEED. additional rubber boot Electrical interlock. 5 mm Configured Pendant Stations Catalog Number Explanation b…k. LEFT FAST O/H CRANE. with double arrows (left fast & right fast) Black/white operator.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. no additional boots Electrical interlock. illuminated. with double arrows (down fast & up fast) Black/white operator. illuminated. ALARM START Blank STOP Blank ALARM Blank RESET Standard Extended Push Buttons — Illuminated♣® Code Description L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 Green operator (no text or symbol) Red operator (no text or symbol) Yellow operator (no text or symbol) Blue operator (no text or symbol) Clear operator (no text or symbol) Legend Plate Text (When Selected) Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Selector Switches♣® Code SH KH SJ KJ Legend Plate Text (When Selected) Description 2-position 3-position Standard-maintained Keyed-maintained Standard-maintained Keyed-maintained Code WW WX XV XW XX YV YW YX 0 Legend Plate Text (When Selected) Description Black/white operator with arrow (down & up) Black/white operator with arrow (left & right) Black/white operator with arrow (reverse & forward) Black/white operator. with arrow (down & up) Black/white operator. with arrow (reverse & forward) Black/white operator with double arrows (down fast & up fast) Black/white operator with double arrows (left fast & right fast) Black/white operator with double arrows (reverse fast & forward fast) Black/white operator. illuminated. illuminated.Bulletin 800FC 22. DOWN FAST O/H CRANE. nos. with double arrows (reverse fast & forward fast) 1 2 Not provided 4 5 Pilot Lights♣® Code Description P0 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 Amber LED Green LED Red LED Yellow LED Blue LED Clear LED 3 Legend Plate Text (When Selected) Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank 6 7 Potentiometers♣®♠ Code Description 1P 2P 3P 4P 5P 6P Black operator — 150 Ω Black operator — 500 Ω Black operator — 1000 Ω Black operator — 2500 Ω Black operator — 5000 Ω Black operator — 10 000 Ω Legend Plate Text (When Selected) Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank 8 9 Hole Plug♣® Code Description N2 Black hole plug Legend Plate Text (When Selected) Blank 10 O-I b1…k1 I-O-II Code N E M B R S Note: Footnote explanations on previous page. with arrow (left & right) Black/white operator. continued Operator Type VV VW Not provided VX Standard Extended Push Buttons — Non-Illuminated® Code Description E2 ED EL FD Black operator (no text or symbol) Black operator with arrow (down) Black operator with arrow (left) Black operator with arrow (reverse — down/left) Black operator with double arrow (down fast) FL Black operator with double arrow (left fast) EB FU Black operator with double arrow (reverse fast — down/left) White operator (no text or symbol) White operator with arrow (up) White operator with arrow (right) White operator with arrow (forward — up/right) White operator with double arrow (up fast) FR White operator with double arrow (right fast) FB E1 EU ER EF FF E3 EQ EN E4 ES E5 EA E6 R6 White operator with double arrow (forward fast — up/right) Green operator (no text or symbol)♣ Green operator with Start/Alarm symbol♣ Green operator with Start symbol♣ Red operator (no text or symbol)♣ Red operator with Stop symbol♣ Yellow operator (no text or symbol)♣ Yellow operator with Alarm symbol♣ Blue operator (no text or symbol)♣ Blue operator with R♣ WV Legend Plate Text (When Selected) Blank LIFT. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-133 . 11 Interlock and/or Rubber Boot Description No interlock. DOWN HOIST. REVERSE LIFT. are bold. FORWARD. additional rubber boot 12 13 www. continued Operator Type Emergency Stop Operators1♣® 2. boots standard‡ Electrical and mechanical interlock.ab. RIGHT FAST O/H CRANE. LEFT O/H CRANE. boots standard‡ No interlock. additional rubber boot Electrical interlock. FAST Blank START. FAST Blank LIFT. UP HOIST. UP FAST O/H CRANE. RIGHT O/H CRANE. FORWARD LIFT. no additional boots Mechanical interlock. illuminated.Function Multi-Operator Push Buttons♣® Legend Plate Text (When Selected) Code Description MT ME MK MM Red operator — twist-to-release Illuminated red operator — twist-to-release Red operator — keyed twist-to-release Red operator — twist-to-release/push-pull Red operator with guard — twist-torelease/push-pull MG b…k. illuminated. REVERSE. 800F-36VE186. DOWN 800F-36§E403 LIFT. FORWARD 800F-36§E411 O-I 800F-36§U231 1-2-3 SPEED. Blank 800F-36BE100 1-2-3 SPEED. RIGHT 800F-36§E415 STOP 800F-36§E212 LIFT. REVERSE 800F-36§E423 1-2-3 SPEED. HOIST. 800F-36§E186 becomes Cat. O/H CRANE. REVERSE 800F-36§E412 I-O-II 800F-36§U234 ALARM 800F-36§E413 RESET 800F-36§E186 HOIST. Example: Cat. FAST 800F-36§E421 1-2 SPEED. REVERSE. 800F-36§E186 becomes Cat. For horizontally mounted operators. No. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P Max. no. No. DOWN 800F-36§E409 O/H CRANE. FAST 800F-36§E424 1-2-3 SPEED. HOIST. O/H CRANE. are bold. FORWARD 800F-36§E405 O/H CRANE. No. Example: Cat. Please fill in the custom text fax sheet found on page 112 to ensure accuracy of legend plate engraving. 9 Line 1 Line 2 10 11 Line 4 Line 3 Line 4 12 Line 1 Line 2 Vertical Mounting (V) Line 3 Horizontal Mounting (H) Font Size Max. LIFT. LEFT 800F-36§E414 START 800F-36§E208 HOIST. No. Characters Per Line K (small) 16 4 9 4 S (standard) 14 4 8 4 L (large) 10 2 7 2 13 www. of Lines Max. S. LIFT. FORWARD. DOWN FAST 800F-36§E417 1-2 SPEED. 800F-36HE416 Description Cat. No. REVERSE 800F-36§E406 O/H CRANE. HOIST. of Lines . HOIST. nos. ALARM Custom text 800F-36§E1001 § For vertically mounted operators.ab. 800F-36VE416 5 L I F T 800F-36§E410 1-2-3 SPEED. LEFT 800F-36§E407 O/H CRANE.com/catalogs 10-134 Preferred availability cat. O/H CRANE. RIGHT 800F-36§E408 O/H CRANE. LEFT 800F-36§E401 LIFT. Description Cat. No. UP 800F-36§E404 O/H CRANE. No. LIFT. UP 800F-36§E426 START. No. add a V to the cat. RIGHT FAST 800F-36§E425 4 6 D O W N LIFT DOWN Cat. No. Characters Per Line Max. DOWN 800F-36§E416 1-2 SPEED. no. L) must be selected from the following table. LIFT. FORWARD 800F-36§E420 1-2 SPEED. LEFT FAST 800F-36§E422 1-2-3 SPEED. RIGHT 800F-36§E402 LIFT. 800F-36HE186. UP FAST 800F-36§E419 1-2 SPEED.Bulletin 800FC 22. O/H CRANE.5 mm Configured Pendant Stations Accessories 0 Accessories Engraved Legend Plates Vertical Horizontal LIFT DOWN 1 L I F T 2 D O W N 3 7 8 Cat. add an H to the cat. UP 800F-36§E418 1-2 SPEED. 1 Font code (K. No. ® First contact closure of 3-speed operators. § To complete the cat.C.O. 2-.ab. Cable sleeve 5 Cat.5 mm Configured Pendant Stations Accessories Description Pkg. Quantity 800F-X10 N. are bold. 800F-X10M must be mounted in position 3 of the mechanical or standard latch.and 2-speed operators. and 3-speed operators. low voltage — QuadCONNECT™ Contact block 800F-N2 9 800F-AMEGY § 800F-N3x § 800F-N5x 10 11 1 Only for use with 1-. no. ‡ Second contact closure of 2-speed operators and third contact closure of 3-speed operators. First contact closure of 1. low voltage — QuadCONNECT™ 800F-X10V 800F-X01B NOEM 800F-X10E NOLM‡ 800F-X10N ♣ NOEEM® 3-hole (M20 x 1.E. nos. Plastic mounting latch 10 800F-ALP 0 1 1 Mechanical interlock latch 1 Replacement wire guide 10 800FC-AWG Replacement trim washer 10 800F-ATW1 Insulated side jumper 50 800FC-ALP 2 3 1492-SJ5A-24 1492-SJ5A-10 4 Hole plug Description 1 Type Pkg. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-135 .B. G = Green. ♣ For proper operation. replace the x with one of the following letters for the desired color: Y = Amber.C.O. and 3-speed operators. No.. No. Wire guides are provided with enclosures. W = White. N.C.Bulletin 800FC 22. 12 13 www. Cat.5) 5-…9-hole (M32 x 1. N. Not for use with 1-.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. B = Blue.5) 2-position multi-operator Narrow plastic guard Yellow 1 10 120V AC 7 10 8 800FC-AS5 800F-ABE7 800F-AUB2 1 24V AC/DC Integrated LED module 800F-X10M 800FC-AS3 Extended push button Protective boot 6 800F-X01V 10 N. No. 2-. 800F-X01 N. Quantity Cat. R = Red. selector switch. multi-function illuminated and non-illuminated Automotive industry acceptable silicone 13 www.2 lb•in) Mounting torque 1. selector switch.fully populated 9-hole pendant enclosure 45 °C (113 °F) with 75 °C wire. no damage Shock Tested at 1/2 cycle sine wave for 11 ms..com/catalogs 10-136 Preferred availability cat. key selector switch. 18…12 AWG. 800FC-AS5). rated 75 °C min. key E-stop. alternate action. Material Listing Component For Use with Material Used Panel gasket All operators Nitrile. toggle switch Operating forces (typical with one contact block) Flush/extended = 5 N. No.52 mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max.5 mm for the large cable sleeve (Cat. with an overall OD of 7.Incandescent module max. key selector switch. 800FC-AS3) and 9…22. illuminated push button. E-stop. push/twist-to-release E-stop. are bold. key E-stop Nitrile Diaphragm retainer. contact blocks Zinc-plated steel with chromate Terminals LED module.5…15 mm for the small cable sleeve (Cat./10 G max. UL Recognized to 55 °C (131 °F) . push/twist-to-release E-stop. non-illuminated push button Stainless steel Return spring II Selector switch. 40 °C (104 °F) .Bulletin 800FC 22. multi-function Glass-filled polyamide Plastic bezel/bushing II Pilot light Glass-filled PBT Diffuser Illuminated push button. knob Illuminated push button Polyamide Knob Non-illuminated selector switch Glass-filled polyamide Plastic bezel/bushing I Non-illuminated push button. key E-stop Zinc-coated music wire Button cap Non-illuminated push button. alternate action push buttons 100 000 Cycles Potentiometer.7 N•m (15 lb•in) Environmental Temperature range (operating) -25…+70 °C (-13…+158 °F)‡ Temperature range (short term storage) -40…+85 °C (-40…+185 °F) Humidity 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 50…95% RH from 25…60 °C (77…140 °F) 1 Performance Data — see page Important-3 of the Industrial Controls catalog. non-illuminated push button Automotive industry acceptable silicone K-seal Selector switch. non-illuminated push button. with a smooth outer jacket rated for wet locations use (marked W) and oil resistant outer covering (marked O) such as SOW or SJOW with copper wire. push/twist-to-release E-stop. no damage at 100 G IP66 (Type 4/4X/13) Degree of protection 10 000 000 Cycles Mechanical durability per EN 60947-5-1 (Annex C) 2 3 Momentary push buttons 1 000 000 Cycles Multi-function. key selector switch 300 000 Cycles Twist-to-release E-stop. push/twist-to-release. key E-stop.ab. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . key selector switch. ‡ Operating temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F) are based on the absence of freezing moisture and liquids. Note: Use UL Listed type S or SJ cords. return spring I Illuminated push button.5 mm Configured Pendant Stations Specifications 0 Specifications1 Front-of-Panel (Operators) Mechanical Ratings Description Plastic (Bulletin 800FP) Vibration (assembled to panel) 1 Tested at 10…2000 Hz. 1.25 N•m (2. Plastic keyed operators are IP66. for 3 hr duration. illuminated push-pull E-stop. Type 4/13. not Type 4X. multi-function PBT/polycarbonate blend 2-color molded button cap Non-illuminated push button PBT/polycarbonate blend Lens Multi-function Acetal Lens. nos. TPE Diaphragm seal Illuminated push button. E-stop = 36 N Operating torque (typical application with one contact block) Selector switch = 0. contact blocks Brass with silver-nickel contacts Housing LED module Glass-filled polyamide Low-voltage terminals Contact blocks Gold-plated silver-nickel contacts Low-voltage spanner Contact blocks Gold-plated silver-nickel contacts Spanner Contact blocks Brass with silver-nickel contacts Boot Illuminated push button. No. pilot light Polycarbonate Plastic mounting ring All plastic operators Glass-filled polyamide Plastic latch — Glass-filled polyamide Mechanical interlock latch — Glass-filled polyamide Plastic enclosure — PBT/polycarbonate blend Terminal screws LED module. Contact durability per EN 60947-5-1 (Annex C) Slow double make and break Slow double make and break — positive opening N. C300.B. Q600 600V AC AC 15.O.L. Low voltage contacts are recommended for applications below 17V. enclosed (40 °C ambient) to UL508.L.L.5 mm Configured Pendant Stations Specifications Back-of-Panel Components1 Electrical Ratings 5V. early make Double break / double make.5 mm (0.O./10 G max. R150. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-137 .B.L.O.O. → 7 Double break / double make. DC 13 to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 and UL 508.M.O.5 mm2) One per spring clamp.5 N Illumination LED Dominant Wavelength Green Red Yellow Blue White 525 nm 629 nm 590 nm 470 nm — LED Luminous Intensity Green Red Yellow Blue White 780 780 600 168 360 10 mcd mcd mcd mcd mcd 11 Materials Springs Electrical contacts Terminals Stainless steel and zinc coated music wire Standard 12 Silver-nickel Low voltage Gold-plated over silver Screw Brass Spring-clamp Silver-plated brass 13 1 Performance Data — see page Important-3 of the Industrial Controls catalog. 1.5 mm (0.1 in.C. Operating forces (typical) 5 10 000 000 cycles N.C. 6 hr Shock Tested at 1/2 cycle sine wave for 11 ms and no damage at 100 G max.060 in.O. → N.C. www. early break — positive opening N. EN 60947-5-1 Insulation voltage (Ui) 1 2 Screw terminal = 690V.M.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 5 mA.16 in.M.C. → N.12 in.) Multi-speed push button travel to change electrical state N. 3 mm (0. late make Standard push button travel to change electrical state N.Bulletin 800FC 22.E. DC 13 to EN 60947-5-1 and UL 508 Low voltage contact block ratings Range Nominal Voltage LED Module Ratings 0 A600.E. and N.ab. Double break / double make. nos. (2) #14 AWG or (1) #12 AWG Wire capacity (screw terminal)‡ #18…14 AWG (0.52 mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max.) N. and N.28 in. 1 mA DC min.E.75 mm2) may not hold in terminal securely.9 N•m (6…8 lb•in) Dielectric strength (minimum) 2500V for one minute Standard blocks 10 A type gL/gG cartridge fuse to EN 60269-2-1 or gN (Class J to UL 248-8 or Class C to UL 248-4) Low voltage contact blocks 6 A type gL/gG cartridge fuse to EN 60269-2-1 or gN (Class J to UL 248-8 or Class C to UL 248-4) External short circuit protection Electrical shock protection 4 Finger-safe conforming to IP2X Mechanical Ratings Vibration (assembled to panel) Tested at 10…2000 Hz.E.M.E. late break — positive opening N. 17V. spring-clamp = 300V #18…12 AWG (0. AC 15.5 mm2) Max. are bold.) N. 4 mm (0.) N. 9 7 mm (0. 8 Double break / double make.M. Contact operation 6 Double break / double make. 2.75…2.C. two spring clamps per terminal Wire capacity (spring-clamp terminal) Recommended tightening torque on screw terminals 3 0.M. ‡ Wires less than #18 AWG (0. 1.75…1.B.E. early early make N.B.O.4 N Dual-circuit contact block 5…6.E.O. Standard contact block ratings 24V AC 24V DC 120V AC 240V AC Current Draw 10…29V AC 10…30V DC 70…132V AC 180…264V AC Thermal current 31 24 25 22 Frequency mA mA mA mA 50/60 Hz DC 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 10 A max.7…0.) Single-circuit contact block 3.C.E. 5 mA min. 800FC 1-. 800F operator dimensions.4 2 3 Bul. 800FC Legend Plate 35. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 73 .com/catalogs 10-138 Preferred availability cat. No. No. of Holes A B 800FC-4/5/C/D 5 309 36 800FC-6/7/E/F 7 381 36 800FC-8/9/G/H 9 453 36 4 91 8 5 36 6 250 7 B B 104 8 34 B A B 33 9 B 10 B 11 78 12 1 For Bul. and 3-Speed Operator Bul. 2-.ab. and 9-Hole) Bul. 7-. 800FC Pendant Station (5-.6 13.Bulletin 800FC 22. see page 10-120. are bold. 13 www.6 1 52 31. 800FC Pendant Station (3-Hole) 88 76 8 Cat.5 mm Configured Pendant Stations Approximate Dimensions 0 Approximate Dimensions 1 Bul. nos. 800F-36HE100K 5 6 7 8 Cat. No. 800F-36VE100K Cat. No. 800F-36VE100L 13 www.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. are bold. No. 800F-36HE100S Cat. No.5 mm Configured Pendant Stations Fax/Scan Sheet Custom Text Fax/Scan Sheet Order/Item __________________________________ Vertical Mounting 0 Horizontal Mounting 1 2 3 4 Cat. nos.ab.Bulletin 800FC 22. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-139 . No. No. 800F-36VE100S 9 10 11 12 Cat. 800F-36HE100L Cat. . FORWARD...C. 800F accessories and enclosures Ring lug capability Push Buttons.7 mm) Aesthetic design complements the Bul.5 mm Monolithic Push Buttons Product Overview/Selection Bulletin 800FD Monolithic Push Buttons 0 1 2 3 4 Table of Contents With a single catalog number. 10-144 Approximate Dimensions. Code 9 10 1 N.....O.. Designed to meet worldwide standards. No..Bulletin 800FD 22...... FORWARD. & 1 N. R STOP. O.. R →.... Ease of installation Low back-of-panel profile (45... All other color caps have white text. No. 01 0 1 10 1 0 11 1 1 02 0 2 20 2 0 Text 12 13 Color Flush Caps White START. FORWARD.... Number of N...O.. Pkg..→ . www..→ ‡ Yellow →. Valid color cap/legend text combinations are as follows: Code Number of N.... 10-141 Selector Switches.. FORWARD. you can now order a fully assembled product for easy stocking and installation...... REVERSE STOP.ab.. Code Color 1 White 2 Black 3 Green 4 Red 5 Yellow 6 Blue e Contact Module 06 | 08 09 → FORWARD 10 REVERSE 11 R 1 White and yellow caps have black text. REVERSE → Blue →.. 10-142 Accessories.. Cat.. R ‡ Green START.... REVERSE..... → ..... 10-142 Mushroom/E-Stops..C.. Quantity Black Flush 1 N..... this page Pilot Lights ..... Non-Illuminated 5 Contact Configuration Operator Type Cap Color 6 Green 1 Red 7 8 Cat. →.com/catalogs 10-140 Preferred availability cat..R Black →... are bold. R Extended Caps →. REVERSE.. FORWARD. 800FD monolithic line includes Estops and pilot lights with either LED or incandescent options. No...... nos... 800FD-F2X10 800FD-F2X01 800FD-F2X11 800FD-F3X10 800FD-F3X01 800FD-F3X11 800FD-F4X10 800FD-F4X01 800FD-F4X11 800FD – F 3 01 X 11 a b c d e 1 N.O. the Bul. 10-145 Product Selection Momentary Push Button Operators. a c d Operator Type Legend Text1 Termination Style Description Code Text Code Description F Flush — No text (blank) X Standard screw E Extended 01 START R Ring lug b 02 STOP 05 O Color Cap 11 Cat. 800F modular line Anti-rotation tab provides accurate alignment and can be easily removed for use in panels without notches Lowest cost of installation Made of industrial-grade thermoplastic for superior chemical resistance Designed to meet worldwide standards Compatible with Bul. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P ... |. REVERSE..... O. |. REVERSE → Red →. FORWARD. 10-143 Specifications.......R ‡ "STOP" or "O" color cap/legend text are not available for "10" or "20" contact modules...C. No. Only valid with "no lens" option. No.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. No. No. Quantity Green Red 1 Yellow 800FD – P 24V AC/DC 120V AC 240V AC Cat. Cat. Cat. Quantity Green Red 1 Yellow 120V AC Cat. Cat. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-141 .Bulletin 800FD 22. 12 13 www.ab. No.5 mm Monolithic Push Buttons Product Selection Pilot Light Devices — LED 0 Voltage Lens & LED Color Pkg. 800FD-P3D3 800FD-P3D5 800FD-P4D3 800FD-P4D5 800FD-P5D3 800FD-P5D5 7 8 800FD – P 3 D a a 5 b c b Lens Cap 9 c Voltage Termination Style Code Color Code Type Code Description 0 Amber 0 No Bulb Blank Standard screw 3 Green 1 6V AC/DC R Ring lug 4 Red 2 12V AC/DC 5 Yellow 3 24V AC/DC 6 Blue 4 48V AC/DC 7 Clear 5 120V AC/DC 9 No lens1 10 11 1 Only valid with "no bulb" option. are bold. nos. 800FD-P3N3 800FD-P3N5 800FD-P3N7 800FD-P4N3 800FD-P4N5 800FD-P4N7 800FD-P5N3 800FD-P5N5 800FD-P5N7 3 7 N a 1 2 3 b c a b c Lens Cap Voltage Termination Style Code Color Code Type Code Description 0 Amber 3 24V AC/DC Blank Standard screw 3 Green 5 120V AC R Ring lug 4 Red 7 240V AC 5 Yellow 6 Blue 7 Clear 4 5 6 Pilot Light Devices — Incandescent Voltage 24V AC/DC Lens & LED Color Pkg. 11 800FD – MT4 a 800FD-MT44X02 4 X 11 a b c Color Cap 12 13 b c Termination Style Contact Module1 Code Description Code Description Code Number of N. 800FD-SM22X10 — 1 N. No. 3-position 02 0 2 L3 Return from left. 2-Position Selector Switch 3-Position Selector Switch Knob Position Knob Position Contacts/ Contact Position Left Right Left Right Contacts/ Contact Position Left Right Left Right Left 01 X — O — 11 O O X O X X 10 — O — X 02 O X X X X O 11 X O O X 20 X O O O O X 02 X X O O 20 O O X X 8 Right Note: X = Closed/O = Open Note: X = Closed/O = Open 2-Position Push-Pull/Twist-to-Release Mushroom Operators.C.ab. Quantity Cat. — 800FD-SB32X20 2 N. & 1 N. Non-Illuminated 0 Operator Type 2-Postition 3-Postition Cat. 3-position B3 Return from both. No.O.O.C. 3-position 20 2 0 R3 Return from right. 2-position 11 1 1 M3 Maintained.O. and contact block combinations have been third-party tested for B10d values.com/catalogs 10-142 Preferred availability cat.C.O.C. www. nos. ♣ E-Stop operators. latch.Bulletin 800FD 22. No.O. are bold.C. Number of N. 1 N.C. contact block.C. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . 2-position R Ring lug 10 1 0 R2 Return from right. 800FD-SM22X20 800FD-SM32X20 800FD-SM22X02 800FD-SM32X02 800FD-SM22X11 800FD-SM32X11 Contact Configuration 1 Maintained Pkg.C. M2 Maintained.EMO 5 Yellow 6 Blue 1 E-stops must contain at least one N. Number of N.O.C. 1 N.5 mm Monolithic Push Buttons Product Selection Selector Switch Operators. circuit. 3-position 6 7 X Only available for 2-position selector switch. B10d values can be found in publication SAFETY-SR001_-EN-E. 2 2 N. Quantity 2 N. Cat. & 1 N. 1 1 N. — 800FD-SB32X11 Spring Return From Both 800FD – S 3 L 3 2 a 4 5 11 b c a b c Operator Function Termination Style Contact Module Code Description Code Description Code Number of N.C. — 800FD-SB32X02 1 N.O.C. 2-position X Standard screw 01 0 1 L2 Return from left. Non-Illuminated‡♣ 9 Color Contacts 10 Pkg. 800FD-MT44X01 Red 1 2 N. ‡ All E-stop operators are EN/ISO 13850 compliant when using at least one N. 2 Black X Standard screw 01 0 1 3 Green R Ring lug 11 1 1 4 Red 02 0 2 4E Red . 800FD-SM22X01 — 2 N. Bulletin 800FD 22.5 mm Monolithic Push Buttons Product Selection/Accessories Plastic Enclosures — 1-Hole Only Feed-through design Knockout sizes: PG 11/16 Not UL Listed or CSA Certified Monolithic or latch-mounted contact blocks 0 Double insulated 1 Plastic Enclosures (IP66, NEMA 4/4X/13)1 Grey Type 1-hole Pkg. Quantity 1 Yellow Cat. No. Cat. No. 800FD-1P 800FD-1PY 2 1 Can only use single deep contact block. Assembled Stations Enclosure Color Quick Connect Operator Type N/A Grey Contact Configuration Cat. No. 1 N.O. 800FD-1SP5 2-position selector switch Yellow N/A Red 40 mm push-pull/twist-to-release DC Micro 4-pin 800FD-1SP6 1 N.O./1 N.C. DC Micro 4-pin 3 800FD-1SP6Q 800FD-1SYP2 1 N.O./1 N.C. 4 800FD-1SYP2Q 5 Accessories Replacement Lamps Lamp Type Full Voltage Incandescent Cat. No. 800F-N130 Typical Current Voltage ANSI No. 150 mA 6V AC/DC 755 Pkg. Quantity 800F-N65 Cat. No. 80 mA 12V AC/DC 756 800F-N141 70 mA 24V AC/DC 757 800F-N157 50 mA 48V AC/DC 1835 800F-N48 22 mA 130V AC/DC 949 800F-N130 10‡ Neon 2 mA 240V AC — 6 7 800F-N240 8 Cat. No. 800F-N240 Replacement Lenses Lens Color Pkg. Quantity Cat. No. Amber 800FD-AP0 Green 800FD-AP3 Red 10‡ Yellow 9 800FD-AP4 800FD-AP5 Blue 800FD-AP6 Clear 800FD-AP7 10 ‡ Sold in multiples of 10. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. 11 12 13 www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-143 Bulletin 800FD 22.5 mm Monolithic Push Buttons Specifications Specifications1 0 Mechanical Ratings Tested at 10…2000 Hz, 1.52 mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max./10 G max. for 3 hr duration, no damage Vibration (assembled to panel) Shock Tested at 1/2 cycle sine wave for 11 ms; no damage at 100 G Degree of protection 1 Mechanical durability per EN 60947-5-1 (Annex C) IP66 (Type 3/3R/4/4X/12/13) Selector switch 300 000 cycles Push-pull/twist-to-release E-stop 2 000 000 cycles Momentary push buttons Operating forces 2 E-stop = 36 N Operating torque (typical application with one contact block) Selector switch = 0.25 N•m N.O. Contact operation 3 Push button travel to change electrical state Slow double make and break Slow double make and break positive opening N.C. N.O. 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) N.C. 1.5 mm (0.060 in.) Environmental 4 Temperature range (operating) -25…+60 °C (-13…+140 °F) Temperature range (short term storage) -40…+85 °C (-40…+185 °F) 50…95% RH from 25…60 °C (77…140 °F) Humidity Electrical Ratings 5 B300, R300 AC 15, DC 13 300 VAC EN/IEC 60947-5-1 and UL 508, 17V, 5 mA min. Standard contact block ratings Nominal Voltage 6 LED module ratings 24V AC 24V DC 120V AC 240V AC Range Current Draw 20…26V AC 18…30V DC 102…132V AC 204…264V AC Thermal current 32 24 22 22 300V 6.35 mm (0.250 in.) Max. outer diameter with 3.8 mm (0.148 in.) hole diameter Recommended tightening torque on screw terminals 0.7…0.9 N•m (6…8 lb•in) Dielectric strength (minimum) 2500V for one minute External short circuit protection 5 A Type gL/gG cartridge fuse to EN 60269-2-1 or gN (Class J to UL 248-8 or Class CC to UL 248-4) Electrical shock protection Finger-safe conforming to IP2X Illumination 9 LED dominant wavelength 10 LED luminous intensity 11 Green 525 nm Red 629 nm Yellow 590 nm Blue 470 nm White — Green 780 mcd Red 780 mcd Yellow 600 mcd Blue 168 mcd White 360 mcd Incandescent maximum wattage 2.6 W 1 Performance Data — see page Important-3 of the Industrial Controls catalog. Operating temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F) are based on the absence of freezing moisture and liquids. ‡ 3M MV018-R/S (#22…18 AWG) or 3M MVU14-6R/S (#16…14 AWG) 12 13 www.ab.com/catalogs 10-144 50/60 Hz DC 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz #18…14 AWG (0.75…2.5 mm2) Max. (2) #14 AWG, uses same size wire only Wire capacity (screw terminal) Recommendations for ring lug termination option‡ 8 Frequency 5 A max. enclosed (40 °C ambient) to UL 508, EN/IEC 60947-5-1 Insulation voltage (Ui) 7 mA mA mA mA Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P Bulletin 800FD 22.5 mm Monolithic Push Buttons Specifications, Approximate Dimensions, and Instruction Sheet Information Specifications, Continued1 Materials Springs Stainless steel and zinc coated music wire Electrical contacts Lens (pilot light) Brass with silver-nickel contacts Terminals Panel gasket 0 Acrylic Bezel/bushing, housing Glass-filled polyester Brass and phosphor bronze Legend frames Glass-filled polyamide Nitrile and polyester-based TPE Mounting ring Glass-filled polyamide Seal Nitrile Button cap/mushroom head Terminal screws Polyester/polycarbonate blend Zinc-plated steel with chromate Lamp socket 1 Brass and Phosphor bronze 1 Performance Data — see page Important-3 of the Industrial Controls catalog. Product Certifications Certifications 2 UL, CSA, CCC, CE Conformity to standards — CE Marked UL 508, EN/ISO 13850, EN 60947-1, EN 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-5 Terminal identification EN/IEC 60947-1 3 Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Refer to RAISE software for additional dimensional information. Momentary Push Button Operators — Flush Momentary Push Button Operators — Extended Instruction Sheet 4 +0,2 3,2 –0 mm +0,4 24,1 –0 +0,4 –0 22,3 Pilot Light Devices , 2-Position Push-Pull/Twist- A to-Release Mushroom Operators B + = 5 6 GE ER N CY EM 11.3 A OPTION WAHL OPZIONE OPÇÃO OPCIÓN ST OP 7 ø60, ø90 30 40 50 40 50 60 / 90 40 30 Selector Switch Operators 1- 7,3 mm 1- 9,3 mm 1 3 PLASTIC PLASTIQUE PLASTIK PLASTICA PLÁSTICO 1,7 Nm 15 lb-in 1 2 9 2 A Plastic Enclosures B 1- 10,5 mm 8 1- 8,5 mm 7 mm 10 or ou oder o 0,75 - 1,5 mm2 (#18 - #14 AWG) 2 1 0,7 - 0,9 Nm 6 - 8 lb-in Use the same size wire only Utiliser uniquement du fil de même dimension Nur Draht derselben Größe verwenden utilizzare solo cavi della stessa dimensione use somente fios do mesmo tamanho usar sólo el mismo tamaño de cable ø 3,8 mm ø 6,35 mm 50 mm “R” option for ring connectors option de “R” pour cosses à plage ronde "R" Wahl für Ringkabelschuhe opzione "R" per capicorda ad anello opção de "R" para conectores do anel opción de “R” para los conectadores del anillo 12 Plastic Enclosures Cat. No. 800FD-1P 800FD-1PY No. of Units (Holes) 1 11 A B C Weight 72 (2-27/32) 59 (2-5/16) 41 (1-5/8) 95 g (3.5 oz) www.ab.com/catalogs 13 Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-145 Bulletin 800B 16 mm Push Buttons Product Overview/Specifications Bulletin 800B — 16 mm Push Buttons Table of Contents Designed to worldwide standards (UL, CSA, CE, and CCC) Durable materials − Operators are made of corrosion-proof plastic to ensure long push button life − Consistent coloring and illumination make these easy to identify for the life of the operator Ease of installation Ergonomic design − Contoured button surface Dependable sealing − IP66 and Type 4/13 − Diaphragm seals: linear travel devices, pilot lights − V-seals: selector switches, high pressure sealing − K-seals: emergency stops, dual wiping action Reliable low voltage switching − Gold-plated snap action contacts − Reliable operation in applications below 24V DC, 5 mA down to 5V DC, 1 mA Enhanced E-stop functionality − Anti-tease feature standard (trigger-action) − EN13850 and EN 60947-5-5 compliant − Direct Drive mechanism (positive actuation) 0 1 2 3 4 Product Selection ...... this page Accessories.................. 10-149 Specifications.............. 10-150 Approximate Dimensions................... 10-151 Standards Compliance and Certifications Certifications UR, CSA, CCC, CE Standards Compliance UL 508, EN ISO 13850, EN 60947-1, EN 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-5 Terminal Identification EN/IEC 60947-1 RoHS Compliant Push Button & Pilot Light Operators1 5 6 7 Cat. No. Operator Type Round Square Rectangle Large Square Momentary, push button/ pilot light 800B-EPA 800B-EPB 800B-EPC 800B-EPD Maintained, push button 800B-EAA 800B-EAB 800B-EAC 800B-EAD Cat. No. 800B-ALA3 Cat. No. 800B-ALB4 Cat. No. 800B-ALC5 Cat. No. 800B-ALD6 Lens Color Round Square Rectangle Large Square Green 800B-ALA3 800B-ALB3 800B-ALC3 800B-ALD3 Red 800B-ALA4 800B-ALB4 800B-ALC4 800B-ALD4 Yellow 800B-ALA5 800B-ALB5 800B-ALC5 800B-ALD5 Blue 800B-ALA6 800B-ALB6 800B-ALC6 800B-ALD6 White 800B-ALA7 800B-ALB7 800B-ALC7 800B-ALD7 Note: Package Quantity = 1 1 All operators are sold without a lens cap and diffuser. Lens Cap with Diffuser§ 8 9 Cat. No. 10 11 Note: Package Quantity = 1 § For illuminated devices, LED bulbs are color specific. (Green LED bulb with green lens caps, red LED bulbs with red lens cap, white LED bulbs used with yellow, blue, and white lens cap.) Incandescent bulbs can be used with any lens cap color. 12 13 www.ab.com/catalogs 10-146 Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P nos. O X X O O Top NA — — — — — Bottom N. No. — X O O X Top N. contact blocks. O X O O X N.C. No. Return from Right Keyed.Bulletin 800B 16 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Selector Switch Operators 2-Position Selector Switches 3-Position Selector Switches 0 Operator Type Cat.ab.C. No. No.O. are bold. No.C. Green and red LED bulbs can be used to change the selector switch color. Maintained Return from Right Maintained Return from Both 800B-SM2A 800B-SR2A 800B-SM3A 800B-SB3A Keyed. X O O X X 4 5 6 Note: X = Closed/O = Open To illuminate a selector switch. X O O X X N.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Emergency stop operator 1 800B-MT 8 9 Cat.O.C. 7 Emergency Stop Operators — Non-Illuminated. Return from Both 800B-KM2A 800B-KR2A 800B-KM3A 800B-KB3A 1 Operator Type Cat. 800B-MT ‡ Operator is EN ISO 13850 compliant with standard N. Twist-to-Release (Trigger Action)‡ Description Pkg. 2 Note: Package Quantity = 1 Target Table and Operator Position 2-Position Target Table Contact Block Cat.O.C.C.C. X O O X X X O X X O X Bottom Top 800B-PS22 Bottom 800B-PT01 800B-PT02 800B-PT11 3 Contact Type Top 800B-PS11 3-Position Target Table Top Bottom N.O. Contact Block Location NA — — — — N. 10 11 12 13 www. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-147 . X O X X O N. Maintained Keyed. add either an LED or incandescent bulb. O X X O O N. O X O O X Bottom N. X O O X X N. Quantity Cat. All selector switches have a clear lens. Maintained Keyed. O.C. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . No. 800B-PT11 9 Replacement Bulbs Description 10 Lamp Color Green LED bulb1 11 Red White Incandescent bulb Clear 12 Lamp Voltage 120V AC 800B-N5G 12…24V AC/DC 800B-N3R 120V AC 800B-N5R 12…24V AC/DC 800B-N3W 1 120V AC 800B-N5W 6V AC/DC 800B-N1C 12V AC/DC 800B-N2C 24V AC/DC 800B-N3C 13 www.O. slow make/break 1 800B-PT02 1 N.C./1 N. nos. 800B-PL Emergency Stop/Push Button/Selector Switch 5 Cat. 800B-PT01 6 7 Cat. 10-148 Pkg. slow make/break 1 800B-PT01 2 N.C. 800B-PS11 2 Cat.Bulletin 800B 16 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Contact Block/Latch Module Description 0 Pkg. 800B-N3G 1 Not available in 6V AC/DC. No. No.C. slow make/break 1 800B-PT11 Push Button/Selector Switch 1 Cat. 1 N.ab. No. Not available in 120V AC.C. No. 800B-PT02 8 Cat. No.O. 800B-PS22 Pilot Light 3 Dummy block 4 Cat./1 N. No. are bold. Quantity Cat. Quantity 12…24V AC/DC Preferred availability cat./2 N.com/catalogs Cat. snap action 1 800B-PS22 1 800B-PL 1 N. snap action 1 800B-PS11 2 N. No. 800B-AW2 2 Cat. 800B-ALR2 Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 800B-ALW1 Cat.Bulletin 800B 16 mm Push Buttons Accessories Accessories Description Pkg. No. 800B-ABZC 12 Cat. No. 800B-ABZB 11 Cat. 800B-ARP Mounting ring wrench 1 800B-AW2 Bulb removal tool 1 800B-ALR1 Lens removal tool 1 800B-ALR2 3 Locking washer (anti-rotation) 10 800B-ALW1 4 Stab connector (insulated) 10 800B-ATK 5 Hole plug 10 800B-N2 Replacement key 1 800B-AK1 Printed circuit board pin socket 10 800B-APCB 8 Emergency stop legend plate 1 800B-15YE112 9 Square bezel 10 800B-ABZB Rectangle bezel 10 800B-ABZC Large square bezel 10 800B-ABZD Cat. No. Quantity Cat. Replacement mounting ring 10 800B-ARP 0 1 Cat. No. 800B-15YE112 10 Cat. No. No. 800B-ATK Cat. 800B-APCB Cat. No. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-149 . are bold. No.ab. No. No. No. 800B-AK1 Cat. 800B-ABZD 13 www. 800B-ALR1 Cat. No. nos. No. No. 800B-N2 6 7 Cat. 2 W Materials Springs 12 Stainless steel and gold-plated.ab.C.52 mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max. Snap action Slow make/break positive opening N. 0.4 mm (0.com/catalogs 10-150 Preferred availability cat. for 6 hr duration.5 mm Dielectric strength (minimum) 1500V 1 min.5 lb•in) Mounting torque 3 1. No.Bulletin 800B 16 mm Push Buttons Specifications Specifications 0 Mechanical Ratings Vibration (assembled to panel) Tested at 10…2000 Hz. are bold.O. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . Slow make/break Push button travel to change electrical state 1.C.) 1 contact block = 3 N 2 contact blocks = 6 N Operating forces (typical) Electrical Ratings 7 AC 15.22 A/125V DC Standard contact block ratings Nominal Voltage LED Module ratings 8 12…24V AC 12…24V DC 120V AC Current Frequency 12 mA 12 mA 9 mA 50/60 Hz DC 50/60 Hz Ith = 5 A (AC).1 N•m (10 lb•in) Environmental Temperature range (operating) -25…+55 °C (-13…+131 °F) Temperature range (short term storage) -40…+70 °C (-40…+158 °F) Humidity 50…95% RH from 25…60 °C (77…140 °F) 4 Mechanical Ratings — Contact Blocks Vibration (assembled to panel) Tested at 10…2000 Hz. → N. Type 4/4X/13 Degree of protection 1 2 Mechanical durability per EN 60947-5-1 (Annex C) 2 000 000 Cycles Push buttons – momentary 1 000 000 Cycles Push buttons – maintained 250 000 Cycles Selector switch 200 000 Cycles Key selector switch 200 000 Cycles Twist-to-release E-stop Extended = 5…8 N E-stop = 14…16 N Operating forces (typical with one contact block) Operating torque (typical application with one contact block) Selector switch = 0. Ith = 1 A (DC) Thermal current Insulation voltage (Ui) 9 300V Stab termination 2. 3 A/120V AC DC 13. 800B-PS_) N. R300. 6 hr Shock Tested at 1/2 cycle sine wave for 11 ms and no damage at 100 G max./10 G max. 0. 1.5 A/240V AC. high-carbon steel Electrical contacts Gold-plated silver Stab terminals Phosphor bronze with gold or nickel plating Lenses Polycarbonate 13 www. nos.8 X 0. no damage at 100 G IP66. Contact durability 5 Contact operation 6 200 000 cycles (Cat.06 N•m (0.1 A/250V DC. B300.O. 1.06 in. External short circuit protection – standard blocks 6 A type gL/gG cartridge fuse to EN 60269-2-1 or gN (Class J to UL 248-8 or Class C to UL 248-4) Electrical shock protection Illumination 10 11 Finger-safe conforming to IP2X LED Dominant wavelength Green Red White 525 nm 624 nm — LED Luminous intensity Green Red White 500 mcd 400 mcd 1000 mcd Incandescent maximum wattage 1. / N.52 mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max. 1./10 G max. no damage Shock Tested at 1/2 cycle sine wave for 11 ms. 4 ±0.65 ±0.4 12 11 Emergency Stop 26 12 42.4 40 3 36 18 24 40 12.12 42.Bulletin 800B 16 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions Round Hole Patterns Round & Square 18 12 24 1.4 54.12 14. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-151 .87 24 7 6.10 7.4 30 13 72.3 4 42.2 -0 2 18 15 +0.0 12.25 ±0.20 42. nos.30 18 Max 18.Ø1.0 Square 5 13.2 ±0.1 42.4 54.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.7 +0 -0.4 12 18 6 0.4 54.0 4.4 www.4 54.0 ±0.0 ±0.4 14 Large Square Emergency Stop 24 56.20 Max 10.12 18 Rectangle Large Square 8 9 24 10 24 42. are bold.7 Printed Circuit Board Pin Socket Max 18.ab.4 0 Rectangle 18 18 1 18 Ø16 +0.4 12 10 .4 54.1 -0 42.12 0. .... Extended..................... No........ meets Class I............ Long barrel devices are suitable for mounting in panel thickness greater than 1 in..... F and G Hazardous Dust..................Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Overview/Specifications 0 1 Bulletin 800H/Hazardous Location Push Buttons Table of Contents Hazardous locations push buttons and stations Classes I......... and................................... Divisions 1 & 2............. A Type 3 rating is available.. Class II... 10-178 Miscellaneous ........ Mushroom................................... 10-167 Description Page Pilot Light Units.............................. 10-163 Non-Illuminated.... By utilizing either a sealing well or flanged sealing well.........................and 3-Postition............. 14 Certifications Enclosures: UL Listed (File No............ shall be permitted......... Division 2................................................ all wiring methods permitted for Class I.....and 3-Postition .............. while maintaining Type 7 & 9 integrity of the enclosure.............. Dual..... Bulletin 800H Type 7 & 9 components are available in two basic formats: standard barrel (Bulletin 800H) and long barrel (Bulletin 800HL).................. Per National Electrical Code: Zone 1...................... Division 1 locations and Class I.........com/catalogs 10-152 Bulletin 800H Type 7 & 9 stations and enclosures are not configured for outdoor use as standard.................... LR11924) 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Description Page Specifications ................. and no thicker than 2-1/2 in... 10-181 Appoximate Dimensions............... the single gang shallow base... In addition..................... The sealing wells shown below may be purchased as an option or as an accessory... A push button station with a sealed switch contact block is shown below........... Both style operators offer a unique locking bracket which provides an anti-turn feature to guard against loosening................ Sealed switch contact blocks are another way to eliminate the need for conduit seal fittings in most applications (subject to applicable codes and laws)... Cat............ Zone 1 locations... Inc........................ Sealed switch contact blocks can be ordered as an accessory (see page 10-175)..14 NPSM barrel Type 7 & 9 Explosion-proof operators See below........ No... Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P Sealed Switch Contact Blocks .. 10-157 Push Buttons...... In Class I..... all wiring methods permitted for Class I.................... 4-Position................................... II & III Divisions 1 & 2 3/4 in.... Type 3 Flange Seal Sealing Wells Preferred availability cat.......................................... This Type 7 & 9 equipment is listed by Underwriters Laboratories................................ Zone 2. Bulletin 800H Type 7 & 9 operators are designed to meet the requirements of the National Electrical Code for Class I.2............. Momentary Non-Illuminated — Flush. Class III Hazardous Fiber Locations...................................... Sealing wells are also available with an integral Type 3 flange seal for outdoor applications. Sealing nuts are available as accessories (see page 10-179........................ these stations may be installed without a conduit seal off in most applications (subject to applicable codes and laws).... E71673 Guide No. Groups B....................... 10-176 Boots & Guards...................................... UL1604 CSA 22..... from 800H to 800R..................... 10-169 Ordering Information for Stations... 10-154 Push Buttons..... 10-172 Bases ...................... Push-Pull Non-Illuminated — 2................................................ ................................................. 10-179 Replacement Lamps .................... including requirements for sealing.... The mounting rings in front of the panel are knurled to provide a second means of tightening each unit into the panel........................................ Operator Construction The Allen-Bradley line of hazardous location devices features copper-free (less than 0............................... Divisions 1 & 2................ Zone 0 or Zone 1 locations........ 10-183 Description Application Outdoor Use When properly mounted in a Type 7 & 9 enclosure.................... and Class I...... Standard barrel devices are suitable for mounting in panel thickness up to 1 in.. 10-177 Plugs & Locking Attachments .......................ab...... Zone 2 locations.................... C & D Hazardous Gas........ Sealed switch contact blocks may be purchased as an option on assembled stations by changing the Bulletin No.................. nos.............. Zone 0 or Zone 1 locations...................... 10-157 Potentiometer .......... NOIV) Stations: CSA (File No........... NNNY) Devices: UL Listed (File No................................................ 10-153 Complete Assembled Stations ......................4 of 1% copper content) die cast aluminum bushings and mounting rings. by the addition of a Type 3 sealing flange and an approved drain...... 10-175 Knobs & Caps...... Class I... The sealing flange shown below may be purchased as an option or as an accessory.. A Type 4 rating can be achieved by using sealing nuts to seal the push button operators in addition to using the sealing flange............. 10-161 Selector Switches Non-Illuminated... Division 1 or Division 2..... 800H-IHZX7. Groups E................................................ are bold............. 10-173 Modifications and Accessories Contact Blocks....................... 10-155 Illuminated — Extended ...................... 10-180 Legend Plates.....................) Elimination of Conduit Seal Off Requirement Bulletin 800H Type 7 & 9 units may be installed with a variety of sealing options...................................................... These components mount into a threaded hole (3/4 in....... Type #316 stainless steel operating shafts and an O-ring seal for added corrosion resistance............. 10-159 Illuminated — 2...... including requirements for sealing.... Group B requirements.... In Class I........................... Standards Compliance UL698............. 3-Position........... shall be permitted........... 2-Position.... 10-165 Non-Illuminated..-14 NPSM) in a suitable enclosure.. E10314 Guide No... 10-171 Covers ............. www... External thread major diameter: 1. Volts Ue Rated Operational Currents Volts Ue Make Utilization Category IEC NEMA Break 120…600 7200VA 720VA 72…120 60 A 720VA 24…28 60 A 10 A 28…600 69VA 24…28 2. 1. Oprtnl. jumbo mushroom: 2. Internal thread minor diameter: 0. For applications below 24V and 24 mA.034 in.205 in. 1300V for one minute (Logic Reed) Electrical Design Life Cycles 1 000 000 at max. Volts Ue AC 600 DC 600 Utilization Category IEC AC-15 DC-13 NEMA A600 Q600 Max. standard mushroom. 0. 0.5 A AC/1. 0. (except Logic Reed) Shock 1/2 cycle sine wave for 11 ms ≥ 25 G (contact fragility) and no damage at 100 G Degree of Protection Type 7 & 9 Explosion Proof (Type 3 and Type 4 ratings available with accessories) 1 Mechanical Design Life Cycles Push Buttons 250 000 minimum Potentiometers 100 000 minimum All other devices 2 200 000 minimum Shallow and mini contact blocks: slow double make and break Logic Reed & sealed switch contact blocks: snap-action Contact Operation Wire Guage/Terminal Screw Torque 3 # 18…12 AWG/6…8 lb•in Typical Operating Forces Operators without contact blocks: Flush.6 lb maximum 1 lb maximum Sealed Switch 3 lb maximum at 0. are bold. nos. rated load.5 A AC 300 DC 150 AC-15 C300 DC-13 Q150 Rated Operational Currents Volts Ue Make Break 120…300 1800VA 180VA 0…120 15 A 1. PenTUFF™. 200 000 at max.95 lb maximum Maintained selector switch: 4.970 in. Humidity 7 50% at +104 °F (+40 °C) 1 Performance Data — See page Important-3.5 A 10 Logic Reed Contact Ratings Maximum: 150V AC. extended.ab. min.com/catalogs DC-13 R150 Rated Operational Currents Volts Ue Make Break 120…300 1800VA 180VA 0…120 15 A 1.5 A DC.0 A Preferred availability cat. Logic Reed or stackable sealed switch contacts are recommended. Bulletin 800T units have control circuit ratings with sealed switch contact blocks as follows: Max.9 lb max.15 A. Oprtnl. Sealed Switch Contact Ratings PenTUFF™ (Low Voltage) Contact Ratings Maximum continuous current Ith 5 A..Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Specifications Specifications1 Electrical Ratings Contact Ratings 0 Refer to the contact ratings tables below. Dielectric Strength 2200V for one minute. plunger travel Stackable Sealed Switch 1 lb maximum 6 Environment Operating Temperature Range –4…+13 °F (–20…+55 °C) Storage –40…+185 °F (–40…+85 °C) Note: Operating temperatures below freezing are based on the absence of freezing moisture and liquids.958 in. rated load (Logic Reed) Mechanical Ratings Vibration 10…2000 Hz 1.06 A.0 A DC 150 www. 0. Minimum DC: 5V.0 in•lb maximum Spring Return Selector Switches: 5 in•lb to stop. max.024 in.52 mm displacement (peak-to-peak) Max./10 G Max. Should only be used with resistive loads. Bulletin 800H units with 800T-XAV contacts have ratings as follows: Max.5 A 24…150 69VA 0…24 2.5 A 24…150 28VA 0…24 1. Jumbo and extended aluminum mushroom head: 3.8 VA. 1. 8 Standard Contact Ratings Stackable Sealed Switch Contact Ratings Maximum thermal continuous current Ith 10 A AC/2. Oprtnl. 1 mA Maximum thermal continuous current Ith 2.0 A DC. Volts Ue AC 300 Utilization Category IEC NEMA AC-15 C300 5.2 in•lb to return Illuminated Push Buttons and Push-to-Test Pilot Lights 2-Position Push-Pull 9 lb maximum push or pull 3-Position Push-Pull 12 lb maximum push to in position or pull to center position (15 lb maximum pull to out position) 800T-XA 5 1 lb Logic Reed Contact Blocks: 4 5. 8 VA and 30V DC. Volts Ue Utilization Category IEC NEMA AC 600 AC-15 B600 DC 300 DC-13 P300 Rated Operational Currents Volts Ue Make Break 120…600 3600VA 360VA 0…120 24…300 0…24 9 30 A 3A 138VA Max. max. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-153 11 12 13 . min.. Oprtnl. Bulletin 800H Type 7 & 9 units with 800T-XA contacts have ratings as follows: Maximum continuous current Ith 3 A. /Red — 1 N.O.O.O. STOP 800H-1HA7 800H-1HA7P START 800H-1HB7 800H-1HB7P JOG 800H-1HJ7 800H-1HJ7P No Legends 800H-1HX7 800H-1HX7P START STOP 800H-2HA7 800H-2HA7P FOR REV 800H-2HB7 800H-2HB7P RAISE LOWER 800H-2HD7 800H-2HD7P OPEN CLOSE 800H-2HF7 800H-2HF7P No Legends 800H-2HX7 800H-2HX7P START STOP 800H-2HAM7 — ON OFF 800H-2HCM7 800H-R2HC7 OPEN CLOSE 800H-2HGM7 800H-R2HG7 RUN STOP 800H-2HJM7 — HAND AUTO 800H-2HLM7 800H-R2HA7 No Legends 800H-2HXM7 800H-R2HX7 HAND OFF AUTO — 800H-R3HA7 No Legends — 800H-R3HX7 No Legend START STOP — 800H-2HAD10R7 Marking other than listed . 800H-2HAM7 7 3-Position Selector Switch 8 1 N. No. No. 1 N.O.C. Maintained 6 Cat. 13 www.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Complete Assembled Stations (Supplied with 3/4 in.C. No. For stations with sealed switch contacts.ab. ‡ Supplied with standard shallow contact blocks. are bold. 1 N. 1 N. Cat. Dual Push Buttons 10 11 120V AC/DC Full Volt. — Cat. 800H-1HA7 3 1 N.C. all others are flush black. 800H-R3HA7 9 One Pilot Light.C. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . A deep enclosure is required. 800H-2HA7P Each Button 5 2-Position Selector Switch 1 N.consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor — 800H-2HXD10R7 1 One Push Button 1 N.com/catalogs 10-154 Preferred availability cat. 1 N.C. 800H-2HAD10R7 1 Operators have integral padlocking attachment. nos. No. START is flush green.O. No. 1 N. change Bulletin number from 800H to 800R. Each Button Two Push Buttons Momentary 4 Cat. Momentary 2 Cat. 800H-1HZX7) 0 Operator Contact Action Contact Symbol Lever Type Actuator1‡ Component Type Buttons‡ Legend Marking Cat. 12 STOP is extended red. No. No. Dead End Conduit Entry — Cat. Cat. No. Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Momentary Contact Push Button Units. nos. no. No. Non-Illuminated 0 Flush Head Unit Cat. no. 800H-DPH16AXX64 Contact Arrangement Type Legend Marking Contacts 2 N. Left Right Cat.C.ab. 2 3 4 5 6 Dual Momentary Contact Push Button Units 7 8 9 Dual Push Button Unit Cat.O. . No.O. No.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. add an L to the cat.C. 10 11 12 13 www.O. No.1 N. 800H-AP1A Extended Head Unit Cat. No.C. 1 Mushroom Head Unit Cat.1 Mushroom Head Cat. Example: Cat. No. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-155 . 800H-DP6A Flush Head Extended Head Button Color Cat. 1 N.1 Cat. 800HL-DPH16AAXX64. Example: Cat. No. 800H-BP6B Contact Type No Contact 1 N. 1 N. No. START (Flush/Green) STOP (Extended/Red) 800H-DPH16AAXX64 ON (Flush/Black) OFF (Flush/Black) 800H-DPH22AAXX50 OPEN (Flush/Black) CLOSE (Flush/Black) 800H-DPH22AAXX57 UP (Flush/Black) DOWN (Flush/Black) 800H-DPH22AAXX66 Blank (Flush/Black) Blank (Flush/Black) 800H-DPH22AAXX For long barrel versions. add an L to the cat. are bold.2 N. No.2 N.C. .O. No. .1 Green 800H-AP1 800H-BP1 800H-DP1 Black 800H-AP2 800H-BP2 800H-DP2 Red 800H-AP6 800H-BP6 800H-DP6 Green 800H-AP1D1 800H-BP1D1 800H-DP1D1 Black 800H-AP2D1 800H-BP2D1 800H-DP2D1 Red 800H-AP6D1 800H-BP6D1 800H-DP6D1 Green 800H-AP1D2 800H-BP1D2 800H-DP1D2 Black 800H-AP2D2 800H-BP2D2 800H-DP2D2 Red 800H-AP6D2 800H-BP6D2 800H-DP6D2 Green 800H-AP1A 800H-BP1A 800H-DP1A Black 800H-AP2A 800H-BP2A 800H-DP2A Red 800H-AP6A 800H-BP6A 800H-DP6A Green 800H-AP1B 800H-BP1B 800H-DP1B Black 800H-AP2B 800H-BP2B 800H-DP2B Red 800H-AP6B 800H-BP6B 800H-DP6B 1 For long barrel versions. 2 N. 800HL-AP1. O.3 N. (Mini) 6 Red BP Extended head A2 2 N. are bold. .1 N. 2 N.O.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Momentary Contact Push Button Units. 1 N. CV 4 N. 6 Dual Push Button Units 800 7 8 H – DP H 16 AAXX 64 a c d e f b a d f Barrel Type Color of Button Marking Code Description Code Description H Standard barrel 16 Left green flush/right red extended HL Long barrel 22 Left black flush/right black flush 9 Code DP b e Operator Type Contact Block(s)1 Description Contact Arrangement Dual push button Left button for horizontal Top button for vertical Right button for horizontal Bottom button for vertical AAXX 1 N. Non-Illuminated 800 0 1 H – AP 1 a c b e a c e Color Cap Contact Block(s)1 Description H Standard barrel length HL Long barrel b Operator Type 3 d Barrel Type Code 2 A Code Description Blank Used only when ordering operator type DPX (Table b) Code Description Blank No contacts 1 Green D1 1 N. single line only.C.ab. seven characters maximum per button.C. . To order with special marking. (Mini) Standard Code Description 4 Grey AP Flush head D6 1 N. 7 Blue DP Mushroom head A4 2 N.O. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P .O. AV 1 N.4 N. .O.O.C.C. . . .C. .C.com/catalogs 10-156 Preferred availability cat.4 N.1 N.2 N.C.C.C.O. AAAA 2 N. C 4 N.O. . 2 Black D2 1 N. Special Mushroom Head H 3 N.1 N. BV 2 N. L 5 d PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Note: Special mushroom head options only apply to mushroom head operator type DP (Table b).O. 3 Orange D5 1 N.C.O.O. D2V 1 N. Code Description Blank No special head J Jumbo mushroom head — plastic Code Description Jumbo mushroom head — metal D1V 1 N. nos.C.O.O. . .2 N.C. specify marking. 12 13 www.3 N.O.2 N.C. 9 Yellow DPX Mushroom head less color cap A 1 N. .C. Code c 10 11 Mounting Code Description H Horizontal B Vertical Description Left button for horizontal Top button for vertical Right button for horizontal Bottom button for vertical Blank No mark specified No mark specified 64 START STOP 50 ON OFF 51 FORWARD REVERSE 57 OPEN CLOSE 66 UP DOWN 99 Marking specified Marking specified Code 1 For sealed switch and Logic Reed contact blocks. .1 N.O.C. 4 B 2 N. HV 3 N.C.2 N.O. see page 10-175. add an L to the cat. 2. No. are bold./1 N. ® Operator only supplied without power module. No. 800H-UP24 Potentiometer1 Resistance Cat. ‡ Single-turn operation with 312° rotation. blue. green. § For long barrel versions. Operator Only (without Resistive Element) 800H-NP37 1 kΩ 800H-UP13 Potentiometer1 Resistance Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.C. Illuminated 0 1 Extended Head with Guard Cat. No. and white. 800HL-UP13. Includes as standard one Cat. no. For use with Type J potentiometers having a shaft length of 7/8 in. No.3 mm). lamp. 800HL-QPB2M. 5 6 Potentiometer Units‡ 7 8 Potentiometer Unit Cat. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-157 . 2W maximum. red.2 mm) and a shaft diameter of 1/4 in.§ 800H-QPB00XX 4 800H-PPB16M 800H-PPBH16M 800H-PPBN16 ♣ Units ship with multi-color insert packet including amber. For long barrel versions. 800H-PPB16M 2 Extended Head with Guard Type Lamp Supply Voltage Lens Color♣ Operator only® Full Voltage Universal Incandescent 24V AC/DC Multi-color kit 120V AC/DC 800H-QPB10M 0…250V AC/DC No lens 800H-QPBN25 LED 12…130V AC/DC Multi-color kit 800H-QPBH2M 120V AC 50/60 Hz Multi-color kit LED No lamp No lens 3 800H-QPB24M No lamp Incandescent Transformer Cat.ab. lens cap. 800T-XA (1 N. No. no. Example: Cat. (22. add an L to the cat. No. nos. 11 12 13 www. No. or contact blocks. (6. No.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Momentary Contact Push Button Units.O. Example: Cat.) contact block.5 kΩ 800H-UP19 5 kΩ 800H-UP24 10 kΩ 800H-UP29 9 10 1 Rated for 300V AC/DC. incandescent 56 600V AC 50/60 Hz Transformer — relay type.com/catalogs 10-158 Preferred availability cat. M Multi-color1 D Diode type. are bold. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 2 N. green.O.C. D2V 1 N.C. incandescent§ 46 480V AC 50/60 Hz T Transformer — relay type. . . red. . . Not recommended for use with solid-state outputs and neon indicators. with standard contacts 1 N.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Momentary Contact Push Button Units. X No lens if ordering any contacts other than standard 1 N.C.C. LED 24 24V AC/DC f 10 120V AC/DC Contact Block(s) TH Full Voltage — Incandescent 20 4 2 12…130V AC/DC Code Description Blank 1 N.1 N.O. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Code Description D1V 1 N.O. llluminated 800 0 H – PPB H 16 M a c d e b f 1 2 a c d e Operator Type Illumination Options Voltage Lens Color Code Description Code Description H Standard barrel length Blank Incandescent Code Description HL Long barrel H LED 16 120V AC 50/60 Hz Dual Input 26 240V AC 50/60 Hz b 3 Power Module Type Code Description PPB Transformer (or dual input) QPB Full voltage/Universal Transformer Code Color Blank No lens. 1 Multi-color insert packet includes amber. Dual Input 5 Standard 240V AC/DC Universal — LED A4 6 § Diode type dual input provides circuit isolation via opposing diodes.ab. see page 10-175.O. AV 1 N. 24 24V AC/DC D2 1 N.O.C.O.C. 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. blue.1 N.1 N.O.1 N.C. X No contacts 16 120V AC D1 1 N. A2 2 N. nos. Dual input diode only. For sealed switch and Logic Reed contact blocks. . and white. . 12 13 www. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-159 .C. No.C. no.N. 800H-FPXM6A7 Operator Position Contact Type N. Non-Illuminated 0 1 2-Position Push-Pull Cat. . 800HL-FPX6D4. add an L to the cat. 800HL-FPXM6A7.L.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection 2-Position Push-Pull Units.N.L.1 4 Note: X = Closed/O = Open 1 For long barrel versions.O. No.C. 5 3-Position Push-Pull Units. Non-Illuminated 6 7 3-Position Push-Pull Cat. No. Red 800H-FPXM6A7 9 Operator Position 10 Contact Type N. no. No.C.L. X O Red 800H-FPX6D4 N. .C.ab. Example: Cat.B. 800H-FPX6A5 2 Operator Position Maintained Maintained In Button Color Push-Pull Out N.N.N.L.B.B. Momentary Maintained Momentary Out X X Center O X In O O Push-Pull Button Color Cat. No. are bold.C. 8 Momentary Maintained Maintained Out X X Center O X In O O Push-Pull Button Color Cat. . No. X X O O Red 800H-FPX6A5 Contact Type 3 Cat.C. nos.C.L. Example: Cat.B.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Red 800H-FPXN6A7 11 Note: X = Closed/O = Open For long barrel versions.B. O X X O Red 800H-FPX6A1 N. No.L. add an L to the cat.B. 1 N.C. nos.O.B. Note: X = Closed/O = Open.O.B.C. 1 N.O.C. the 5 Description mechanical detent action of the operator occurs before electrical contacts change state. . Blank Mushroom head D4 X O 1 N.ab. 2 N. In Blank — — — No contacts A O X O O X O 1 N.C. Non-Illuminated 6 800 H – FPX a 7 8 b c A7 d e f a d f Operator Function Contact Block(s) Code Description H Standard barrel length HL Long barrel Operator Position Code Code b Code Description FPX Push-pull unit Out Center M Momentary Maintained Maintained N Momentary Maintained Momentary Color Cap Code Color Code Description Blank No cap Blank Mushroom head 1 Green J Jumbo mushroom head 2 Black 4 Grey (silver) 6 Red 7 Blue 9 Yellow (gold) Not valid with color cap option Blank (no cap).B.B.1 J Jumbo mushroom head1 D1V O X 1 N. A1 O X O X X O 1 N.L.O.L. . When the button is pulled from the IN to the OUT position. Out Ctr. Non-Illuminated 0 800 H – FPX a 1 2 b c A1 d e a d e Barrel Type Color Cap Contact Block(s) Code Description Code Color H Standard barrel length Blank No cap HL Long barrel 1 Green 2 Black 4 Grey (silver) 6 Red 7 Blue 9 Yellow (gold) b Operator Type 3 1 Code Description FPX Push-pull unit Standard Operator Position Code c Head Type 4 Out In Blank — — No contacts A1 O X X O 1 N.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection 2-Position Push-Pull Units.C. When button is pushed from the OUT to the IN position.O. the electrical contacts change state before the mechanical detent occurs. 1 N.C. 1 N.L.C.1 N.L.O. AV O X X O 1 N.1 A5 X X O O 2 N. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) 1 Normally closed late break contact. are bold.O. 1 N.L. AV O X PenTUFF (Low Voltage) 12 13 www. 1 N. B6 X X O X O O 2 N.C.B. 3-Position Push-Pull Units.com/catalogs 10-160 Description In e c 11 Standard Operator Position Head Type 10 1 Barrel Type Operator Type 9 M Preferred availability cat.C.C. A7 X X O X O O 1 N.L.B.C.1 Code Description D1 O X 1 N. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P O O X O Note: X = Closed/O = Open. Illuminated 7 8 Illuminated 3-Position Push-Pull Cat.C.N.N. and white.C.B. lens cap. 800H-FPXP16RA1 2 Operator Position Type Lamp Type Lens Color1 Supply Voltage Operator only‡ Full voltage Universal Incandescent Multi-color kit 120V AC/DC In Cat. No. 800H-FPXMP16RA7 Operator Position (800H-FPXM) Operator Position (800H-FPXN) 9 Momentary Maintained Maintained Momentary Maintained Momentary Contacts Out Center In Contacts Out Center In N. red. No. . are bold. O X X O Multi-color kit N. 13 For long barrel versions.C. ‡ Operator only supplied without power module.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection 2-Position Push-Pull Units.L. 800H-FPXNQ00 800H-FPXMQ24MA7 800H-FPXNQ24MA7 800H-FPXMQ10MA7 800H-FPXNQ10MA7 11 No lamp 0…250V AC/DC No lens 800H-FPXMQN25 800H-FPXNQN25 LED 12…130V AC/DC Multi-color kit 800H-FPXMQH2MA7 800H-FPXNQH2MA7 Incandescent Transformer Multi-color kit Cat.C.O. X O 800H-FPXQ24MA1 800H-FPXQ00 O X N. 800HL-FPXQH2MA1. 50/60 Hz LED No lamp 800H-FPXQ10MA1 4 800H-FPXQN25 No contacts No lens 3 Maintained Contacts 800H-FPXQH2MA1 800H-FPXP16MA1 5 800H-FPXPH16MA1 No contacts 800H-FPXPN16 Note: X = Closed/O = Open.O.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.C.L. N.C. No.B. green. X X O Type Lamp Type Supply Voltage Lens Color1 Operator only‡ Full voltage Universal Incandescent 24V AC/DC 120V AC/DC Cat. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-161 . no. lamp. Illuminated 0 1 Illuminated 2-Position Push-Pull Cat. No.L. No lamp 0…250V AC/DC No lens LED 12…130V AC/DC Multi-color kit N. No.L. nos. N.O. www. Example: Cat. .L. blue. 50/60 Hz Multi-color kit No lens 10 800H-FPXMP16MA7 800H-FPXNP16MA7 800H-FPXMPH16MA7 800H-FPXNPH16MA7 800H-FPXMPN16 800H-FPXNPN16 12 Note: X = Closed/O = Open 1 Units ship with multi-color insert packet including amber. . or contact blocks.B. 6 3-Position Push-Pull Units. No.B.B. 800H-FPXMQ00 LED No lamp 120V AC.C. X O O X O O X X O N. O X X O Incandescent Transformer Maintained Out No contacts 24V AC/DC 120V AC. add an L to the cat.N. 1 N. . the mechanical detent action of the operator occurs before electrical contacts change state. In M Mom.B. 1 N. X O O X X O g Code A.C. AV.C. Table 1. AR 1 N.B. Target Selection Logic Reed 2-Position 3-Position 7 g Code 8 A.O.C. § Diode type dual input provides circuit isolation via opposing diodes.L.L.B.C.L. D1R O X N. nos. O O X X X O N.O.C. D2R 1 N. D2V 1 N. R A1 A2 9 A5 — 10 11 Out In O X X O O X X O O O X X X X O O — — — — Contact Description Out Center In N.B. — — — — 1 Multi-color insert packet includes amber.C. Main. N.O. Dual input diode only. A2 2 N. O O X X O O N.C. the electrical contacts change state before the mechanical detent occurs.1 N.C. When the button is pulled from the IN to the OUT position. When button is pushed from the OUT to the IN position.C.O. and white. blue. — — — — D4 X O N.O.L. 12 13 www. N. g Contact Blocks Description 16 120V AC 24 24V AC/DC Standard Code Color Blank No contacts D1 1 N.ab.Maintained Code Description D1V 1 N. N Mom.O. A7 1 N.C. Normally closed late break contact.L. . N. 1 N. A4R 2 N.C.C.C.C. A5 2 N.B. — — — — — — N.L. A2R 2 N.B. A 1 N. Main. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . Not recommended for use with solid-state outputs and neon indicators. Mom. N.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection 2.and 3-Position Push-Pull Units. .L. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Note: Mom.Momentary Main.O. .B.com/catalogs 10-162 Preferred availability cat. A1 1 N.1 N.C. AR Code Color D1R 1 N.O. Main. are bold.L.O.C. red. D4 1 N.O.O.L.O.B — — — — — — N. AV.C.O. green. A1 — — A7 D1.B N. AV 1 N.O. D1V.C. Illuminated 0 800 H – FPX a 1 b 16 M A1 d e f g c a d e f Barrel Type Illumination Options Voltage Color Cap Code Description H Standard barrel length HL Long barrel 2 Transformer b Operator Type Code Description FPX Push-pull unit 3 4 PH Code Color Blank No lens with no contacts 120V AC 50/60 Hz X No lens with contacts 240V AC 50/60 Hz M Multi-color1 Transformer Code Description Code Description P Incandescent 16 PH LED 26 Full Voltage 46 480V AC 50/60 Hz 56 600V AC 50/60 Hz Code Description Q Incandescent QH Universal LED c Full Voltage — Incandescent Dual Input Code Description 24 24V AC/DC Operator Function Code Description 10 120V AC/DC 2-Position D Dual input — diode§ 20 240V AC/DC Code Description Blank Push-pull Dual input — transformer relay DT DTH 3-Position Universal — LED Code Description 2 12…130V AC/DC Dual input transformer — relay LED Dual Input Operator Position Code Code 5 6 Out Ctr. . Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-163 .O. 800H-HP17KB6AXXX Operator Position Contact Type No Contacts 1 N. nos. ‡ For long barrel versions. 800HL-HP48KL8. No.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. no. 1 N. No.‡ Cat. add an L to the cat. Replacement part number for standard D018 key is X-181170. No. are bold. — O O X O X O X — X X O X O X O Metal Wing Lever Operator Cat.C. No. Devices supplied with 2 keys.O. 2 N.O. ⎯ ⎯ O X O X O X O X X O X O X O MM 800H-HP31KB6 800H-HP32KB6 800H-HP33KB6 M←S 800H-HP48KL8 — — MM 800H-HP31KB6DXXX 800H-HP32KB6DXXX 800H-HP33KB6DXXX S→M1 — 800H-HP42KL8DXXX — M←S 800H-HP48KL8DXXX — — MM 800H-HP31KB6AXXX 800H-HP32KB6AXXX 800H-HP33KB6AXXX S→M1 — 800H-HP42KL8AXXX — M←S 800H-HP48KL8AXXX — — MM 800H-HP31KB6AAXX 800H-HP32KB6AAXX 800H-HP33KB6AAXX S→M1 — 800H-HP42KL8AAXX — M←S 800H-HP48KL8AAXX — — Note: X = Closed/O = Open 1 Target tables are reversed from those shown. Example: Cat.‡ Cat. 1 N. 2 N. No. 1 N. 800H-HP2KB6AXXX Knob Lever Operator Cat.‡ 800H-HP11KB6 MM 800H-HP2KB6 800H-HP17KB6 S→M1 800H-HP4KL8 800H-HP4KL8 800H-HP4KL8 MM 800H-HP2KB6DXXX 800H-HP17KB6DXXX 800H-HP11KB6DXXX S→M1 800H-HP4KL8DXXX 800H-HP18KL8DXXX 800H-HP15KL8DXXX M←S 800H-HP5KL8DXXX 800H-HP19KL8DXXX 800H-HP16KL8DXXX MM 800H-HP2KB6AXXX 800H-HP17KB6AXXX 800H-HP11KB6AXXX S→M1 800H-HP4KL8AXXX 800H-HP18KL8AXXX 800H-HP15KL8AXXX M←S 800H-HP5KL8AXXX 800H-HP19KL8AXXX 800H-HP16KL8AXXX MM 800H-HP2KB6AAXX 800H-HP17KB6AAXX 800H-HP11KB6AAXX S→M1 800H-HP4KL8AAXX 800H-HP18KL8AAXX 800H-HP15KL8AAXX M←S 800H-HP5KL8AAXX 800H-HP19KL8AAXX 800H-HP16KL8AAXX 2 3 4 5 Note: X = Closed/O = Open 6 7 2-Position Cylinder Lock Operator Cat.‡ Cat.O. No.C.‡ Cat. No. 2 N. 800H-HP11KBAXXX Standard Knob Knob Lever Wing Lever Contact Action M = Maintained S = Spring Return Cat. 800H-HP31KB6AXXX 8 Cylinder Lock Key Removal Left Key Removal Right Key Removal Both Contact Action M = Maintained S = Spring Return Cat.O. 1 N. No. No. 2 N. No. Key removable from maintained positions only.‡ Operator Position Contact Type No Contacts 1 N.C. No.ab. Non-Illuminated 0 1 Standard Knob Operator Cat.O. 9 10 11 12 13 www.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection 2-Position Selector Switch Units.C. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P O X X O O X X O O X X O Note: X = Closed/O = Open.O.C. .O.C. O X T404 UXXX 1 N.1 N. .C. and yellow).O. 12 13 www.ab. Non-Illuminated 0 1 2 800 800 H – HP A 2 KB6 AXXX a c d e f KB6 AXXX e f b H – HP 31 a c1 b a d f Operator Type and Function Contact Block(s) Standard Knob Standard Description H Standard barrel length Code Operator Function HL Long barrel 2 Maintained 4 Spring return from left‡ 5 Spring return from right b Number of Positions Code Description HP 2-position 4 No contacts — DXXX 1 N. X O O X X O O X X O O X X O Description 2-Position HXXX 1 N. O X 17 Maintained EXXX 1 N. D587 22 T547 D682 23 T569 Code Operator Function 11 D713 24 T692 48 Key removal — left 12 D900 25 T752 13 D992 26 T178 14 D118 — — e Code Description KB6 Cam for maintained operators KL8 Cam for spring return operators 1 Each standard and knob lever operator is factory assembled with a white insert.com/catalogs O T382 10 10-164 X X PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Cam Option 11 O Contact Configuration 09 10 — Code Spring Return From Right 9 2 N. X O MXXX 2 N. Code T Series Key No. One insert of each color (blue. green. nos. key) 15 T112 Operator Function 03 D020 16 T115 31 Key removal — left 04 D025 17 T324 32 Key removal — right 05 D335 18 33 Key removal — both 06 D429 19 Spring Return From Left 07 D461 20 T171 Operator Function 08 D111 21 T484 Key removal — right‡ Code 42 AXXX 1 N.O.O. O X Spring return from left‡ 19 Spring return from right Metal Wing Lever Color Blank White Code Operator Function X Packet of colored inserts 11 Maintained 15 Spring return from left‡ 16 Spring return from right Color A Red Blank Grey c1 NXXX d1 Code D Series Key No. orange. are bold. 2 N. .Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection 2-Position Selector Switch Units. AAXX 2 N.C.C.C.O.C. FFXX 2 N.O. 2 N. if ordered in quantities of 10 or more. ‡ Target tables are reversed from those shown. factory assembled.1 N. Other colors are available. Blank D018 (std. red. X O FXXX 1 N. Optional Keys Key Removal Position Code 8 Blank Operator Function 18 Code Contact Configuration Knob Lever c Metal Wing Lever Colors 2-Position Code Code Knob Insert Colors1 Maintained 7 Description Code 6 (Cylinder Lock) Barrel Type Code 3 5 d1 (Knob/Wing Lever) Preferred availability cat. 2 N. No. no. No.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection 3-Position Selector Switch Units.‡ Cat. 800H-JP17KB7AXXX Operator Position Standard Knob Contact Type No Contacts 1 N. ⎯ ⎯ O X O O O X O X O O O O ⎯ X O X O X O Metal Wing Lever Operator Cat.‡ 800H-JP41KB7 800H-JP42KB7 800H-JP44KB7 S→M1 — 800H-JP50KB7 800H-JP51KB7 M←S 800H-HP5KL8DXXX 800H-JP38KB7 800H-JP73KB7 MM — 800H-JP631KB7 — M M M1 800H-JP41KB7AXXX 800H-JP42KB7AXXX 800H-JP44KB7AXXX M←S — 800H-JP50KB7AXXX 800H-JP51KB7AXXX M M←S 800H-JP69KB7AXXX 800H-JP38KB7AXXX 800H-JP73KB7AXXX S→M←S — 800H-JP631KB7AXXX — MMM No Contacts 1 N. nos. O O X X O O X X O Key Removal All1 Key Removal Left M = Maintained S = Spring Return 9 10 11 Note: X = Closed/O = Open 1 Key removable in maintained positions only.‡ MMM 800H-JP2KB7 800H-JP17KB7 800H-JP11KB7 S→M M 800H-JP4KB7 800H-JP18KB7 800H-JP15KB7 M M←S 800H-JP5KB7 800H-JP19KB7 800H-JP16KB7 S→M←S 800H-JP91KB7 800H-JP20KB7 800H-JP141KB7 MMM 800H-JP2KB7AXXX 800H-JP17KB7AXXX 800H-JP11KB7AXXX S→M M 800H-JP4KB7AXXX 800H-JP18KB7AXXX 800H-JP15KB7AXXX M M←S 800H-JP5KB7AXXX 800H-JP19KB7AXXX 800H-JP16KB7AXXX S→M←S 800H-JP91KB7AXXX 800H-JP20KB7AXXX 800H-JP141KB7AXXX MMM 800H-JP2KB7AAXX 800H-JP17KB7AAXX 800H-JP11KB7AAXX S→M M 800H-JP4KB7AAXX 800H-JP18KB7AAXX 800H-JP15KB7AAXX M M←S 800H-JP5KB7AAXX 800H-JP19KB7AAXX 800H-JP16KB7AAXX S→M←S 800H-JP91KB7AAXX 800H-JP20KB7AAXX 800H-JP141KB7AAXX 2 3 4 5 6 Note: X = Closed/O = Open 7 8 3-Position Cylinder Lock Operator Cat.C. No. No. ‡ For long barrel versions. 800HL-JP41KB7. 800H-JP11KB7AXXX Knob Lever Metal Wing Lever M = Maintained S = Spring Return Cat. 1 N. No. add an L to the cat. 2 N.‡ Cat. are bold.‡ Cat.‡ Cat.O. 12 13 www. No.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 1 N. Non-Illuminated 0 1 Standard Knob Operator Cat.O. Example: Cat.ab. 800H-JP2KB7AXXX Knob Lever Operator Cat. 800H-JP42KB7AXXX Operator Position Cylinder Lock Contact Type Key Removal Center Cat. No.C. No. No. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-165 .C.O. No. No. 800T-XA contact block per side. Two contact targets for a given cam as shown in the W (white side) column of Table 1 and 2 contact targets for the same cam AAXX as shown in the B (black side) column of Table 5. and yellow).) 9 Contact Block Suffix Code Contact Block Side White 10 Black White 11 Black Circuits Table 5. 800T-XA contact blocks per side.) AAAA 8 Four contact targets for a given cam as shown in the W (white side) column of Table 5 and 4 contact targets for the same cam as shown in the B (black side) column of Table 5. see page 10-164. One insert of each color (blue. orange.com/catalogs 10-166 Preferred availability cat. § Wing levers are not suitable with KE7 cam code. Blank D018 (standard key) Note: Refer to page 10-164 for additional key option codes. Code Description Blank No contacts AXXX Two contact targets for a given cam as shown in the W (white side) column of Table 5. nos. are bold. green.) KA1 KA7 KC1 KC7 KD7 KE7 KQ1 KQ7 KR1 KR7 KT1 KT7 KU7 A X O O X O O O O X O O X X O O O O X X O O X O X X O X X O X X O X O O X X O O X O O B O O X O X O O X O O X O O X O O X O O X X O X O O X O O X O O X O X O O O O X O X O A X O O X O O O O X O O X X O O X O O O O X O O X X O O O O X X O O O O X X O O O O X B O O X O X O O X O X O O O O X O X O X X O O X O O X O X X O O X X X X O O X X X X O A X O O X O O O O X O O X X O O O O X X O O X O X X O X X O X X O X O O X X O O X O O B O O X O X O O X O O X O O X O O X O O X X O X O O X O O X O O X O X O O O O X O X O A X O O X O O O O X O O X X O O X O O O O X O O X X O O O O X X O O O O X X O O O O X B O O X O X O O X O X O O O O X O X O X X O O X O O X O X X O O X X X X O O X X X X O Note: X = Closed/O = Open 1 Each standard and knob lever operator is factory assembled with a white insert. (Two Cat. (One Cat.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection 3-Position Selector Switch Units. Four contact blocks total. Two contact blocks total. factory assembled. Non-Illuminated 0 800 H – JP a 800 1 2 b c H – JP 41 a c1 b d e f KB7 AAXX e f d1 (Cylinder Lock) c1 d e Knob/Lever Type Operators Cam Option Code Description Operator Function KB7 Standard cam KB7 2 Maintained KA1 Cam KA1 4 Spring return from left KA7 Cam KA7 Right 5 Spring return from right 44 All 91 Spring return from both 45 Left and center 46 Right and left Code Right and center 17 Maintained Spring Return from Left 18 Spring return from left Description H Standard barrel length Code HL Long barrel Description JP 3-position Standard Knob Maintained Position Number of Positions Code Locking Position Code 41 Left 42 Center 43 47 Knob Insert Colors1 Color Code Contact Block Option Spring return from right Center 20 Spring return from both 50 52 Right X Packet of colored inserts 51 Right and center Metal Wing Lever Colors f Operator Function 19 White knob insert or cylinder lock operator Metal Wing Lever§ Spring Return from Right Code Operator Function 11 Maintained Code Color Code Locking Position 15 Spring return from left A Red 69 Left 16 Spring return from right Blank Grey 38 Center 141 Spring return from both 6 73 Left and center d1 Spring Return from Both Code Locking Position 631 Center Note: For additional Cam descriptions. No. Other colors available. 13 www. Cam and Contact Block Functionality Table Cam Codes KB7 (Std.ab. No. see Table 5. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . Knob Lever Locking Position Blank 5 (Knob/Wing Lever) Cylinder Lock Operators Code Code AAXX a c 4 KB7 Barrel Type b 3 2 Operator Type/Function‡ Standard Knob 7 Code Key No. if ordered in quantities of 10 or 12 more. red. ‡ For additional keys. Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection 4-Position Selector Switch Units. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-167 .C.O. No. No. — X O O O — O X O O — O O X O — O O O X Metal Wing Lever Operator Cat.‡ MMMM 800H-NP32KF4 800H-NP33KF4 800H-NP61KF4 S→M M M 800H-NP132KF4 800H-NP133KF4 800H-NP154KF4 M M M←S 800H-NP232KF4 800H-NP233KF4 800H-NP251KF4 MMMM 800H-NP32KF4AAXX 800H-NP33KF4AAXX 800H-NP61KF4AAXX S→M M M 800H-NP132KF4AAXX 800H-NP133KF4AAXX 800H-NP154KF4AAXX M M M←S 800H-NP232KF4AAXX 800H-NP233KF4AAXX 800H-NP251KF4AAXX Note: X = Closed/O = Open 1 Key removable in maintained positions only. no.‡ Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 800H-NP17KF4AAXX Operator Position Standard Knob Contact Type No Contacts 2 N.O. No. No. No. 800H-NP11KF4AAXX Knob Lever Metal Wing Lever M = Maintained S = Spring Return Cat. No. No. 800H-NP2KF4AAXX Knob Lever Operator Cat. 800H-NP32KF4AAXX Operator Position Cylinder Lock Contact Type No Contacts 2 N. Non-Illuminated 0 1 Standard Knob Operator Cat. No.‡ Cat. 2 N. — X O O O — O X O O — O O X O — O O O X Key Removal All1 M = Maintained S = Spring Return Key Removal Position 2 Key Removal Position 3 Cat. No. 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. No.‡ Cat.‡ Cat. 2 N. Example: Cat. nos.C. add an L to the cat. No. ‡ For long barrel versions.‡ MMMM 800H-NP2KF4 800H-NP17KF4 800H-NP11KF4 S→M M M 800H-NP3KF4 800H-NP29KF4 800H-NP13KF4 M M M←S 800H-NP9KF4 800H-NP30KF4 800H-NP14KF4 MMMM 800H-NP2KF4AAXX 800H-NP17KF4AAXX 800H-NP11KF4AAXX S→M M M 800H-NP3KF4AAXX 800H-NP29KF4AAXX 800H-NP13KF4AAXX M M M←S 800H-NP9KF4AAXX 800H-NP30KF4AAXX 800H-NP14KF4AAXX 2 3 4 Note: X = Closed/O = Open 5 6 7 Cylinder Lock Operator Cat. 800HL-NP32KF4.ab. are bold. com/catalogs 10-168 Preferred availability cat. factory assembled. No. 800T-XAV contact block per side. Replacement part number for standard D018 key is X-181170 ♣ Not available with wing lever operator. and 3 Cam Option Metal Wing Lever Colors Color A Red Blank Grey c1 Key Removal Position and Operator Function Code Operator Function 31 Key removal position 1 32 Key removal position 2 33 Key removal position 3 34 Key removal position 4 61 Key removal all positions Code Description d KF4 F cam (standard) Operator Function and Knob Type KG4 G cam Standard Knob Code Operator Function 2 Maintained 3 Spring return from position 1 to position 2 9 Spring return from position 4 to position 3 Operator Function 17 Maintained 29 Spring return from position 1 to position 2 30 Spring return from position 4 to position 3 ↑ AAAA FFFF ↓ ↑ AAXX FFXX ↓ White Black White Circuits Contact Block Suffix Code Contact Block Side A B A B A B A B KF4 X O O O X O O O O X O O O X O O O O O X O O O X KK4 K cam KM4 M cam KP4 P cam KH4 Overlapping cam X O X O X O X O Four contact targets for a given cam as shown in the W (white side) column of Table 1 and 4 contact targets for the same cam as shown in the B (black side) column of Table 1. One insert of each color (blue. (One Cat. see Publication 800T-2.8. nos. 800T-XA contact block per side. if ordered in quantities of 10 or 13 more. (One Cat. 3. www. Two contact blocks total) Contact Block Option Knob Lever Code AAAA d1 231 Code Description Four contact targets for a given cam as shown in the W (white side) column of Table 1 and 4 contact targets for the same cam as shown in the B (black side) column of Table 1. 800T-XAV contact blocks per side. are bold. 2. No. § Devices supplied with 2 keys. ‡ Overlapping cam. No. No. Other colors available. (Two Cat.ab. Selector Switch Cam Targets 11 (Cylinder Lock) c1 (cont’d) 9 10 (Knob/Wing Lever) Key Removal Position and Operator Function Maintained 8 AAXX a Code 6 7 KF4 Barrel Type c 4 2 X O O O X O O O O X O O O X O O O O O X O O O X O X X O O X X O O X O X O X O X X O O X X O O X X O X O X O X O X O O O X O O O O X O X O X O X O X O O O X O O KP4 O O X O O O X O O O O X O O O X O X O O O X O O O O X O O O X O KN4‡ X O X O X O X O O O O X O O O X X O O O X O O O O O X O O O X O Note: W = White B = Black.) FFFF f Code Description Blank No contacts Two contact targets for a given cam as shown in the W (white side) column of Table 1 and 2 contact targets for the same cam AAXX as shown in the B (black side) column of Table 1. 1 Each standard and knob lever operator is factory assembled with a white insert. Four contact blocks total. X = Closed/O = Open. orange. and yellow). and 4 Code Knob Insert Colors1 13 14 Spring return from position 4 to position 3 PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Code D Series Operator Function Blank White Key removal position 1 Code Description X Packet of colored inserts 232 Key removal position 2 Blank D018 (standard key) 233 Key removal position 3 e 251 Key removal positions 1. Non-Illuminated 0 800 H – NP a 1 2 3 800 b c H – NP 31 a c1 b 5 d e f KF4 AAXX e f d1 d (cont’d) f (cont’d) Operator Function and Knob Type Contact Block Option Spring Return From Position 1 to Position 2 Metal Wing Lever Description H Standard barrel length HL Long barrel Code Operator Function b 132 Key removal position 2 Number of Positions 133 Key removal position 3 Code Description 134 Key removal position 4 NP 4-position 154 Key removal positions 2. red. Four contact blocks total.) Optional Keys§ Code Black 12 Maintained Spring return from position 1 to position 2 Color Code Code Operator Function 11 Spring Return From Position 1 to Position 2 Table 1. For additional targets and overlapping cams. Two contact blocks total) Cam Description KK4♣ KM4♣ KG4 O O X O O O X O Description Two contact targets for a given cam as shown in the W (white side) column of Table 1 and 2 contact targets for the same cam FFXX as shown in the B (black side) column of Table 1. (Two Cat.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection 4-Position Selector Switch Units. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P O X O O O X O O . 800T-XA contact blocks per side. green. add an L to the cat. 800H-PP16M Type Push-to-Test Pilot Light Cat.O.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat./1 N. blue. are bold.§ 800H-QPN00 800H-QPB00XX — 800H-QP24M 800H-QPT24M 800H-LP24M 800H-QP10M 800H-QPT10M 800H-LP10M 800H-QPN25 800H-QPTN25 800H-LPN25 — — 800H-LPH24M — — 800H-LPH10M 800H-QPH2M 800H-QPTH2M — 800H-PP16M 800H-PPT16M — Multi-color kit 120V AC Incandescent Pilot Light Multi-color kit 120V AC. lamp.‡ Cat. § Pigtail length is 7 in. No. lens cap. 6 Typical Pilot Light Wiring Diagrams See applicable Codes and Laws. Push-to-Test Pilot Light Device Schematic Dual Input Diode Pilot Device Schematic NORMAL NORMAL TEST 5 7 COM TEST 8 Dual Input Pilot Light Typical Application Wiring Diagram TEST Dual Input Pilot Light Transformer Type Device Schematic NORMAL 9 10 TEST 11 12 13 www. green. no. 800H-PPT16M Lamp Type Pigtail Pilot Light Cat.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Pilot Light Units 0 1 Transformer Type Pilot Light Cat. nos. No. 800H-LP24M Lens Color1 Supply Voltage Operator only♣ Incandescent Full voltage No lamp Transformer Multi-color kit 0…250V AC/DC No lens 24V AC/DC LED Universal 24V AC/DC 120V AC/DC LED 12…130V AC/DC LED Push-to-Test Pigtail Cat. ♣ Operator only supplied without power module. 800HL-QPH2M ‡ Includes one standard Cat.C. red. or contact blocks. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-169 . No. No. No. No. No.) contact block. Cat. Example: Cat. 50/60 Hz Multi-color kit 800H-PPH16M 800H-PPTH16M — 2 3 4 1 Units ship with multi-color insert packet including amber. For long barrel versions. 800T-XA (1 N. and white. No.ab. green. 1 Multi-color insert packet includes amber. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P .ab. 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. Dual input diode only. red. and white Lamp test options is not available with pigtail. 50/60 Hz Power Module Type DT Dual input — transformer relay‡ 46 480V AC. ♣ LED illumination option is not available with diode type dual input lamp test options. 50/60 Hz 56 600V AC. 1 N. 50/60 Hz Code Description PP Transformer (or dual input) QP Full voltage/Universal Full Voltage — Incandescent d Illumination Option Code Description LP Pigtail — full voltage Blank Incandescent LPK Pigtail — full voltage (for dual push buttons) H LED♣ Code Description 24 24V AC/DC 10 120V AC/DC 20 240V AC/DC Universal — LED Code Description 2 12…130V AC/DC Dual Input Code 5 Description 16 120V AC 24 24V AC/DC Pigtail Code 6 7 Description 24 24V AC/DC 10 120V AC/DC 20 240V AC/DC Note: Push-to-test pilot light is supplied with a factory jumpered 800T-XA.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Pilot Light Units 0 800 1 2 3 4 H – PP T a c b d 16 M e f a c e f Barrel Type Lamp Test Options Voltage Lens Color Code Description Code Description Code Color H Standard barrel length Blank No test option Code Transformer Description Blank No lens with no contacts HL Long barrel M Multi-color1 T Push-to-test 16 120V AC.1 N. 50/60 Hz b D Dual input — diode‡ 26 240V AC.com/catalogs 10-170 Preferred availability cat. nos. ‡ Only available with power module type code PP.C contact block.O . are bold. blue. Inc. factory-assembled stations can be ordered by following the instructions listed on this page. No. These 2. When two components are installed in one cover. installed to the left or above STOP push buttons. meets Class I. c. 2. F & G. To select components for field assembly. Groups C & D. 4. Divisions 1 & 2. are bold. These stations are listed by Underwriters Laboratories. 6. One level of contact blocks is maximum in a shallow base or deep base when used with a sealing well. Contact blocks of each operator must face each other. 3 3. No. One level of contact blocks is maximum in a shallow base or deep base when used with a sealing well. contact blocks are restricted to one side of the operator. follow the instructions for ordering a custom-built station. These enclosures meet the requirements of Class I. When two components are installed in one cover. 4-position selector switches. a deep enclosure is required. Class II. 2 Instructions for Ordering Custom-Built Stations 1. illuminated push buttons. Division 1 & 2. factory-assembled stations listed on page 10-154. and all operators with two contact blocks fastened along side one another or with a power module and contact block along side one another must be installed in a single hole cover. 2. START push buttons should be green or black flush. if required. Dual push button units may only be installed in a single hole cover or the specially designed two hole cover (Cat. Bulletin 800H Type 7 & 9 components are designed for these modular enclosures and are UL Listed for this purpose. Contact blocks. which can accommodate the dual push button and the special pigtail pilot light (Cat. 3. pushpull units. select covers from page 10-172 and go to Step 3). Factory-assembled stations may be ordered in three ways: Standard. from pages page 10-175…10-179). listed when properly assembled. all operators with two contact blocks fastened along side one another or with a power module and contact block along side one another must be installed in a single hole cover.ab. Station Design Guidelines (Also see Applicable Codes and Standards) 1. Select legend plates from page 10-181…10-182 (and accessories. a. No. for Class I. 4. Pilot lights should be installed in the first position (top or left side) of each unit when required.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 800H-NP33). 1 Flange width is designed to comply with Underwriters Laboratories standards to enclosures with an internal free volume of up to 300 cubic inches (a maximum 8-gang assembly). include a rough sketch. e. 800H-NP33). may be mounted two deep in other bases. No. b. 800H-IHZX7. In addition the single gang shallow base. Select covers based on mounting requirements on page 10-172. except sealed switch type. Inc. 800H-LPK10R). Group B requirements as defined in the National Electrical Code. which can accommodate the dual push button and the special pigtail pilot light (Cat. Select an assembled base from page 10-173 in accordance with the number of covers selected in Step 2. Class II. Groups E. illuminated push buttons. Eight-gang maximum1. If a particular sequence of operators or mounting orientation (vertical versus horizontal) is required. Contact blocks. or bases with covers are Underwriters Laboratories. push-to-pull units. Divisions 1 & 2. (If lever type. 0 1 Note: Components may be assembled as multi-gang units up to an eight-gang maximum1. and Class III hazardous locations as defined in the National Electrical Code. Custom. may be mounted two deep in other bases. Cat. 4 5. Dual push button units may only be installed in a single-hole cover or the specially designed two-hole cover (Cat. Groups C & D Hazardous Gases or Vapors. These separate bases. installed to the right or below START push button. Factory-Assembled Stations Bulletin 800H Type 7 & 9 control stations are designed to meet the requirements of the National Electrical Code.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Ordering Information Ordering Information for Stations Stations Components for Field Assembled Stations Bulletin 800H Type 7 & 9 stations are available as factory assembled or as components for field assembly. STOP push buttons should be installed in the last position (bottom or right) of each unit when required. 800H-LPK10R). F & G Hazardous Dust and Class III Hazardous Fiber Locations. Select operators required from page 10-154. except sealed switch type. EMERGENCY STOP push buttons should be a red mushroom. Divisions 1 & 2. covers. nos. Contact blocks of each operator must face each other. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-171 11 12 13 . 5 6 7 8 9 10 Design Guideline #1 Design Guideline #2 Design Guideline #3 Design Guideline #4 Push-to-test pilot lights.and 3-gang modules may be assembled into the multi-gang stations by installing a coupler kit between the enclosures. d. If sealed switch contact blocks or a sealing well are used. STOP push buttons should be red extended. 4-position selector switches. Push-to-test pilot lights. Groups E. contact blocks are restricted to one side of the operator. www. 5. No. 800H-Y140J green and red split-field) and (Cat. add suffix X to the cat. No. § This special two-hole cover can accommodate the pigtail pilot light (Bulletin 800H-LPK10 series). No. To order without legend plate. Lever Type Actuator 0 Note: Lever type covers are furnished without contact blocks. 4 Covers. 800H-NP32 Cat. 800H-NP33 One-hole covers use a jumbo legend plate only. No. Legend plates (Cat. No. no. are the only legend plates suitable for use with this cover. No. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . 800H-NP31 Cat.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Covers. No. No. 800H-Y141J grey full field). No.ab. 800H-NP15 Cat. are bold. Component Type Button 5 6 7 Blank One Hole Two Hole‡ Two Hole Special§ Cat. the dual push button or any non-illuminated unit. full lever momentary and maintained is a START-STOP. 800H-NP14 Cat. 800H-NP16 Cat. nos. 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. 800H-NP30 Cat. 1 Half Lever 2 3 Double Lever Momentary Half Lever Double Lever Momentary Double Lever Maintained Double Lever Momentary/Maintained1 Cat.com/catalogs 10-172 Preferred availability cat. 800H-NP34 1 A normally open circuit configuration is recommended for use behind this momentary lever and a late break normally closed circuit configuration is required for use behind the maintained lever to achieve proper functioning of the device. No. Legend plate for half lever is STOP. No. ‡ Two-hole covers use a standard legend plate only. No. Feed Through Cat. No. 800H-4HVX7 8 9 10 11 6-Gang Conduit Entry 1 in. Special Conduit Entries — For conduit entries not listed.ab. Dead End — 800H-1HVX7M2 800H-2HHX7 1 in. Deep base can accommodate sealing well. 800H-6HVX7 8-Gang Cat. are bold. Feed Through — 800H-1HVX7M1 — 1 in. 13 www. 0 1 1-Gang Shallow1 Conduit Entry Cat. No. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-173 . sealed switched contact blocks.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Assembled Bases (for Field Assembly and Custom Stations) Enclosure Covers — See enclosure cover tables for a complete listing of covers for these bases. No. — 3/4 in. consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor. sealed switch contact blocks. 800H-8HVX7 12 1 Shallow base cannot accommodate sealing well.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 800H-3HYX7 Cat. Dead End 800H-1HZX7 800H-1HVX7 3/4 in. 800H-2HYX7 Cat. Shallow base rated for Group B. No. Feed Through — 800H-1HVX7M3 — 2 3 4 5 6 Conduit Entry 1 in. No. nos. No. or up to 2 deep standard contact blocks. or stacked contact blocks. 1-Gang Deep 2-Gang Horizontal Cat. Feed Through 7 2-Gang Vertical 3-Gang Vertical 4-Gang Cat. No. Cat. 800H-NP44B 1-Cat. 800H-NP11) to close unused conduit openings. No. No. ‡ 1 in. are bold. nos. No. ‡ ‡ ‡ ‡ ‡ 9 10 11 12 ‡ 13 1 When coupling modular enclosures together. Dead End 800H-NP43A 800H-NP44A 800H-NP46A 1 in. 800H-NP45 1-Cat.com/catalogs 10-174 Preferred availability cat. No. Feed Through 800H-NP40C 800H-NP41C ⎯ 1 in. Cat. Cat. conduit through-feed (all gangs). No. Feed Through 800H-NP40D 800H-NP41D 3/4 in. Dead End 800H-NP43B 800H-NP44B ⎯ — 800H-NP46B None ⎯ ⎯ 800H-NP45 ⎯ Example: 7-gang base with 1 in. 3/4 in. No.ab. No. plugs (Cat. www. 800H-NP43B 1-Cat. Cat. through-feed conduit consists of: 3-Cat. No. 800H-NP46B 6-Cat. No. No. No. 3/4 in. 800H-NP42B 1-Cat. 800H-NP7 Plus up to four 1 in. Dead End ⎯ ⎯ 800H-NP42B 3 4 5 6 7 8 Conduit Sizes Cat. No. Caution: Do not assemble more than eight enclosure gangs together. No.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Bases for Multi-Gang Stations 0 1 2 Conduit Sizes Cat. to avoid exceeding the internal volume for which the flame path of these enclosures is designed. 800H-NP7) is required between enclosures. Dead End ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 800H-NP42A 1 in. No. Cat. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . Cat. a coupler kit (Cat. No. 1 N. . Cat. No.1 N.C. Sealed switch contact blocks are limited to two blocks per unit maximum.M. Cat.C.C. . Specify Bulletin 800TC for finger-safe contact blocks.O. 800T-XA2 — — 2 N. No. No. All necessary mounting hardware is provided with each contact block kit. Cat. 800T-XD4 — 800T-XD4V 1 N.L.1 N. 800T-XD1R 800T-XD1P 800T-XD1Y 1 N. are bold. 800T-XA4 — — 1 N. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Block1‡ Cat. No. 800T-XA7 — — 3 4 5 1 To determine if a conduit seal-off is necessary. No.C.C. 6 7 Logic Reed Block Sealed Switch Block Stackable Sealed Switch Block Logic Reed Block§ Sealed Switch Block§ Stackable Sealed Switch Block§ Contact Type Cat.N. 10 11 12 13 www. No. ‡ Contact blocks with normally closed contacts meet direct drive positive opening standard requirements. 800T-XA2R — 800T-XA2Y 2 N. 800T-XD2 800T-XD6 800T-XD2V 1 N.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories Modifications and Accessories Contact Blocks♣ Packaged in kit form for field installation. 800TC-XA. ♣ Refer to 800T/H section. 1 N.B.C.O. 1 2 Shallow Block Mini Block PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Contact Block Shallow Block1‡ Mini Block1‡ Contact Type Cat.C. 800T-XD1 800T-XD5 800T-XD1V 1 N. see page 10-179 for sealing well information.O. 800T-XAR 800T-XAP 800T-XAY 2 N.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Example: Cat.B. .ab.1 N.L.O. Contact ratings are listed on page 10-153. nos.C.C. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-175 . 800T-XA4R — 800T-XA4Y 8 9 § To determine if a conduit seal-off is necessary. 0 Note: It is not recommended to mount more than four contact blocks on any one unit (maximum two blocks deep).O.E. No.L. see page 10-179 for sealing well information.C. .O. 800T-XD2R 800T-XD2P 800T-XD2Y 1 N. 800T-XA1 — — 1 N. 800T-XA — 800T-XAV 2 N. page 10-35.B. 800T-XD3 — 800T-XD3V 1 N.O.O. for additional contact blocks and accessories. Plastic not available in natural color. 12 13 www. 800H-131F Wing Lever Cat. 800H-N138 Dual Push Button Cat. No. No. Refer to color insert kits on page 10-179. 800H-N105M Color Multi-color kit Illuminated Push Button Cat. 800T-N123). No. No. 800T-N248R becomes Cat. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . No. No. Cat. No. No. No. 800H-NP52A Push-Pull Jumbo (Metal) Color Cat. 800H-NP50M Pilot Light Push-to-Test Pilot Light Illuminated Push Button Illuminated Push-Pull Cat. Red 800T-N246R 800T-N248R 800H-NP51A 800H-NP52A Green 800T-N246G 800T-N248G 800H-NP51B 800H-NP52B Blue 800T-N246BL 800T-N248BL 800H-NP51C 800H-NP52C Yellow 800T-N246Y 800T-N248Y 800H-NP51E 800H-NP52E Black 800T-N246B 800T-N248B 800H-NP51H 800H-NP52H Grey 800T-N246GR 800T-N248GR 800H-NP51G — Natural — 800T-N248 — — 1 To order plastic jumbo mushroom caps. No. 800H-N105M Cat. No. Cat. 800H-N104M Push-to-Test Pilot Light Cat. No. No.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories 0 1 2 Modifications and Accessories. 800H-N130F Knob Lever Cat. 7 Replacement Knobs and Dual Push Button Assembly 8 9 10 11 Standard Knob Cat. 800H-N106M Illuminated Push-Pull Cat. 800H-NP39 Standard Knob Knob Lever Wing Lever Dual Push Button Color Cat. No. No. replace 248 with 247. Cat. 800H-NP51C Momentary Mushroom — Jumbo (Metal) 1 Push-Pull Standard (Metal) Push-Pull — Jumbo (Metal) Cat. No. Example: Cat. 800H-N106M Cat. 800T-N247R. No. No. ‡ Kit includes knob and packet of inserts (Cat. nos. 800T-N248R Momentary Mushroom — Standard (Plastic) Push-Pull — Standard (Metal) Cat. No. No. No. 800H-N104M Cat.com/catalogs 10-176 Preferred availability cat. 800H-NP50M Replacement Color Caps (Non-Illuminated) 3 Momentary Mushroom —Standard (Plastic) Cat. No. No. No. No. No. 800T-N246R 4 5 6 Momentary Mushroom —Jumbo (Metal) Cat.ab. are bold. Cat. Cat. White 800H-N130F 800H-N131F — — Kit (Complete)‡ 800H-N130 800H-N131 — — Grey — — 800H-N138 — Red — — 800H-N138A — Green Red — — — 800H-NP39 Standard finish is grey. Continued Replacement Color Caps (Illuminated) Pilot Light Cat. Cat. No. No.ab. Material application information shown below. Protective ring for Bul. No. Cat. Pilot Lights and Push-to-Test Extra Long Guard (1 in. are bold. No. No. No. 800H-NP40J Protective Ring for Push-Pull Devices Description Type Cat. 800H 2-position non-illuminated push-pull operators. 800H-N5A Material Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene‡ Insert Material Silicone ‡ Urethane ‡ Ethylene Propylene ‡ Boot Color Cat. No. No. Cat. No.com/catalogs 13 Preferred availability cat. No. For standard size button 800H-NP40 For jumbo size button 800H-NP40J www. Adapters Push Button Type Cat. 800H-NP12 Push Buttons. Cat. 800H/HL Type 7&9 operators. 800H-NP40 12 Jumbo Protective Ring for 2-Position Push-Pull Cat. Cat. 800H-NP5 6 Booted Knob Lever Selector Switch Cat. No. Includes color insert kit. see the table below. 800H-NP12 Protective Rings 10 11 Protective Ring for 2-Position Push-Pull Cat. No. No. § Series B boots incorporate a stainless steel insert as standard. No. Cat.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories Modifications and Accessories. To order boots with silicone. 800H-NP13 Cat. No. Cat. No. urethane. 800H-NP13 Cat. No. Push Button Guards and Mushroom Push Button Guards 9 Cat. No. No. No. order one adapter and one boot per operator. Available for standard size button (40 mm) or for jumbo button (60 mm). 800H-NP19 Cat. 2 Cat. 800H-NP9 Cat. 800H-NP9 Cat. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-177 . 800H-NPE5 Boot Material1 Switch Type Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene Silicone Urethane Ethylene Propylene Cat. Red 800H-N5A 800H-N101R 800H-N100R 800H-N103R Green 800H-N5B 800H-N101G 800H-N100G 800H-N103G Black 800H-N5H 800H-N101B 800H-N100B 800H-N103B Yellow 800H-N5E 800H-N101Y 800H-N100Y — Blue 800H-N5C 800H-N101BL 800H-N100BL — Stainless steel§ 3 4 May be added to flush or extended head push button units to protect against foreign materials reaching the opening between the button and the locking ring. 5 Booted Knobs Booted Standard Knob Selector Switch Cat. No. or ethylene propylene material.) for Push Button Mushroom Jumbo Mushroom Cat. Standard Knob Selector Switch 800H-NP5 800H-NP101 800H-NP100 800H-NP103 Knob Lever Selector Switch 800H-NPE5 800H-NPE101 800H-NPE100 800H-NPE103 7 8 1 Dots printed on the inside of the boot identify the boot material. Flush head 800H-NPAF Extended head 800H-NPAE 1 Boots Boots supplied with control stations and components are made of a chlorosulfonated polyethylene material with stainless steel insert ring. ‡ Dots printed on the inside of the boot identify the boot material. No. Continued Boots—Non-Illuminated Momentary Contact Push Buttons Units 0 Note: For Bul. 800H-NP19 Cat. nos. No. No. Often used to avoid unintentional tripping of E-stop operators. 800H-NP17 7 8 Cat. nos. 800H-NP2 (Padlock not included) 9 10 Cat. Push Button Padlocking Attachments This device permits locking in the depressed position on extended head push button units only. Description Coupler Used for both horizontal and vertical assembly. 800H-NP7 Description 2 Closing Plug Whenever an enclosure with more than the required number of openings is used. No. For Cover Hole 800H-NP1 For Base Coupler Hole 800H-NP3 Size Cat. No. No. 800H-NP2 Dual Push Button Extended Head Padlocking Attachments This device permits locking for dual push button — extended head units only.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories 0 General Accessories Plugs Cat. 3 Cat. 800H-NP10 (Operators not included) Type Cat. No. 800H-NP10 1 in. 800H-NP1 (Operators not included) Description 4 Conduit Entry Plug This plug can be used to plug unused conduit openings in Type 7 and 9 bases. Includes synthetic O-ring washer.com/catalogs 10-178 Preferred availability cat. 800H-NP11 6 Locking Attachments Description Cat. this plug can be used to close the unused openings. No. 800H-NP17 (Padlock not included) 11 12 13 www. 1 800H-NP7 Cat. No. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . 3/4 in.ab. are bold. No. 5 Cat. No. No. When using a sealing well with integral Flange Seal. They are used with the Allen-Bradley enclosures listed on page 10-154 for outdoor applications. Cat. An approved drain (see listing) is required for condensation when using this option (refer to National Electrical Code). Cat. They reduce costs usually necessary with other conduit seal fittings for most installations (subject to applicable codes and laws) while maintaining Type 7 and 9 Without Integral integrity. Type 7 flange seal for Type 3 outdoor applications. push-pull. 800H-NP4 (Padlock not included) Description Cat. 800H-W174L. 800H-NP20 No. specify Cat. No. but not for potentiometer units. No. an and 9 approved drain fitting must be provided. 800H-NP23R 3 4 5 Style Cat. and 9 having 1 in. conduit entries. 800H-NP21 Description Color Insert Kit These color insert kits are used with illuminated push buttons. 7. Conduit Opening 800H-NP22 Type 4 Sealing Nut 800H-N479 8 Type 4 Sealing Kit 800H-N479F 9 Color Cat. Conduit Opening 800H-NP21 Drain for 1 in. 800H-NPRD91 Cat. nos. 6 Red 800H-NP23R Green 800H-NP23G Amber 800H-NP23A Blue 800H-NP23B White 800H-NP23W One of each color 800H-NP23 7 10 11 12 13 www. of Wires Type 3 Flange Seal This seal provides a Type 3 rating while maintaining Type 7 and 9 integrity. No. Note: Push-pull units will only lock in the depressed position. 0 Padlocking Cover Padlocking cover is used for Type 7 and 9 selector switches. Flange Seal 800H-NP20 Drain for 3/4 in. No. No. No. 800H-NP4 1 2 Miscellaneous Description Cat. pilot lights. To order legend plate only. are bold. non-illuminated push buttons (except mushrooms) and non-illuminated 2-position push-pull units. Sealing kit is comprised of flange seal and sealing nut. No. Continued Locking Attachments Cat. use sealing nuts to seal the push button operators in addition to using the flange seal. No.) Description Cat. No. No.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories General Accessories. and pushto-test push buttons (order quantity of 1 to receive kit of 5 inserts). 800H-NPD93 Style Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-179 . A pre-marked legend plate entitled OPEN COVER TO OPERATE (front view) and PULL-TOSTART-PUSH-TO-STOP (rear view) is available. Type 3. Padlocking cover includes blank legend plate for customer marking. No.ab. 2 800H-NPRD90 4 800H-NPRD91 6 800H-NPRD92 8 800H-NPRD93 2 800H-NPD90 4 800H-NPD91 6 800H-NPD92 8 800H-NPD93 Sealing Well with or without Integral Type 3 With Integral Flange Flange Seal These sealing wells can only be used with bases Seal. For a Type 4 rating. (Refer to National Electrical Code. Typical 800T-N319Fx ♣ In full voltage applications. Legacy LED Lamps♣ Lamp Type LED 7 Current. 16. Green. replace the x with the first letter of the desired color: Amber. 56.3 mA/6 mA 120V AC — 10 800T-N320x 4. 6. The first mA value is for a green or blue LED and the second mA value is for a red or amber LED.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories 0 1 Replacement Lamps Pilot Lights. 10 11 12 13 www. No. 800TC-N374 which has an input voltage rating of 12 …130V AC/DC. 20 609-N9 Type Current. 11 1 800T-N169 Flashing 150 mA 6V AC/DC 267 6 1 800T-N212 57 mA 24V AC/DC 24 MB 24 1 800T-N180 21 mA 120V AC 90 MB 16 1 800T-N261 — 2 mA 120V AC/DC B2A 10. are bold. no. 56. Illuminated Push-Pull/Twist to Release. 6. 16. or White. ® Typical current draw varies with LED color. 24V. All LEDs except 120V have an internal shunt resistor for use with solid-state outputs. ‡ Typical current consumption values indicated are relative to the input of the power module. To complete the cat. 46. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . Typical® Lamp Voltage Leakage Current Catalog Voltage Code Cat. 56 800T-N377x 800T-N65 800T-N141 1 Item is sold in multiples of 5. Illuminated Push-Pull. 76 800T-N318x Flashing 18 mA 24V AC/DC — N/A Full Voltage 8 9 Catalog Voltage Code Neon Lamp 5 ANSI No. No. 26. 36. and Illuminated Selector Switches Lamp Type Incandescent Full Voltage Transformer LED‡ 4 6 Cat. To complete the cat. Typical Lamp Voltage Leakage Current Code Cat. Red. 26. nos. § Lamp is intended for use with power module Cat. Red. Universal 13 mA @ 24V DC 8. No. 13 mA/22 mA 12V AC/DC 3 mA 12 800T-N362x 20 mA/21 mA 24V AC/DC 3 mA 24 800T-N319x 12 mA/17 mA 32V AC/DC 3 mA 32 800T-N363x 9 mA/14 mA 48V AC/DC 3 mA 48 800T-N364x 3. Blue. these lamps are intended to be used with power module Cat. no. Illuminated Push Buttons.3V AC Dual Input Diode 3 Lamp Voltage 150 mA/250 mA Full Voltage 2 Current. Order quantity of 5 to receive package of 5 pieces. White LEDs only available in 6V.2 mA 130V AC/DC 3 mA 13 800T-N321x Full voltage 50 mA 6V AC 14 mA 6. 26. and 130V. No. Flashing rate is 2 Hz.com/catalogs 10-180 Preferred availability cat. or White.ab. No. 46.5 mA @ 120V AC‡ 3V§ 3 mA 2 800T-N376x Transformer 60 6V 14 mA 16. 1 76 755/1866 80 mA 14V AC/DC 756 12 1 70 mA 24V AC/DC 757 24 1 800T-N157 50 mA 48V AC/DC 1835 48 1 800T-N365 Full Voltage Resistor 22 mA 120V AC/DC 949 10. 46. replace the x with the first letter of the desired color: Green.5 mA/6. LEDs will not illuminate below listed leakage current. 800T-N330. 36. 120V. No. HAND AUTO 800H-Y228 OPEN CLOSE 800H-Y205 JOG RUN 800H-Y227 RUN STOP (Red) 800H-Y226 JOG STOP (Red) 800H-Y206 START STOP (Red) 800H-Y200 ON OFF 800H-Y225 — — 11 12 13 www.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories Legend Plates 0 Blank Legend Plates Lever Style Standard Size Use 1 lever style legend with each lever type cover (Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. are bold. No. 800H-NP30) Use 1 special jumbo legend with each special 2 hole cover (Cat. No. 800H-NP30) Use 1 special jumbo legend with each special 2 hole cover (Cat. -NP15. Upper/Lower Cat. No. Cat. No. 800H-NP31) Use 1 jumbo size legend with each standard 1 hole cover (Cat. No. Add the letter H after the Y in the cat. 9 Lever Style Legend Plates with Standard Markings 10 Legend Marking Upper/Lower Legend Marking Cat. -NP15.ab. Nos. No. No. No. -NP16 or -NP34) Use 2 standard size legends with each standard 2 hole cover (Cat. No. No. 800H-NP33) Ex: Dual Push Button/ Pigtail Pilot Light Legend Plate Color Cat. Cat. Cat. No. 800H-Y141JE Red — 1 800H-Y121E 1 800H-Y121JE — Green — 1 800H-Y136E 1 800H-Y136JE — Yellow — 800H-Y700E 800H-Y700JE — — Top Grey — Bottom Grey 1 800H-Y222E — — Top Grey — Bottom Red 1 800H-Y223E — — — — Left Green — Right Red — Grey with Potentiometer Graduations — 1 800H-Y109E 1 6 Cat. 800H-Y59E 1 800H-Y59JE Cat. No. 800H-NP31) Jumbo Size Special Jumbo Size Use 1 jumbo size legend with each standard 1 hole cover (Cat. Grey — 800H-Y59 800H-Y59J 800H-Y141J Red — 800H-Y121 800H-Y121J — Green — 800H-Y136 800H-Y136J — Yellow — 800H-Y700 800H-Y700J — Top Grey — Bottom Grey 800H-Y222 — — — Top Grey — Bottom Red 800H-Y223 — — — Left Green — Right Red — — — 800H-Y140J Grey with Potentiometer Graduations — 800H-Y109 800H-Y109J — 1 2 3 4 Custom Legend Plates Lever Style Standard Size Jumbo Size Special Jumbo Size Use 1 lever style legend with each lever type cover (Cat. 1 5 7 — 1 800H-Y140JE 800H-Y109JE — 8 1 Horizontally mounted engraved legend plates (with standard or custom marking) are available. nos. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-181 . No. 800H-Y222E becomes 800H-YH222E. No. 800H-NP14. Nos. No. 800H-NP14. no. -NP16 or -NP34) Use 2 standard size legends with each standard 2 hole cover (Cat. Grey — 1 Cat. No. 800H-NP33) Ex: Dual Push Button/ Pigtail Pilot Light Legend Plate Color Cat. Example: Cat. -REV. Cat. AUTO-OFF-HAND 800H-Y1 800H-Y1J ON 800H-Y30 800H-Y30J AUTO-MAN-HAND 800H-Y125 800H-Y125J OPEN 800H-Y31 800H-Y31J CLOSE 800H-Y2 800H-Y2J OPEN-CLOSE 800H-Y32 800H-Y32J CYCLE START 800H-Y62 800H-Y62J OPEN-OFF-CLOSE 800H-Y33 800H-Y33J DOWN 800H-Y3 800H-Y3J OUT 800H-Y34 — EMERG.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories 0 Legend Plates.com/catalogs 10-182 Preferred availability cat. No. are bold. Legend Marking Cat. Cat. nos. STOP (Red) 800H-Y4 800H-Y4J PUSH TO STOP-PULL TO START 800H-Y118 800H-Y118J 2 3 4 5 8 9 Jumbo Size FAST 800H-Y5 800H-Y5J POWER ON 800H-Y139 800H-Y139J FEED START 800H-Y66 800H-Y66J RAISE 800H-Y35 800H-Y35J FEED STOP 800H-Y67 800H-Y67J RAISE-LOWER 800H-Y36 800H-Y36J FOR.-OFF-REV.ab. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . No. No. Continued Legend Plates with Standard Markings 1 Standard Size Jumbo Size Legend Marking Cat. 10 11 12 13 www. No. 800H-Y7 800H-Y7J RESET 800H-Y38 800H-Y38J FORWARD 800H-Y8 800H-Y8J REVERSE 800H-Y39 800H-Y39J FOURTH SPEED 800H-Y124 800H-Y124J RUN 800H-Y40 800H-Y40J FULL SPEED 800H-Y9 800H-Y9J RUN-INCH 800H-Y134 800H-Y134J HAND-AUTO 800H-Y10 800H-Y10J RUN-JOG 800H-Y41 800H-Y41J HAND-OFF-AUTO 800H-Y11 800H-Y11J SAFE-RUN 800H-Y42 800H-Y42J HIGH 800H-Y12 800H-Y12J SECOND SPEED 800H-Y43 800H-Y43J HIGH-LOW 800H-Y13 800H-Y13J SLOW 800H-Y44 800H-Y44J HIGH-OFF-LOW 800H-Y14 800H-Y14J SLOW-FAST 800H-Y45 800H-Y45J IN 800H-Y15 800H-Y15J SLOW-OFF-FAST 800H-Y46 800H-Y46J INCH 800H-Y16 800H-Y16J SPEED1 800H-Y108 800H-Y108J 6 7 Standard Size JOG 800H-Y17 800H-Y17J START (Green) 800H-Y47 800H-Y47J JOG FORWARD 800H-Y18 800H-Y18J START-JOG 800H-Y48 800H-Y48J JOG REVERSE 800H-Y19 800H-Y19J START-STOP 800H-Y49 800H-Y49J JOG-RUN 800H-Y20 800H-Y20J STOP (Red) 800H-Y50 800H-Y50J JOG-SAFE-RUN 800H-Y22 800H-Y22J STOP-START 800H-Y51 800H-Y51J JOG-STOP-RUN 800H-Y21 800H-Y21J SUMMER-OFF-WINTER 800H-Y53 800H-Y53J LEFT-RIGHT 800H-Y23 800H-Y23J SUMMER-WINTER 800H-Y52 800H-Y52J LOW 800H-Y24 800H-Y24J TEST 800H-Y54 800H-Y54J LOW SPEED 800H-Y25 THIRD SPEED 800H-Y55 LOWER 800H-Y26 ⎯ 800H-Y26J UP 800H-Y56 ⎯ 800H-Y56J OFF 800H-Y27 800H-Y27J UP-DOWN 800H-Y57 800H-Y57J OFF-COOLANT-ON 800H-Y28 800H-Y28J UP-OFF-DOWN 800H-Y58 800H-Y58J OFF-ON 800H-Y29 800H-Y29J ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1 Graduated potentiometer type. 800H-Y6 800H-Y6J RAISE-OFF-LOWER 800H-Y37 800H-Y37J FOR. max.. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.14 NPSM. [oz (kg)] Standard Barrel 3-5/16 (84. Panel Thickness Requirements Standard Barrel [devices will fit panels up to 1 in. nos.ab. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-183 ..37) 10 11 12 13 www.1 1 External thread major diameter: 1. . 0. When control units are mounted so that the contact block terminals do not face each other. Minimum spacing without legend plate: When units are mounted so that the contact block terminals face each other. the 1-27/32 in. min.034 in. Sketch illustrates the minimum distance between center lines when mounting Bulletin 800H units with legend plates either side by side or one above the other in non Allen-Bradley enclosures.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights Dimensions in inches (millimeters).4 mm)] 4 5 Long Barrel [devices will fit panels up to 2-1/2 in. Internal thread minor diameter: 0. A B C Ship. Wt. (25. the 2-1/4 in. (46.7) 10-3/8 (0.024 in.1) 4-3/16 (106. 1. (63. Standard Legend Plate (used with two-hole cover) ✴ 0 Jumbo Legend Plate (used with one-hole cover) ✴ Ø Ø 1 2 3 Note: Mounting hole requirements for components — 3/4 in.8 mm) dimension can be used.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.30) Long Barrel 4-19/32 (116.2) 13 (0. 8 Push Buttons Dual Head 9 Dim.5 mm)] 6 Maximum Maximum 7 ✴ When mounting in a panel thicker than 2-1/8 in. (54 mm) locking bracket not required.2 mm) dimension must be used in order to get proper electrical clearance.7) 5-15/32 (138. (57. min. ‡ This dimension for push buttons only. are bold. max.9) 5-23/32 (145.958 in.4) 4-7/16 (112.970 in. Wt.2) 6-1/8 (155. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.31) 5 (127) 5-7/8 (149.6) 15 (0. (103 mm). Push Buttons Mushroom Head Push Button with Extra Long Guard 1 Ø Ø Ø 2 Flush Head Extended Head 3 Ø Ø 4 Standard Barrel 5 Long Barrel Ship. When using sealed switch contact block. (103 mm).2 mm).30) 5 (127) Cylinder Lock 3-3/16 (81) 4-1/8 (105) 4-3/8 (111) 11-1/4 (0. [oz (kg)] 5-7/8 (149. nos.42) 6-1/8 (155.6) 14-5/16 (0.ab.6) 16 (0. 6 Selector Switches Standard Operator Knob Lever Operator 7 Ø 8 Wing Lever Operator Cylinder Lock Operator 9 Ø 10 Standard Barrel 11 12 Long Barrel Ship.38) Extra Long Guard 3-3/16 (81) 4-1/8 (105) 4-3/8 (111) 10-7/8 (0.6) 14-3/8 (0. [oz (kg)] Type A1 B C Mushroom. this dimension is 5-7/8 in. Continued 0 Dimensions in inches (millimeters). this dimension is 4-1/16 in.2) 6-1/8 (155.40) C 1 When using sealed switch contact block. Wt.27) 5 (127) Wing Lever 3-3/16 (81) 4-1/8 (105) 4-3/8 (111) 10-1/2 (0. [oz (kg)] A B Ship. this dimension is 5-7/8 in.2 mm). are bold.41) 5-7/8 (149. 13 www.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights.45) A Type A1 B C Standard and Knob Lever 3-3/16 (81) 4-1/8 (105) 4-3/8 (111) 9-1/2 (0.28) 5 (127) 5-7/8 (149. When using sealed switch contact block. (149.2) 6-1/8 (155.32) 5 (127) 5-7/8 (149.2) B 1 When using sealed switch contact block.2) 6-1/8 (155.6) 13-5/16 (0. Wt. (149. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . Flush and Extended Head 3-3/16 (81) 4-1/8 (105) 4-3/8 (111) 9-7/8 (0.com/catalogs 10-184 Preferred availability cat. [oz (kg)] C Ship. Wt. this dimension is 4-1/16 in. 7) 1-31/32 (50) 14-3/4 (0.5) ⎯ 11-1/8 (0.6) 5-13/16 (147.2) 3-29/32 (99) 4-1/8 (105) 14 (0. Continued Dimensions in inches (millimeters).3) 5-13/32 (137) 5-21/32 (143. Push-to-Test Pilot Lights Style A1 B C Standard Barrel 3-5/32 (80. [oz (kg)] Push-Pull Units Non-Illuminated 4 5 Illuminated 6 Ø Note: Jumbo Head 7 8 Push-Pull Units Description Illuminated Transformer Type Illuminated Full Voltage Type Non-Illuminated Push-Pull Units Ship.6) 6-1/16 (154) 13-7/16 (0.33) Long Barrel 4-17/32 (115.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights.1) 5-13/32 (137) 5-21/32 (143.33) Long Barrel 4-15/16 (125.5) 4-9/16 (115.38) Description Transformer Type Full Voltage Dual Input or Neon Type Ship.9) 4-5/8 (117.6) 6-1/16 (154) 16-3/16 (0.7) ⎯ 12-5/16 (0. Wt.5) 1-31/32 (50) 12-13/16 (0.9) 4-5/8 (117.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.45) Standard Barrel 3-1/32 (77) 3-29/32 (99) 4-1/8 (105) 11-5/8 (0. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.44) Long Barrel 4-21/32 (118.1) 5-13/32 (137) 5-21/32 (143. 0 Illuminated Push Buttons or Push-to-Test Pilot Lights Transformer Type Full Voltage.34) 1 When using sealed switch contact block add 7/8 in. (22.3) 4-9/16 (115.41) Standard Barrel 3-1/2 (88. 9 10 11 12 13 www.5) 2-1/8 (54) 15-1/2 (0. [oz (kg)] Style A1 B C D Standard Barrel 3-9/16 (90. Wt.2 mm) to the listed dimension.7) 2-1/8 (54) 17-7/16 (0.4) 5-13/16 (147.1) 4-5/8 (117.49) Standard Barrel 3-7/16 (87. Dual Input or Neon Type 1 Ø Ø 2 3 Illuminated Push Buttons.40) Long Barrel 5-1/16 (128.32) Long Barrel 4-17/32 (115. nos.9) 4-3/8 (111. are bold. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-185 . ab. Pigtail Type 3 4 Ø Ø Description 5 Transformer type and dual input transformer type pilot lights Full voltage. Pilot Lights Transformer Type 1 LEADS Ø Ø Ø Ø 2 Full Voltage.16) Long Barrel 3-43/64 (94) 8-5/16 (0. Wt. [oz (kg)] Standard barrel 3-1/8 (79.5) 5-5/8 (0.3) 8 (0.23) 11 12 13 www.16) Long barrel 4-1/2 (114. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P .85) Standard Barrel 3-1/32 (77) 5-13/16 (0.9) 30-1/4 (0.7) 27-1/2 (0.17) Long Barrel 4-7/16 (112. are bold. Wt.com/catalogs 10-186 Preferred availability cat.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights. [oz (kg)] 8-9/16 (0. nos.24) Ø Ø 9 10 Style A Ship. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. neon or dual input diode and resistor type pilot lights 6 Full voltage pigtail type pilot lights 7 Potentiometer Units 8 Style A Standard Barrel 3-5/32 (80) Ship.24) Long Barrel 4-9/16 (115.77) Standard Barrel 2-3/16 (55.5) 5-3/8 (0. Continued 0 Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Holes 2 3 4 3/4 in. 4 lbs (1.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 11 12 13 www.36 kg) 5 Shipping Wt.58 kg) Deep Base Stations Figure 3 Deep Base Station Lever Type 1-Gang Figure 4 Deep Base Component Lever Type 1-Gang (1 or 2 devices) 6 Optional Conduit Entry 3/4-14 NPT or 1-11 1/2 NPT Optional Conduit Entry 3/4-14 NPT or 1-11 1/2 NPT 7 8 Ø 2 Mtg. 3-1/2 lbs (1. Holes Shipping Wt.ab. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights. Holes 9 3/4-14 NPT Optional 1-11 1/2 NPT 3/4-14 NPT Optional 1-11 1/2 NPT 10 Ø 2 Mtg. Holes 4 Mtg.81 kg) Shipping Wt. depth: Flange seal add 3/16 in. (12.-14 NPT Shipping Wt. nos.8 mm). an approved drain fitting must be provided (refer to National Electrical Code). Continued Dimensions in inches (millimeters).-14 NPT 3/4 in. 3 lbs (1. 0 Shallow Base Stations Figure 1 Shallow Base Station Lever Type Figure 2 Shallow Base Station Component Type 1-Gang (1 or 2 devices) 1 Ø Ø 4 Mtg.04 kg) 1 When using a flange seal. When used add the following to the max. are bold.7 mm). 4-1/2 lbs (2. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-187 . Sealing well with or without integral flange seal add 1/2 in. (4. Figure 3 Control Station.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights. 20 lbs (9. 10 lbs (4.ab. 10 lbs (4.1 kg) 13 www.07 kg) Figure 7 Control Station.54 kg) Shipping Wt. 3-Gang (up to 6 devices) 1 Conduit Entry 2 Pipe Plug Conduit Entry 3 Conduit Entry 4 5 6 Shipping Wt.26 kg) Figure 5 Control Station. 6-Gang (up to 12 devices) Figure 8 Control Station. nos. 2-Gang (up to 4 devices) Figure 6 Control Station. 2-Gang (up to 4 devices) Figure 4 Control Station.54 kg) Shipping Wt.5 kg) Shipping Wt. 32 lbs (14. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . 40 lbs (18. 8-Gang (up to 16 devices) Conduit Entry Optional Pipe Plug Pipe Plug Conduit Entry 10 Optional 11 Pipe Plug Pipe Plug Pipe Plug Pipe Plug Conduit Entry 12 Conduit Entry Optional Optional Shipping Wt. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. 4-Gang (up to 8 devices) Conduit Entry Conduit Entry Pipe Plug 7 Conduit Entry Conduit Entry Pipe Plug 8 9 Pipe Plug Shipping Wt. Continued 0 Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Factory-Assembled Stations For depth dimension refer to Figure 3 or 4 on page 10-187. are bold. 16 lbs (7.com/catalogs 10-188 Preferred availability cat. 6 in•oz minimum return Logic Reed Sealed Switch Stackable Sealed Switch 1 lb maximum 3 lb maximum at 0.. jumbo plastic mushroom: 2 lb max. plunger travel 1 lb maximum Environment Operating Storage Temperature Range 11 -40.... 10-193 0 1 2 3 4 Specifications1 Electrical Ratings Contact Ratings Refer to the contact ratings (page 10-190)..... Selector Switches All other devices 7 200 000 min.....+85 °C) Note: Operating temperatures below freezing are based on the absence of moisture and liquids............5 mm Push Button Stations Hermetically Sealed for Division 2/Zone 2 Table of Contents Hazardous location push button stations Classes I and II Division 2/Zone 2 30. 13 www./10 G Max.5 mm Push Button Stations Hermetically Sealed for Division 2/Zone 2 Product Overview Bulletin 800R — 30...com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.+131 °F (-40.2 in•lb to return 10 30 in•oz maximum twist.6 in•lb to stop Spring Return Selector Switches Illuminated Push Buttons and Push-to-Test Pilot Lights 5 lb maximum 8 lb maximum push to in position or pull to center position (15 lb maximum pull to out position) 3-Position Push-Pull 9 lb maximum push or pull Push-Pull and Push-Pull/Twist Contact Blocks 9 0.. (except Logic Reed) 1/2 cycle sine wave for 11 ms ≥25 G (contact fragility) and no damage at 100 G Shock Degree of Protection 6 Type 4/4X/13...... 250 000 min..52 mm displacement (peak-to-peak) Max.ab..205 in.+55 °C) -40...6 in•lb maximum Operators without contact blocks 3.. 10-191 Custom-Built Stations.... are bold...... 4/13. Maintained selector switch: 3.... 200 000 min.. 200 000 at maximum rated load (Logic Reed) Mechanical Ratings Vibration 10…2000 Hz 1.. standard mushroom.... Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for use in lower temperature applications...5 mm mounting hole Types 4/13 and 4/4X/13 Specifications.. extended. Humidity 50% at 104 °F (40 °C) 12 1 Performance Data — See page Important-3. (Non-Illuminated) (Illuminated) 1 000 000 min.. Contact Operation 8 Logic Reed and sealed switch contact blocks: single break magnetic Typical Operating Forces Flush.. Non-Illuminated) (Momentary....... Illuminated) (Push-Pull/Twist-to-Release) 1 000 0000 min.. Watertight/Corrosion-Resistant IEC 529 IP66/65 Mechanical Design Life Cycles Push Buttons (Momentary.. nos...Bulletin 800R 30.. 10-192 Enclosures Only .. 1300V for one minute (Logic Reed) Electrical Design Life Cycles 1 000 000 at maximum rated load... Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-189 ..+185 °F (-40. Dielectric Strength 5 2200V for one minute. 10-192 Approximate Dimensions. 250 000 min.. this page Complete Assembled Stations. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 69 VA 2. the contact block is suitable for use in Class I and II.2. D. Bulletin 800T and 800H units have control circuit ratings with sealed switch contact blocks as follows: Hazardous Locations Since the contacts are enclosed in a hermetically sealed chamber. Max. Zone 2 locations. Note: Allen-Bradley Logic Reed contact blocks are also listed by Underwriters Laboratories for the Division 2/Zone 2 hazardous locations listed above. B. No. Volts Ue Utilization Category Rated Operational Currents IEC NEMA Volts Ue AC 300 AC-15 C300 120…300 0…120 DC 150 DC-13 Q150 24…150 0…24 Break 180 VA 1.15 A Should only be used with resistive loads. Class I. 6 UL 1604 CSA C22.5 A Logic Reed Contact Ratings Standards Compliance The complete stations and individual components listed herein are not suitable for use in Class I and II Division 1 hazardous locations.com/catalogs 10-190 Make 1800 VA 15 A Maximum DC: 30V. all wiring methods permitted for Class I. Per National Electrical Code: Zone 2. Opertnl.5 mm Push Button Stations Hermetically Sealed for Division 2/Zone 2 Product Overview 0 1 2 3 4 Control Stations Sealed Switch Contact Ratings Bulletin 800R control stations are designed for Division 2/Zone 2 hazardous locations. Maximum continuous current Ith 5 A. 213 Certifications UL Listed (File No. 0. For Class I and II Division 1 hazardous locations.ab. nos. F and G hazardous locations and is listed by Underwriters Laboratories for this class of service. LR11924) 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. C. Volts Ue Utilization Category IEC Rated Operational Currents NEMA Volts Ue Make Break 3600 VA 30 A 360 VA 3A AC 600 AC-15 B600 120…600 0…120 DC 300 DC-13 P300 24…300 0…24 Stackable Sealed Switch Contact Ratings Maximum continuous current Ith 2.Bulletin 800R 30. Guide No. shall be permitted. CAUTION: 5 138 VA 5. are bold.5 A. Bulletin 800R units are available as factory assembled stations or as components for field assembly.5 A . They consist of Bulletin 800H (Type 4/4X/13) or Bulletin 800T (Type 4/13) operators with sealed contact blocks. Division 2. 0. Complete stations as shown on page 2-23 can be used for Class I and II Division 2/Zone 2 applications.0 A Preferred availability cat. Division 1 or Division 2. In Class I. E10314. including requirements for sealing. and Class I. order Bulletin 800H Type 7 & 9 stations and units. The individual components shown in the 800T and 800H sections are also suitable for Class I and II Division 2/Zone 2 locations providing they are suitably mounted by the customer in an enclosure as required for the application and by applicable codes and laws. NOIV) CSA Certified (File No.06 A Maximum AC: 150V. Division 2/Zone 2 Groups A. Opertnl. Zone 0 or Zone 1 locations. Bulletin 800T and 800H units have control circuit ratings with sealed switch contact blocks as follows: Max. 800R-1HA4TL becomes Cat.C. 800R-1TB 800R-1HB4TL 800R-1HB4RL Extended Red STOP 800R-1TA 800R-1HA4TL 800R-1HA4RL Flush Black No Legend 800R-1TX 800R-1HX4TL 800R-1HX4RL Flush Extended Green Red START STOP 800R-2TA 800R-2HA4TL 800R-2HA4RL Flush Flush Black Black No Legend No Legend 800R-2TX 800R-2HX4TL 800R-2HX4RL 120V AC Flush Extended Red Green Red No Legend START STOP 800R-2TAR 800R-2HAR4TL 800R-2HAR4RL 120V AC Flush Flush Red Black Black No Legend No Legend No Legend 800R-2TXR 800R-2HXR4TL 800R-2HXR4RL Knob Lever Black with white insert HAND OFF AUTO 800R-R3TA 800R-R3HA4TL 800R-R3HA4RL Knob Lever Black with white insert No Legend 800R-R3TX 800R-R3HX4TL 800R-R3HX4RL PushPull/Twist Red EMRG. Maintained Two Push Buttons 1 N. No.O. 800R-1HA4RL Stainless Steel Enclosures Rosite Glass Polyester Enclosures Surface Mount Bootless Operator Station‡ Cat. No.C.5 mm Push Button Stations Hermetically Sealed for Division 2/Zone 2 Product Selection Complete Assembled Stations Class I. page 10-2. Cat. 800R-1HA4R Cast Aluminum Enclosures1 Operator One Push Button Contact Symbol 1 N.C.O. No. nos. ‡ To order a control station with booted operators.C. Maintained One Push Button 1 N.C. 1 Surface Mount Cat. Two Push Buttons 1 N. Each Button Maintained Button Type Button Color Legend Marking Flush Green START Rosite Bootless Operator Station Cat. No. 1 N. No. 1 N. Cat. are bold. Type 4/4X/13.Bulletin 800R 30. Example: Cat. No. No.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.O. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-191 . 1 N.O. 800R-1TA Stainless Steel Booted Operator Station Cat. Two Push Buttons 1 N. No.O. 800R-1HA4T Stainless Steel Bootless Operator Station Cat. 1 N.C.STOP 800R-1TAM 800R-1HAM4TL 800R-1HAM4RL Flush Extended Green Red START STOP 800R-2TAM 800R-2HAM4TL 800R-2HAM4RL Flush Flush Black Black No Legend No Legend 800R-2TXM 800R-2HXM4TL 800R-2HXM4RL 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 Type 4/13. 800R-1HA4T. Each Button Contact Action Momentary Momentary Momentary 3-Position Selector Switch 1 N.O. 1 N.ab. No. No. Each Button One Pilot Light. Division 2/Zone 2 0 Push button operators for Class I. Division 2/Zone 2 are offered in Bulletin 800T/H. 9 10 11 12 13 www. remove the L from the end of the catalog number. 800R-1HA4TL Rosite Booted Operator Station Cat. 1 N. nos. Cat. Specify vertical or horizontal mounting. The cat. of enclosure. which are built at the factory. Cat. 800R-2HZ4 Die Cast (Type 4/13) 6 7 Rosite Glass Polyester Cat. Enclosures Only 4 Die Cast Cat. except letter W will be substituted for the letter Z and with a station serial number. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . no. Stations not listed in the table may be ordered as custom-built stations. 1 2 3 Ordering Information The following information is required when ordering custom built push button stations.5 mm Push Button Stations Hermetically Sealed for Division 2/Zone 2 Product Selection Custom-Built Stations Description The tables on page 10-191 list the most commonly used push button stations. 3.Bulletin 800R 30. No. no. Note: Enclosure and conduit dimensions are detailed on page 10-193. No.ab. nos. listed for the enclosure only. no. 5. Inclusion of a sketch is recommended. 800R-2HZ4R Stainless Steel (Type 4/4X/13) Rosite Glass Polyester (Type 4/4X/13) Units1 Cat. 1. standard configuration will be used. Extra deep. 0 Cat. No. No. which are found on 10-64. If no information is given. 2. 800R-2TZ 5 Stainless Steel Cat. Specify desired operator mounting sequence. and/or marking for each unit. Accomodates two levels of stackable sealed switch contact blocks. are bold. No. 1 800R-1TZ 800R-1HZ4 800R-1HZ4R 2 800R-2TZ 800R-2HZ4 800R-2HZ4R 3 800R-3TZ 800R-3HZ4 800R-3HZ4R 4 800R-4TZ 800R-4HZ4 800R-4HZ4R 5 — 800R-5HZ4 — 6 800R-6TZ 800R-6HZ4 800R-6HZ4R 1 Number of units that can be mounted in enclosure. 4. No. except for the fiberglass enclosures. no. used to identify custom-built Bulletin 800R push button stations. No. of control units. Cat. will be cat.com/catalogs 10-192 Preferred availability cat. Legend plate cat. 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. Cat. Conduit Opening 3/4 in. nos. ‡ Selector switch is 1-7/32 (30.9) maximum.5 mm Push Button Stations Hermetically Sealed for Division 2/Zone 2 Product Overview Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights Dimensions in inches (millimeters). 14 N. pilot light is 1-7/32 (31). 7 1 Selector switch is 1-5/32 (29. 0 1 2 Type 4/4X/13 Stainless Steel Watertight/Oiltight/Corrosion-Resistant Enclosure Type 4/4X/13 Rosite Glass Polyester Watertight/Oiltight/Corrosion-Resistant Enclosure Type 4/13 Cast Aluminum Enclosure Watertight/Oiltight Number of Units Dimension 1 2 3 4 5 Mounting Instructions (for Panel Mounting) 6 4 Stainless Steel Type 4/4X/13 A 5-5/32 (135) 7 (178) B 6-13/32 (163) 8-1/4 (210) Pipe Tap Size 8-27/32 (225) 10-11/16 (271) 12-17/32 (318) 10-1/8 (257) 11-31/32 (304) 14-3/8 (360) 14-1/32 (359) 3/4 3 15-7/8 (403) 5 1 Glass Polyester Type 4/4X/13 A 4-1/2 (114) 4-1/2 (114) 6-1/4 (159) 8 (203) 12-1/8 (308) 12-1/8 (308) B 7-1/32 (181) 7-1/32 (181) 8-23/32 (221) 10-21/32 (271) 14-7/8 (378) 14-7/8 (378) C 5-7/8 (149) 5-7/8 (149) 7-9/16 (192) 9-1/2 (241) 13-1/2 (343) Pipe Tap Size 3/4 6 13-1/2 (343) 1 Cast Aluminum Type 4/13 A 2-3/4 (69.Bulletin 800R 30.8) 4-1/2 (114) 6-1/4 (159) 8 (203) — 12-1/8 (308) B 4-3/16 (106) 5-7/8 (149) 7-9/16 (192) 9-1/2 (241) — 13-1/2 (343) — 1 in. 11-1/2 N.4) maximum.T. § Minimum vertical spacing dimension for jumbo legend plate is 2-15/32 (62.P. are bold.7). pilot light is 1-9/32 (32. pilot light is 1-5/32 (29. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Selector switch is 1-3/32 (27. 8 Operator Extension in Front of Panel♣ 9 10 Type 4/4X/13 Booted Flush and Extended Head Push Button Type 4/4X/13 Pilot Light Type 4/13 and Type 4/4X/13 Bootless Flush and Extended Head Push Button ♣ See 10-49…10-56 for additional Type 4/13 outlines and for additional Type 4/4X/13 outlines.P. 11 12 13 Type 4/13 Pilot Light Type 4/13 and Type 4/4X/13 Standard Knob Selector Switches www.T. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-193 .5).ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.8) maximum.4) maximum. ..... and D hazardous locations and is listed by Underwriters Laboratories and certified by PTB for this class of service.. they are suitable for use in Class I................... 10-207 Specifications Standard Assembled Stations Assembled Stations Mechanical Ratings 7 II 2G Ex edm IIC T6 AEx edm IIC T6 Ex edm IIC T6 Protection Type Certification 8 PTB 01 ATEX 1036 UL E10314 CE0044 Rated Insulation Voltage Rated current Degree of Protection Max............................................... 10-203 Legend Plates ................ 1 2 3 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS 5 6 Description Page Complete Assembled Stations..........ab..........5 mm2 Bulletin 800G control stations are designed for Class I........... Field assembled stations used in a Class I................................ Storage Temperature -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) Operational Temperature Range -55…+60 °C (-67…+140 °F) 12 13 www........ Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P CAUTION: The assembled stations and individual components listed herein are not suitable for the use in Zone 0.... Components Since the back-of-panel components are enclosed in a flame-proof enclosure.... 10-201 Back-of-Panel Components............. For Class I and II/Division 1 hazardous locations.. 4 x 2....... 10-204 Approximate Dimensions... and D See below......................... Zone 1 or Zone 2 application must be inspected and certified by a third party................. are bold..... Groups A............................. .................. B.................................................... 690V AC Dependent on components used IP66............... C.... C................................ Type 4X Class I........................................ restricted by the cable and not the contacts...... 10-199 Mushroom... NPT conduit 3/4 in.............. IIB............ Zone 1 and Zone 2 Class I/Division 2 — Groups A........................................ 10-201 Enclosures ............. For Class II/ Division 2 hazardous locations....... Cable termination has only “d” protection method............................. Type 4X: -20…+60 °C (-4…+140 °F) IP54: -55…+60 °C (-67…+140 °F) Enclosure Material 9 Enclosure Thermoplastic Seals EPDM Cable Glands 10 Standard Plastic M20 x 1...................... NPT conduit Wire/Cable Size PE Conductor Terminals 11 2..5 for cable Ø 6…12 mm Custom Plastic M25 for cable Ø 13…18 mm 1/2 in................................................................ Zone 1 and Zone 2 Groups IIA.. The components have “d” and “e” protection methods except for the cable termination......................................................................com/catalogs 10-194 Preferred availability cat......... (12 AWG) stranded max. 10-201 Description Page Ammeter......... 10-197 Push Buttons....................................... 10-199 Key Release ...................... 10-200 Pilot Light..................................... nos.................. Bulletin 800G units are available as factory assembled stations or as components for component replacement........................ order Bulletin 800R stations.... and IIC and Class I/Division 2.......................... order Bulletin 800H Type 7 & 9 stations and units............5 mm2 (12 AWG) stranded max... They consist of Bulletin 800G front-of-panel components with back-of-panel components: contact blocks or power modules................... 10-200 Selector Switch .......... Zone 1 and 2 and Class 1/Division 2 hazardous location applications............................Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Overview/Specifications 0 Bulletin 800G — Hazardous Location Push Buttons Table of Contents IP66............ B................... Class I/Division 1 and Class II/Division 1 and Division 2 applications................... 10-202 Accessories....................................................................................... 18 ms DIN IEC 68 part 2-27. 15. Green.6 N (3. 28.C. “Make” Current at Rated Voltage per UL Contact Rating 12 A 0. OD) IP20.5 mm2 (12 AWG) stranded max.2 A 10 A 5A 10 A 5A Thermal Continuous Test Current per UL Contact Rating Short Circuit Protection 10 A Slow Blow. Yellow. with operators and enclosure IP66 With operators IP67 Base Mount: Secures to rail integral to enclosure base Panel Mount: Secures to operator with integral latch Panel Mount: Secures to operator with integral latch Wire/Cable Size Degree of Protection Mounting www.O.O.2 A 0. 30 g. Blue) 12…60V DC 12…250V AC 24…60V DC 24…60V AC and 110…250V AC Lamp Rated Voltage 9 10 Mechanical Ratings Screw Termination Protection Type Certifications Housing Material Physical Shock Resistance Design Life Cable Termination II 2G Ex de IIC Class I.5 mm2 (9. 2 N. 2 N.1 N. Zone 1 AEx d IIC T6 Class I. Rated Voltage per UL Contact Rating 600V 600V 600V 600V Max. 2 N.O. 11 A at 60 °C (140 °F) Contact Rating per UL 508 A600 P600 A600 Max.O. 18 ms 11 100 000 hours 100 000 hours Storage/Transport Temperature -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) -55 …+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) Ambient Temperature Range -55…+60 °C (-67…+140 °F) -55…+60 °C (-67…+140 °F) 2. 28. 30 g. “Break” Current at Rated Voltage per UL Contact Rating 1.5 lb) full travel Design Life Operating Force (Maximum) Temperature (Storage/Transport) -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) -55…+60 °C (-67…+140 °F) -55…+60 °C (-67…+140 °F) 2. 2 N.ab.2 A 1. are bold. Zone 1 AEx d IIC T6 Class I. Zone 1 Ex d IIC T6 PTB 01 ATEX 1040U UL E10314 PTB 01 ATEX 1039X UL E10314 1 N.Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Specifications Back-of-Panel Contact Block 0 Electrical Ratings Screw Termination Rated Insulation Voltage Cable Termination 690V Rated Voltage 400V (Limited by the cable. nos.1 mm/0.2 A 12 A 0. White.6 N (3. 1 N.5 lb) to close N.2 A 0. 30 g 18 ms DIN IEC 68 part 2-27. .36 in. Yellow. not the contacts) 250V (per ATEX certificates) Rated Operating Currents Utilization Category Thermal Continuous Current 24V 250V (per ATEX certificates) 24V 16 A 10 A 1A 16 A 10 A 1A AC-12 AC-15 DC-13 AC-12 AC-15 DC-13 16 A at 40 °C (104 °F). gl Mechanical Ratings II 2G Ex de IIC Class I. Type DT.5 mm2 (12 AWG) stranded max. gl Certification P600 II 2G Ex d IIC T6 Class I.5 lb) full travel 22. 3 m (9.O.1 mm/0. Zone 1 AEx de IIC Class I.2 N (5 lb) to open N. Zone 1 Ex de IIC II 2G Ex d IIC T6 Class I.C.2 N (5 lb) to open N.O.5 lb) to close N. Contact Options AgSnO2 AgSnO2 Thermoplastic Thermoplastic DIN IEC 68 part 2-27.1 N. with operators and enclosure IP66 With operators IP67 Base Mount: Secures to rail integral to enclosure base Panel Mount: Secures to operator with integral latch Panel Mount: Secures to operator with integral latch Degree of Protection Mounting 4 6 Operational Temperature Range Wire/Cable Size 3 5 Contact Material Housing Material Physical Shock Resistance 2 10 A Slow Blow. 15.C.9 N (6. 3 m (9. Type DT. 30 g 18 ms 1 000 000 cycle mechanical life 1 000 000 cycle mechanical life 22. Zone 1 Ex d IIC T6 PTB 01 ATEX 1037U UL E10314 PTB 01 ATEX 1038X UL E10314 Thermoplastic Thermoplastic DIN IEC 68 part 2-27.36 in.8 ft) long cable 4 x 1. White. .C.2 A Max.C. Blue) Multi-LED (Red.9 N (6. OD) IP20.com/catalogs 12 13 Preferred availability cat.5 mm2 (9. Zone 1 Ex de IIC Protection Type 1 7 8 Power Module Electrical Ratings Screw Termination Cable Termination Rated Insulation Voltage 300V 300V Power Consumption ≤1W ≤1W Multi-LED (Red.8 ft) long cable 4 x 1. 11 A at 60 °C (140 °F) 16 A at 40 °C (104 °F). Zone 1 AEx de IIC Class I. Green. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-195 .C. Rated Voltage 600V Mechanical Ratings Screw Termination 3 Protection Type Certifications PTB 01 ATEX 1037U UL E10314 Housing Material 4 5 Cable Termination II 2G EEx de IIC Class I.5 mm2 (9. 30 g. 18 ms Design Life 100 000 hours 100 000 hours Storage/Transport Temperature -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) -30 …+70 °C (-22…+158 °F) Ambient Temperature Range -55…+60 °C (-67…+140 °F) -30…+60 °C (-22…+140 °F) 2.36 in. Zone 1 Ex de IIC Physical Shock Resistance II 2G EEx d IIC T6 Class I.5 lb) Selector Switch -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) — Key Release Push Button -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) 15.7 N (1. Blue) -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) — N/A 4 N•m Hole Plug -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) — N/A 7 N•m Illuminated Push Button -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) 6. yellow. nos. 18 ms DIN IEC 68 part 2-27. green.5 N Push/ 89 N Pull (10 lb Push/ 20 lb Pull) 6000 cycles Pilot Light (Red.5 mm2 (12 AWG) stranded max.5 lb) E-Stop -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) 44. Yellow. Zone 1 AEx de IIC Class I.5 lb) Mushroom -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) 6. with operators and enclosure IP66 With operators IP67 Base Mount: Secures to rail integral to enclosure base Panel Mount: Secures to operator with integral latch Panel Mount: Secures to operator with integral latch 6 Front-of-Panel Operators 7 8 9 10 11 12 Mechanical Ratings Operational Temperature Operating Force Push Button -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) 6.5 lb) 1 x 106 7 N•m Key Selector Switch -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) — 1 000 000 cycles 7 N•m Device 1 Mechanical Design Life Impact Resistance Materials Ingress Protection 1 000 000 cycles 7 N•m IP66 : -20…+70 °C (-4…+158 °F) Thermoplastic Housing EPDM Seals IP54: -55…-20 °C (-67…-4 °F) Type 4X: -20…+70 °C (-4…+158 °F) 1 Does not include contact block. white. yellow. Zone 1 AEx d IIC T6 Class I. 30 g. blue) 24…48V DC 24…250V AC 24…48V DC 24…250V AC Lamp Rated Voltage Contact Rating per UL 508 2 Cable Termination Rated Insulation Voltage A600 P600 A600 P600 1A 0.Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Specifications 0 Back-of-Panel. 3 m (9.5 lb) Key Release Mushroom -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) 15.7 N (1. Green. White.8 ft) long cable 4 x 1.25 A 600V 600V 600V Thermal Continuous Current Max. white.7 N (1.6 N (3.1 mm/0. 13 www. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P II 2G EEx e II PTB 01 ATEX 1035U UL E10314 . Continued Power Module/Contact Block Combination Electrical Ratings Screw Termination 1 300V 300V Power Consumption ≤1W ≤1W Multi-LED (red.6 N (3.25 A 1A 0. are bold.ab. blue) Multi-LED (red.com/catalogs 10-196 Ex Protection Type Preferred availability cat. OD) Wire/Cable Size Degree of Protection Mounting IP20. green. Zone 1 Ex d IIC T6 PTB 01 ATEX 1038X UL E10314 Thermoplastic Thermoplastic DIN IEC 68 part 2-27. 800G-3M1XHMA3 10 11 12 13 www. No. No.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 800G-2FAAFBA3 Green push button Red push button START STOP 800G-2FAAFBA3 Three-hole Red LED Green push button Red push button No legends 800G-3P4DF3AF4A3 Red LED Green push button Red push button No legend START STOP 800G-3P4DFAAFBA3 5 Green push button Red push button E-Stop push/pull No legend No legend Emergency Stop/Arrêt D'urgence 800G-3F3AF4AE4A3 6 Cat. are bold. No.ab. No. One-hole Black push button No legend 800G-1F2A3 E-Stop Emergency Stop/Arrêt D'urgence 800G-1E4A3 0 1 Mushroom key release No legend 800G-1B4A3 Cat. 800G-3P4DF3AF4A3 Green push button Red push button E-Stop push/pull START STOP Emergency Stop/Arrêt D'urgence 800G-3FAAFBAE4A3 7 Ammeter + 1 operator 1 A ammeter 2-position maintained selector switch No legends 800G-3M1XHMA3 2 3 4 8 5 A ammeter 2-position maintained selector switch No legends 800G-3M5XHMA3 9 Cat. No. nos. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-197 . 800G-1E4A3 2-position maintained selector switch No legend 800G-1HMA3 Two-hole 2 black push buttons No legends 800G-2F2AF2A3 Green push button Red push button No legends 800G-2F3AF4A3 Cat.Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Product Selection Complete Assembled Stations Enclosure Type Button Type/Color Legend Marking Cat. O. key removal in both positions 3 Lockable in depressed position. For through-feed enclosure. with lamp module V 2 M20 plastic cable gland W 1 M20 metal cable gland X 1 M25 metal cable gland Y 2 M20 metal cable gland 11 12 13 www. NPT conduit hub Code Description N P 3/4 in. 800G-3 M1X J1A or Cat. base mount M 2 N. with lamp module U M25 blind plug L 1 N. NPT conduit hub Top Entry C 3/4 in.C.. or yellow. NPT conduit hub Q 1 M20 plastic cable gland for cable diameter 6…12 mm R 1 M25 plastic cable gland for cable diameter 13…18 mm A 1 N. No. key removal in depressed position Selector Switch 1 Only available in red. Only available for 3-position selector switch. Only available in black. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . red. 1 and either an operator or hole plug in pos.e. yellow. selected conduit entry will be applied for both bottom and top entry. 2 (i.O. and blue.1 N.C.ab. No. red.. base mount N 2 N. ammeter. are bold. green. Continued 0 Size Postion 1 800G – 2 a 1 2 4 5 3 M F 4 b c d b c 7 8 N d 3 b c d e a c e Enclosure Size Push Button Color/Text Conduit Entry Code Description Code Description 1 1-hole 1 White Code Description 2 2-hole 2 Black Blank M20X1.e. For use with illuminated push button only. 9 10 M Maintained in all positions B Spring return from both positions L Spring return from left R Spring return from right Meters§ 1 1A 5 5A Bottom Entry 6 M25 blind plug 7 2 M20 plastic cable gland 8 1 M20 metal cable gland 9 1 M25 metal cable gland 0 2 M20 metal cable gland A M20X1.5 threaded hole 3 3-hole 3 Green 1 1/2 in.5 threaded hole B 1/2 in. base mount D Lamp module base mount (same color as requested lens color in Table c) X N/A (i.O. choose 3-hole enclosure with meter in pos. . § For ammeter. 800G-3 M1X N2X) ♣ Only available in white. key removal in initial position 2 Lockable in both positions.C. black.5 threaded hole 1/2 in. ♠ Only available in white.com/catalogs 10-198 Preferred availability cat. NPT conduit hub 4 Red 2 3/4 in. green. hole plug) T M20 blind plug K 1 N. NPT conduit hub D 1 M20 plastic cable gland for cable diameter 6…12 mm E 1 M25 plastic cable gland for cable diameter 13…18 mm F M20 blind plug G M25 blind plug H 2 M20 plastic cable gland J 1 M20 metal cable gland K 1 M25 metal cable gland L 2 M20 metal cable gland d Contact Block/Lamp Module Through Feed M M20X1. nos. NPT conduit hub 5 Yellow 3 6 Blue 1 M20 plastic cable gland for cable diameter 6…12 mm A START (green background/white text) 4 1 M25 plastic cable gland for cable diameter 13…18 mm 5 M20 blind plug Operator/Meter Code Description B Key release mushroom push button1 D Momentary mushroom push button E Push-pull mushroom push button1 F Non-illuminated flush push button♠ H 2-position selector switch J 3-position selector switch K Key release push button L Illuminated push button — flush♣ M Ammeter§ N Hole plug P 6 Conduit Entry Position 3 F b 3 Position 2 B STOP (red background/white text) G I (green background/white text) H O (red background/white text) J ON (green background/white text) K OFF (red background/white text) Key Release Pilot light♣ 1 Lockable in initial position. Cat.Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Complete Assembled Stations. and yellow). Double push button with curved base for use with Bul. 800G-U2FX Cat. 800G-M2 — — 800G-MKE Code Description M Momentary 1 MP Push-pull 1 MK Key release — 800G-MPE 12 b Color or Feature Code Color 2 Black with black bezel E Red E-stop with yellow bezel and printing on head 1 Only available in E-stop. 800G-F3 Code Description F Flush operator Flush-Round Color Cat. Cat. No. option E from Table b. b White 800G-F1 Color Black 800G-F2 Code Description Green 800G-F3 1 White Red 800G-F4 2 Black Yellow 800G-F5 3 Green 4 Red 5 Yellow 1 2 3 Double Push Button. No. No. No. white. No.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. 800G-V2FX 5 All double push buttons come with a multi-pack of color caps (red. www. No. 800G-M2 Color/Feature Black w/black bezel E-Stop red w/ yellow bezel 1 Key Release Mushroom Cat. No. are bold. No. 800G-MKE Push-Pull Mushroom Cat. green. Cat. Non-Illuminated — Flush 800G – F 3 a b 0 a Operator Construction Cat. No. black. 800G-U2FX Double push button with flat base for use with customer provided enclosures. 800G-LF3 Color Cat. 800G enclosures. No. 800G-MPE Momentary Mushroom Key Release Mushroom Push-Pull Cat. 800G-V2FX Description Cat. No.ab. Push Button. Illuminated — Flush 800G – LF a 6 3 b a 7 Operator Construction Cat. Code Description LF Illuminated flush operator White 800G-LF1 b Green 800G-LF3 Color Red 800G-LF4 Code Yellow 800G-LF5 1 White 800G-LF6 3 Green Blue 8 Description 4 Red 5 Yellow 6 Blue Mushroom — Non-Illuminated and Key Release 800G – M a 9 10 2 b a 11 Operator Style Momentary Mushroom Cat. No.Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Push Button. No. Non-Illuminated — Flush 4 Cat. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-199 13 . O. key removal in depressed position Selector Switch — Knob & Key Operated 800G – S M3 a 4 b c d a Operator Style Code 5 Knob Selector Switch Cat.com/catalogs 10-200 Preferred availability cat. No. No. nos. X O B3 3-position spring return left and right to center L3 3-position spring return left to center 3-Position Target Table 7 Pos.O. key removal in initial position 800G-K14 Locking Postion Lockable in both positions. 8 9 N.C.C. No. 800G enclosure H For base mount in vertical Bul. b Lockable in initial position. key removal in both positions 800G-K16 Lockable in depressed position. O X M2 2-position maintained N. 13 www. 800G-K14 Cat. key removal in initial position 16 Lockable in both positions. 1 2 Right 2-Position Maintained 800G-SM2 1 3 All S→M←S 800G-SB3 1 4 Center S→M M 800G-SL3 1 5 Left/center Maintained 800G-SM3 1 6 Left/right 800G-SR3 1 7 Right/center 3-Position M M←S 10 11 M3 Operator Style Positions/Functio ns Key Removal Position 2-Position Maintained All 800G-KSM23H S→M←S Center 800G-KSB34H 3-Position 12 d Key Operated Switch Knob Position Code Cat. No. are bold. on Latch Contact Type or Base N. key removal in both positions 24 Lockable in depressed position. Only available with knob selector (Code S from Table a). of Positions/Functions 6 Contact Type Code Description N.ab. 3-position maintained R2 2-position spring return right to left R3 3-position spring return right to center Top O O Bottom X O O c Top X X O Key Removal Bottom O X X X Code Description Blank For knob selector switches Knob Selector Switch 1 1 Left Operator Style Positions/Functions Cat. 800G enclosure 1 Only available with key selector (Code KS from Table a). S→M M Right/center 800G-KSL37H Maintained All 800G-KSM33H M M←S Left/center 800G-KSR35H Description Blank For latch mount or base mount in horizontal Bul. No. 800G-KSM33H Description S Knob KS Key operated 2-Postion Target Table b No. 800G-SM3 Key Operated Switch Cat. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . No. key removal in depressed position 800G-K24 Operator Style Locking Position 2 Key Release Push Button 3 Code Description 14 Lockable in initial position.Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Key Release 800G – K 0 14 a b a Operator Style 1 Code Description K Key release push button Cat. No. 1-Hole 800G-1P 800G-1P2 2-Hole 800G-2P 800G-2P2 3-Hole 800G-3P 800G-3P2 Ammeter Station 800G-3PA 800G-3PA2 Bul. www.Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Pilot Light 800G – P 3 a b 0 a Cat. Code Description White 800G-P1 P Pilot light Green 800G-P3 Red 800G-P4 Yellow 800G-P5 Blue 800G-P6 1 b Lens Color Code Color 1 White 3 Green 4 Red 5 Yellow 6 Blue 2 3 Ammeter 4 5 Cat. 800G-P3 Operator Style Pilot Light Operator Style Color Cat. NPT conduit hub 2 3/4 in. nos. 7 Enclosures — Plastic Base mount only 800G – 3 P T 1 a b c d a Enclosure Size Cat.5 threaded hole PA Plastic with ammeter window1 1 1/2 in. Cat. 1A 800G-AMP1B 5A 800G-AMP5B 6 1 Unit ships with a percent scale plate. 800G-AMP1B Base Mount Amperage1 Cat. 800G-1P M20 Threaded Hole — Bottom Feed 3/4 in. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 9 10 d b 1 Only available in Enclosure Size 3. No. No. No. Conduit — Bottom Feed Type Cat. 8 c 10-201 11 12 13 . No. are bold.ab. 800G enclosures are base mount only and will only work with base mount contact blocks.com/catalogs Conduit Entry Code Description Code Description 1 1-hole Blank Bottom feed 2 2-hole T Top feed 3 3-hole F Through feed X No holes Type Enclosure Style Conduit Style Code Description Code Description P Plastic Blank M20 x 1. NPT conduit hub 3 M20 plastic cable gland 4 M25 plastic cable gland 5 M20 blind plug 6 M25 blind plug 7 Two M20 plastic cable glands 8 M20 metal cable gland 9 M25 metal cable gland 0 Two M20 metal cable glands Preferred availability cat. No. No. No. 800G-DBGXK Description DB Base DLS Latch mount with screw termination DLC3 Latch mount with 3 m (9. No.C. Power Module with Contact Block1 800G – DB a 9 10 b a c Latch Mount Cat. Cat. No.com/catalogs 10-202 Preferred availability cat.84 ft) cable termination b Latch Mount 12 XK Power Module/Latch Type Code 11 G Color 1 N. No. No.C.84 ft) cable termination Cable Termination b Color Color Cat. M 2 N. 800G-XLSA Code Description XB Base mount XLS Latch mount with screw termination XLC3 Latch mount with 3 m (9. White 800G-DBW 800G-DLSW 800G-DLC3W Code Green 800G-DBG 800G-DLSG 800G-DLC3G W White Green Description Red 800G-DBR 800G-DLSR 800G-DLC3R G Yellow 800G-DBY 800G-DLSY 800G-DLC3Y R Red Blue 800G-DBB 800G-DLSB 800G-DLC3B Y Yellow B Blue Note: Cable termination length is three meters. No. Color Cat. Cat. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . No.C. Cat. 800G-XBM 800G-XLSM 800G-XLC3M 2 N. Contact Configuration 13 Code Description XK 1 N.O. 800G-XBN 800G-XLSN 800G-XLC3N Contact Configuration Code Description A 1 N. No. No. 800G LED modules can only be powered from dry contact circuits (with no leakage current in the OFF state). Code White 800G-DLSWXK 800G-DLSWXL W White G Green Green 800G-DLSGXK 800G-DLSGXL Red 800G-DLSRXK 800G-DLSRXL Yellow 800G-DLSYXK 800G-DLSYXL Blue 800G-DLSBXK 800G-DLSBXL Description R Red Y Yellow B Blue c Note: For use with illuminated push button. No. nos. 800G LED modules can only be powered from dry contact circuits (with no leakage current in the OFF state). 800G-DLSG Base Mount 6 7 Latch Mount Screw Termination Screw Termination Description DB Base mount DLS Latch mount with screw termination DLC3 Latch mount with 3 m (9.Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection 0 Back-of-Panel Components Latch and Base Mount Contact Block 800G – XLS A a b a Contact Block/Latch Type 1 Base Mount Cat. No. No.C. Cat. 1 N.ab.1 N. www. .1 N. No.C. 800G-XBA Base Mount 2 Contact 3 Latch Mount Screw Termination Cat. . Latch Mount and Base Mount Power Module1 800G – DB 4 G a b a Power Module/Latch Type 5 Base Mount Cat.O. XL 1 N.84 ft) cable termination b Latch Mount Screw Termination Screw Termination Cable Termination Cat.O.O.O.C. 800G-DBG Latch Mount Screw Termination Cat. N 2 N. 8 Code 1 Bul. are bold. 1 N. 800G-XBA 800G-XLSA 800G-XLC3A 2 N. 1 Bul.O. Cat. No. 800G-AFS 10 800G-AEP2 Cat. Qty. No. 800G-ACG7 Cat. No. No. 800G-ACG3 Cat. 800G-AEB 10 2 Cat. No. 800G-AMNI Cat. 800G-AM25P 12 13 www. No. 800G-AEP2 Earth Plate M25 10 800G-AEP3 Cat. Qty. No. No. 800G-AEP1 Earth Plate 2 M20 3 800G-AEB Cat. No. 800G-APC_ M20 Metal Cable Gland 10 M20S Metal Cable Gland 10 800G-ACG7 M25 Metal Cable Gland 10 800G-ACG6 10 800G-AMN1 10-printed push button inserts: Green "START" 10 800G-APC1 10-printed push button inserts: Green "ON" 10 800G-APC2 10-printed push button inserts: Green "I" 10 800G-APC3 10-printed push button inserts: Red "STOP" 10 800G-APC4 10-printed push button inserts: Red "OFF" 10 800G-APC5 10-printed push button inserts: Red "O" 10 800G-APC6 Mounting Ring Wrench 10 800G-AW1 10 800G-AEL90 800G-AEP1 6 Flange set for connecting 2 enclosures — 800G-AFS Locking cover with 30 mm hole for securement by bezel — 800G-ALCB 7 Cat. No. 800G-AM20P 10 Cat.Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories Accessories Pkg. 800G-AEP3 M20 Stopping Plug 4 5 Cat. No. No. 800G-ACG5 Cat. are bold. No. 1/2 in. No. 800G-N2 M25 Stopping Plug 10 800G-AM25P 11 Cat. No. 800G-ACC7 10 White color cap insert 10 800G-ACC1 Black color cap insert 10 800G-ACC2 Green color cap insert 10 800G-ACC3 Red color cap insert 10 800G-ACC4 10 800G-ACC6 Contact block and power module ID blank label 10 800G-ACC7 Black Hole Plug — 800G-N2 Cat. Cat. No. 800G-AEL90 Earth Plate 1 M20 0 1 90 mm yellow legend plate for E-Stop Earth Bracket 10 800G-ACG5 Cat. No. 800G-ACC_ Yellow color cap insert Cat. 800G-ACH2 M20 Plastic Cable Gland (6…12 mm) 10 Description Mounting Nut 10 800G-ACG1 800G-ACG3 Cat. NPT Conduit Hub 1 800G-ACH2 Description Cat. 800G-AW1 Cat. 8 9 800G-AM20P Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Cat. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-203 . No.ab. No. 800G-ACG1 M25 Plastic Cable Gland (13…18 mm) Pkg. No. NPT Conduit Hub 1 800G-ACH1 3/4 in. No. nos. 080 size font 7 Legend Frame Cat. No. Legend plate frame with adhesive back legend plate.ab. Legend plate frame 800G-110 1 Not available for mushroom push buttons. To order: • Select font code from table below. No.com/catalogs 10-204 Preferred availability cat. Minimum order quantity of 5. 10 Size Font Size Font Code Approximate Size Max. 3 800G – 11 a 4 5 E 166 K b c d e a c d Type Language Legend Identification Code Description Code Description 11 Legend plate and frame E English 17 Legend plate only F French G German T Italian b Insert Color 6 S Code Description S Silver background with black legend text Refer to page 10-206 e Type S Spanish U Universal symbol Code Description K 0. Number of Lines 30 x 4 mm Small K SAMPLE 19 1 Type of Legend Legend Plate 11 12 13 www. 800G-17SE100 Special Engraving 9 Besides the standard text and symbols listed on page 10-206. 30 x 4 mm1 Description Cat. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P Example (Legend Plate with Frame) 800G-17SE100K 800G-11SE100K STARTER STARTER Example . 800G-110 8 Adhesive Back Legend Plate Cat. special legend plates are readily available.Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories Legend Plate Legend Plate without Text Legend Plate with Text Type Description Cat. Characters/ Line Max. No. 30 x 4 mm1 Silver background with black legend text 800G-11SE100 800G-11SxxxxK Adhesive back legend plate. Cat. nos. 30 x 4 mm Silver background with black legend text 800G-17SE100 800G-17SxxxxK 0 1 Legend Frame 2 Type Legend plate frame — snap-on. No. are bold. No. • Specify desired text (please reference table below for restriction on characters and number of lines). LINE 2 . L-R27 Large L SAMPLE 19 2 800G-AELL MACH 1 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. No. No. Cat. Number of Lines 6 Example Standard S SAMPLE 25 3 800G-AELS MACHINE 1.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. no. When separated by a comma. Silver background with black legend text 800G-AEL 800G-AEL_ 0 1 1 Minimum order quantity of 5. 3 4 Blank Enclosure Identification Label Cat.ab. 800G – AEL S a LINE 1 . 800G-AEL 5 Special Engraving To order: • Select desired font code table below (notes the max. nos. the following text is to be engraved on the next line. • Specify desired text (please reference table below for restriction on characters and number of lines). LINE 3 b c d 2 e a b c. Size Font Size Font Code Type of Legend Enclosure ID Label 50 x 15 mm Approximate Size Max. characters per line and max. e Insert Color Font Size Customized Text Code Description Code Description AEL Enclosure identification label with silver background and black text S 0. Characters/Line Max. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-205 . characters and max. of lines).Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories Legend Plates. 50 x 15 mm Legend Plate without Text1 Legend Plate with Text1 Description Cat. number of lines. d. Continued Type Enclosure identification label. are bold.14 size font Example of customer specified text based on max. No.10 size font L 0. Man.com/catalogs 10-206 Preferred availability cat. nos.Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Legend Texts Universal 0 Marking Marking Suffix Number Marking Suffix Number Marking Suffix Number U226 I-O-II U234 Haut F129 Hors Manuel F249 U227 I-II-III U240 Gauche F145 En Manuel F250 Bas F148 Arrêt-Manuel F251 O U228 U241 Bas-Arrêt-Haut F150 Demar. Continued Suffix Number III I-O U232 U244 I-II U233 U245 0-1-2 U285 I-O-I German U282 English One-Word Marking 3 4 Marking Suffix Number Marking Suffix Number AUTO E101 OFF E163 CLOSE E107 ON E166 DOWN E110 OPEN E170 EMERGENCY STOP E112 OUT E173 Vor-Zurück G124 Heben G182 FAULT E113 POWER ON E178 Hand G126 Zurück G188 FAST E114 PUSH-TO-TEST E181 Hand-Auto G127 Rechts G191 E182 Hand-Aus-Auto G128 Langsam G201 G129 Auf G223 G145 Betrieb G243 FORWARD 5 6 E120 RAISE HAND E126 RESET E186 Hoch HIGH E129 REVERSE E188 Links IN E132 RIGHT E191 INCH E134 RUN E193 JOG E138 SLOW E201 LEFT E145 START E208 LOW E148 STOP E212 LOWER E152 UP E223 Italian Two-Word Marking 7 8 9 10 Marking Suffix Number Marking Suffix Number FOR-REV E253 LEFT-RIGHT E146 HAND-AUTO E127 OFF-ON E165 HIGH-LOW E130 OPEN-CLOSE E171 INCH-REVERSE E135 RAISE-LOWER E183 JOG-FOR E255 SLOW-FAST E204 JOG-REV E256 START-STOP E211 JOG-RUN E142 UP-DOWN E224 Three-Word Marking 12 13 Suffix Number Marking Suffix Number T101 Disinserito T163 Chiudere T107 Disins-Ins T165 Discesa T110 Inserito T166 Disturbo T113 Salita T182 Rapido T114 Indietro T188 Avanti T120 Destra T191 Avanti-Disins-Indietro T122 Preparare T198 Avanti-Indietro T124 Lento T201 Manuale T126 Marcia T208 Manuale-Auto T127 Marcia-Arresto T211 Manuale-Disins-Auto T128 Arresto T212 Alto T129 Aprire T223 Sinistra T145 In Servizio T243 Basso T148 Rotazione CW T246 Basso-Disins-Alto T150 Rotazione CCW T247 Abbassare T152 Emergenza T248 Marking Suffix Number Marking Suffix Number FOR-STOP-REV E254 LOW-OFF-HIGH E150 FOR-OFF-REV E261 RAISE-OFF-LOWER E184 HAND-OFF-AUTO E128 SLOW-OFF-FAST E205 JOG-STOP-RUN E144 SLOW-OFF-START E207 Marking Suffix Number Marking Suffix Number HAND-O-AUTO E283 Cerrar S107 Abrir S170 Adelante S120 Subida S182 Adelante-ParadaAtrás S123 Atrás S188 Adelante-Atrás S124 Derecha S191 Manual S126 Marcha S208 Manual-Auto S127 Marcha-Parada S211 Izquierda S145 Parada S212 Bajada S152 En Servicio S243 Spanish French 11 Marking Automatico Marking Suffix Number Marking Suffix Number Auto F101 Monter F182 Fermer F107 Arrière F188 Descendre F110 Droit F191 Panne F113 Régler F198 Rapide F114 Lent F201 Avant F120 Marche-Arrêt F211 Avant-Arrêt-Arrière F122 Hors Circuit F244 Avant-Arrière F124 En Circuit F245 Manuel F126 Hors F246 Manuel-Auto F127 En F247 Manuel-Arrêt-Auto F128 Hors-En F248 www. F252 I U229 U242 Arrêt F163 Av-Hors-Arr F253 II U230 U249 Arrêt-Marche F165 Surcharge F254 Marche F166 M Forcee F284 Ouvrir F170 — — Marking Suffix Number Marking Suffix Number Zu G107 Niedrig G148 Ab G110 Niedrig-Aus-Hoch G150 Störung G113 Senken G152 Schnell G114 Aus G163 Vor G120 Aus-Ein G165 Vor-Aus-Zurück G122 Ein G166 1 2 French. are bold.ab. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in millimeters (inches). are bold. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. nos. 0 1 2 Push Buttons E-Stop 3 4 5 Mushroom Key Release Mushroom 6 7 Pilot Light 8 Key Release 9 10 2-Position Selector Switch 11 3-Position Selector Switch 12 13 www.ab. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-207 .com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. are bold.com/catalogs 10-208 Preferred availability cat. nos. 0 Contact Block 1 2 3 Cable Termination Screw Termination 4 5 6 Base Mount Power Module 7 8 9 Cable Termination Screw Termination 10 11 12 Base Mount 13 www.Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.ab. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . 76) 16.5 (0.19) 9 Vertical & Horizontal Spacing 10 Mounting Dimension 11 12 13 www.ab.57) 8 30. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). 0 1 2 Single Unit Double Unit 3 4 5 6 Triple Unit Measuring Instrument with Actuator 3 (0.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.3 (1. are bold. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-209 .65) 40 (1.12) 7 70 (2. nos. . 1 mA. Bulletin 800P units have control circuit ratings with 800T-XA1. nos.. 0 1 Product Selection .Bulletin 800P Palm-Operated Push Buttons Product Overview Bulletin 800P — Palm-Operated Push Buttons Table of Contents The Bulletin 800P palm-operated push button is designed for applications requiring electromechanical operation for safety. -XD4. Bulletin 800P operators are intended for applications requiring twohand control wiring.. 10 11 12 13 Standard Contact Ratings PenTUFF™ (Low Voltage) Contact Ratings (IEC 947-5-1) (NEMA ICS 2-125) Maximum continuous current Ith 10 A. Bulletin 800P units with Cat. and -XD3 contact blocks as follows: Minimum DC: 5V. -XA4. 10-212 Approximate Dimensions. Maximum thermal continuous current Ith 2.ab.. -XA. 12. -XA2.... -XAR.5 A AC/1. 1 Performance Data — See page Important. resistance to RFI. watertight/oiltight 529 IP65 Mechanical Design Life Cycles Contact Operation 8 800T-XA1.5 A (See page 10-213 for 800T-XAR. -XD1.7 lb Environmental Operating Storage Temperature Range 9 +32…+131 °F (0…+55 °C) -40…+185 °F (-40…+85 °C) Note: Operating temperatures at 0 °C (32 °F) are based on the absence of freezing moisture and liquids. -XA2..7 lb at perimeter Typical Operating Forces Standard Drive 3. No. per OSHA standards... Bulletin 800P units with articulated operation offer reduced operating force over standard drive units by permitting the button head to tilt for added comfort and mechanical advantage...5 A 28VA 1. 10-213 2 3 4 Specifications1 Electrical Ratings 5 Dielectric Strength 2200V for one minute 1 000 000 at maximum rated load 200 000 at maximum rated load (Logic Reed) Electrical Design Life Cycles Mechanical Ratings Vibration 6 10…2000 Hz 1.7 lb maximum at center of button.. -XD2R.0 A DC.. 10-211 Accessories.. -XD2.. 4/13......... 2.. 800T-XAV contacts have ratings as follows: Maximum Operational Volts Ue Utilization Category IEC Rated Operational Currents NEMA Volts Ue AC 600 AC-15 A600 120…600 72…120 24…72 DC 600 DC-13 Q600 28…600 24…28 Make Break 7200VA 60 A 60 A 720VA 720VA 10 A Maximum Operational Volts Ue Utilization Category IEC NEMA Volts Ue AC 300 AC-15 C300 120…300 0…120 DC 150 DC-13 R150 24…150 0…24 69VA 2.com/catalogs 10-210 Rated Operational Currents Preferred availability cat...0 A ...52 mm displacement (peak-to-peak) 10 G max.... double make and break Snap action Articulated 800T-XD1 and 800T-XD4 contact blocks 3.. -XD2. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P Make Break 1800VA 15 A 180VA 1. Shock Mechanical shock at 1/2 cycle sine wave for 11 ms 25 G 9G 6G Contact Fragility 7 Degree of Protection Type 1. -XD4.... -XD1R. and an ergonomically sensitive design to reduce risk factors associated with cumulative trauma disorders.3.... are bold.. -XAV contact blocks 800T-XD1R No damage at 100 G all contact blocks Push Buttons 1 000 000 minimum Shallow Contact Block Logic Reed Slow. contact blocks 800T-XA. -XD3. -XD2R data.) www. -XA4. -XD1. . Cat.C. . No.C. .O. 800P-S2CG1A Flush Mounting Surface Mounting Cat. 7 8 Standard 9 PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Code Description AV 1 N.O. 800P-F2CA Operation Type Contact Type Palm-Operated Surface Mount with Guard Cat.1 N.2 N.Bulletin 800P Palm-Operated Push Buttons Product Selection Product Selection Palm-Operated Push Buttons 0 1 Palm-Operated Flush Mount Button Cat.1 N.C.1 N.O. Guard Option 1 N.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.O. Standard Drive 2 N. .O. No. H Die cast — grey B 2 N. .C.O. Articulated 2 N.C. .1 N. 1 N. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-211 .C.C. .2 N. are bold.2 N. 1 Only used for flush mounted operators.ab. No. 10 11 12 13 www.C. None 800P-F2CA 800P-S2C1A Guard 800P-F2CGA 800P-S2CG1A None 800P-F2CB 800P-S2C1B Guard 800P-F2CGB 800P-S2CG1B None 800P-F1CA 800P-S1C1A Guard 800P-F1CGA 800P-S1CG1A None 800P-F1CB 800P-S1C1B Guard 800P-F1CGB 800P-S1CG1B 2 3 4 5 800P – S 1 C G 1 A a b c d e f 6 a c e Operator Type Button Color Enclosure Openings Code Description Code Description Code Description F Flush mount C Chrome Blank No base1 S Surface mount R Red (painted) 1 Single hub Y Yellow (painted) 2 Double hub b Button Operation d f Guard Option Contact Black Code Description 1 Standard drive Code Description 2 Articulated Blank No guard Code Description G Side guard — yellow A 1 N. No. BV 2 N.O. nos. .O.2 N. Side Yellow 800P-NBG1 Die Cast Grey 800P-NBG Die Cast Yellow 800P-NBGY 2 Guards These guards prevent accidental activation of the button and protect it from damage. No.ab. Button Color Standard Anti-Slip Red 800P-NCR 800P-NCR1 Black 800P-NCB 800P-NCB1 Green 800P-NCG 800P-NCG1 Yellow 800P-NCY 800P-NCY1 Description Style Color Cat. No.Bulletin 800P Palm-Operated Push Buttons Accessories Accessories 0 Description Button Covers Button covers are used to reduce possible slipping due to fluids on the operator. No.com/catalogs 10-212 Preferred availability cat.3 mm) center-to-center. opening. 800P-NCG1 Cat. (114. Cat.3 mm) center-to-center. add suffix E and supply text. are bold. 800P-NBG Description Style Cat. Vertical mounting holes are 4-1/2 in. To order with custom engraved text. No. 1 Standard Button Cover Cat. No. No. No. Single Hub 800P-B1 Double Hub 800P-B2 Enclosure Cat. 800P-B2 Description 6 7 Adaptors These adaptor flanges are used between the operator and the mounting base. No. No. No. nos. 3 Side Guard Cat. Blank (Grey) 800P-X107 Blank (Red) 800P-X129 START 800P-X130 Legend Plates These legend plates can be mounted on the cover. Standard1 800P-N150 FS 800P-N4 4 5 Single Hub Base Cat. 800P-NCB Anti-Slip Button Cover Cat. One or two lines of text with maximum of 5 characters per line. 800P-N150 FS Adaptor Cat. (60. when using a non-Allen-Bradley base. 800P-NBG1 Die Cast Guard Cat. 800P-B1 Double Hub Base Cat No. Note:Guards are required in most two hand safety applications (See OSHA and ANSI standards). 9 Legend Plates 10 STOP 800P-X131 INCH 800P-X132 RUN 800P-X133 RUN INCH 800P-X134 TOP STOP 800P-X135 1 Horizontal mounting holes are 2-3/8 in. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . Standard Adapter Cat. 11 12 13 www. 800P-N4 Description 8 Marking Cat. No. No. No. Bases The conduit hub(s) on these replacement mounting bases come with a 3/4 in. . are bold. No. Contact ratings are listed on page 10-210. Cat. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-213 . Flush Mounting 5 6 7 Surface Mounting 8 9 10 Die Cast Guard (800P-NBG or 800P-NBGY) Cutout and mounting screw locations for a flush mounted cover 11 Cut out 12 13 4 Holes for #6-32 Screw www. nos.ab. For contact ratings.O. 0 1 Shallow Block PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Contact Block Logic Reed Block Shallow Block PenTUFF Block Logic Reed Block‡ Contact Type Cat. Note: It is recommended to mount no more than four contact blocks on any one unit (maximum two blocks deep).C. 1 N.N. All necessary mounting hardware is provided with each contact block kit. ‡ Logic Reed blocks can be physically mounted on a Bul. 2 3 4 Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. No. No.O. see page 10-4. 800P operator.Bulletin 800P Palm-Operated Push Buttons Modifications and Accessories/Approximate Dimensions Modifications and Accessories Contact Blocks Packaged in a kit form for field installation.C. 800T-XA 800T-XAV 800T-XAR Note: Contact blocks with normally closed contacts meet direct drive positive opening standard requirements. 800T-XD1 800T-XD1V 800T-XD1R 1 N. 800T-XD2 800T-XD2V 800T-XD2R 1 N. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. but this combination is not UL Listed for Class 1 Div 2 hazardous applications. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P .ab. 1 ATTENTION: Not recommended for use in applications where there is high probability for exposure to liquid (e... 10-220 Preferred availability cat.... CE... CSA 22... 20…30V AC Full Voltage (800Z-GF): 100…240V AC (+10%..+55 °C (-13…+131 °F) Connector Relay Output ..4) DC resistive load Diagnostic Description Power Up Device touched during power up... 10-219 Approximate Dimensions..com/catalogs 10-214 250V AC inductive load (pf=0........ 14.... C-TICK... -25... versus most foreign objects....... -15%) Low Voltage (800Z-GN/GP): 10…30V DC Relay output 150 000 Operations @ 5 A inductive 2.......g....Maximum DC Load breaking capacity Heavy Industrial Line (800Z-H) Operations General Purpose Line (800Z-G) Service life (x10³ operations) 5 Description Load Life Curves for General Purpose Product Line DC Voltage (V DC) 4 Specifications Mechanical Ratings Rated Operating Current (A) 3 Specifications. this page General Purpose LIne ... Zero Force to Operate — The electronic design with two interlinked capacitive sensors in offset planes provides increased sensitivity and good ability for distinguishing between a person's hand.50 °C (77…122 °F) (full operation) *** *** *** Valox 357 BUNA-N 1/16 in... EN61000-6-2.. 10-217 Wiring Diagram ..Electrical endurance Rated Operating Voltage (V) 100 mA at 24V DC = 2. nos.5 A resistive Current Draw (Solid-State type) 9 10 IP2X #22…12 AWG (0....... cutting fluid) on the sensing surface area.5…4 mm2) ⎯ Tightening Torque On-delay/Off-delay -40... Margin Detection A conductive film is building up on the sensing surface......Bulletin 800Z Zero-Force Touch Buttons™ Product Overview Bulletin 800Z — Zero-Force Touch Buttons™ Table of Contents Bulletin 800Z Zero-Force Touch Buttons are ideally suited for use in two-hand machine control systems and highly repetitive applications.. ** ** ** 95% RH from 25. 10-215 Heavy Industrial Line 10-216 Quick Disconnect Cables .... EN/IEC 60947-5-1... Device will resume 10 seconds after removal of hand... EN50081-2.Electrical endurance Type 4/13 IP66 Electrical Ratings Input Voltage (Relay type) Relay Output .23 W (no external load) Temperature Range (Operating) Gasket Relay Output ...... Cork-BUNA-N Insulator material (micro connector) = nylon Insulator material (mini connector) = PVC **** **** **** cULus...... Noise Detection Device detected an unacceptable level of noise (>20 V/m).52 mm displacement Mechanical Shock Tested @ 100 G (mechanical durability) Degree of Protection Type 4/4X/13 IP66 1200 psi Washdown Operating Force 6 Input Voltage (Solid-State type) 7 Electrical Design Life (Relay type) 8 Switching Current (A) Load Life Curves for Heavy Industrial Line Low Voltage: 10…40V DC.. 2 Mechanical Ratings Vibration Endurance Tested @ 10 G. EN60954-1.. even through most industrial gloves.... 10-216 Accessories.. On 76 ms max.....4) 30V DC inductive load L/R=7 ms Applications Detail Standards and Certifications Standards Conformity 250V AC resistive load 30V DC resistive load Rated Operating Current (A) Materials Certifications 12 DC inductive load L/R=7 ms LED Blink Rate Temperature Range (Storage) Housing/Guard 11 AC resistive load Off 60 ms max... 1. are bold............ Device will resume once cleared...... CSA UL 508..2 No.. EN60204-1 13 www..... Device will resume once noise subsides......Maximum load breaking capacity 9 lb•in (1 N•m) Environmental Humidity resistive load DC Current (A) Degree of Protection Wire Range 250V AC resistive load Zero Relay output 200 000 Operations @ 2 A inductive 4 A resistive Relay Output ..+85 °C (-40…+185 °F) AC inductive load (pf=0..... 0 Ergonomic Design — The contour shape fits the palm of the hand for ease of operation and helps deter attempts to defeat two-hand control. 30V AC Relay Output 100. § 22.5 mm touch buttons use mini connector..8 m) cabled 245 24 ft (7..ab.. No.2 m) cabled 8 Mounting Hole Size § Code Description 2 22. 800Z-GL3Q5B Input Voltage Output Type 100.. and N.. Cat.. 440R-D23168 for 240V.. 5-Pin QD 800Z-GF3Q5 800Z-GF3Q5B 6 ft Cabled — 5-Wire 800Z-GF3065 800Z-GF3065B 5-Pin QD 800Z-GL3Q5 800Z-GL3Q5B 6 ft Cabled — 5-Wire 800Z-GL3065 800Z-GL3065B 5-Pin QD 800Z-GF2Q5 800Z-GF2Q5B 6 ft Cabled — 5-Wire 800Z-GF2065 800Z-GF2065B 5-Pin QD 800Z-GL2Q5 800Z-GL2Q5B 6 ft Cabled — 5-Wire 800Z-GL2065 800Z-GL2065B 2 3 4 Use the configurator below to build a Bulletin 800Z touch button to suit your application..30V AC Relay Output Electrical Connection 30. 800Z-GF2Q5 Mounting Hole Size General Purpose Cat.240V AC Relay Output 10.8 m) cabled Y Yellow guard 244 24 ft (7. safety relay 440R-D23171 for 24V. Order separately.5 mm No Guard Black Guard Cat.240V AC Relay Output 10.5 mm 3 30. 440R-D23169 for 120V.5 mm 9 1 These devices are transistor outputs.O.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 800Z – G Code 3 065 B a b c d 5 a c d Input Voltage and Output Type ‡ Electrical Connection Guard Option Description Code Description Code Sourcing Output 1 Blank No guard 4-pin QD B Black guard 064 6 ft (1.2 m) cabled Relay Output L Input: 10…40V DC and 20…30V AC Output: relay F Input: 100…240V AC Output: relay Transistor Output P L 10…30V DC PNP (sourcing) output b Q4 6 Description 7 Relay Output Q5 5-pin QD 065 6 ft (1. No.40V DC and 20.5 mm touch buttons use micro connector.. ‡ Safety relays should be used in conjunction with two relay output type Zero-Force Touch Buttons™ in 2-hand control applications. output relays with a shared common.. nos..C.Bulletin 800Z Zero-Force Touch Buttons™ Product Selection General Purpose Line — Momentary Touch Buttons 0 1 General Purpose Cat. These devices have separate N. No.5 mm 22. No. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-215 . are bold. 30.40V DC and 20. 10 11 12 13 www.. (mini) E-12F 12 ft.. Quick Disconnect Cables 7 PD 8 PD 889 D – F a 9 4A C-2 c d b a b d Mounting Hole Size QD Type Cable Length/Type Code Description Code Description Code Description D 22. 6 Safety relays should be used in conjunction with two relay output type Zero-Force Touch Buttons in 2-hand control applications.. 800Z-HL1Y Output Type Electrical Connection Cat.ab. (mini) 12 13 www. No.com/catalogs 10-216 Preferred availability cat. 440R-D23168 for 240V. No.240V AC Relay Output Terminal Block 800Z-HF1 800Z-HF1Y Use the configurator below to build a Bulletin 800Z touch button to suit your application.Bulletin 800Z Zero-Force Touch Buttons™ Product Selection Heavy Industrial Line — Momentary Touch Buttons 0 1 Heavy Industrial Cat. 800Z – H 4 5 Yellow Guard Input Voltage L 1 Y a b c a b c Voltage Mounting Type 1 Guard Option Code Description Code Description Code L Input: 10…40V DC and 20…30V AC Output: relay 1 Flush mounting Blank Description No guard Y Yellow guard F Input: 100…240V AC Output: relay 1 Heavy industrial devices have an 8-position terminal block connection. Cat.5 mm (micro) F Straight QD cable C-2 2 m (micro) N 30. No. Order separately.30V AC Relay Output Terminal Block 800Z-HL1 800Z-HL1Y 100. No. 11 Pin Style Code Description 4A 4 pin 5A 5 pin ‡ E-6F 6 ft. (mini) E-20F 20 ft. 440R-D23169 for 120V. No.40V DC and 20. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . safety relay 440R-D23171 for 24V.. 800Z-HF1 No Guard 2 Button Type Flush Mount 3 Heavy Industrial Cat. 10. nos..5 mm (mini) R Right angle QD cable C-5 5 m (micro) C-10 10 m (micro) 10 c ‡ No right angle QD cable (micro) for 5-pin (Cat. See wiring diagrams on page 4-53 for details.. are bold.. 889D-R5A_). com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.ab.5 mm push button operator to be installed in a panel with existing 30. 60-2439 2. 800Z-G3AH1 4 30. 800E-AHA1 Metal 800F-AHA1 7 Black Metal 800E-AHA2 8 9 10 11 12 13 www.5 mm Hole Size Adapter This adapter allows a 22.5 mm devices. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-217 .5 mm mounted products. Plastic Mounting Kit Cat.5 mm mounting holes. Can be used for both the 22.5 mm Holes Used on 22.5 mm to 22. Compatible with 30.5 mm and 30. It can be mounted on any vertical or horizontal surface.5 mm mounting only. 800Z-G3AG1 Cat.5 mm Hole Used on 30.5 mm Swivel/Tilt Mounting Assembly This bracket allows you to orient the touch button in any position. (57 mm) 60-2681 5 1.Bulletin 800Z Zero-Force Touch Buttons™ Accessories Accessories — General Purpose Description Cat. No. are bold. No.15 in. 800Z-G3AG2 Guards These guards help protect against accidental activation of the touch button surface and protect it from damage. 800Z-G3AH1 Plastic Mounting Kit Cat. Swivel Assembly Cat. 800Z-G2AH1 3 Mounting Ring Nut for 30. Cat. (29 mm) 60-2439 6 30.5 mm devices. nos. No. 0 Yellow Plastic 800Z-G3AG1 Black Plastic 800Z-G3AG2 1 800Z-G2AH1 2 Mounting Ring Nut for 22. No.25 in. Cat. No. No. No. Bulletin 800Z Zero-Force Touch Buttons™ Accessories Accessories — Heavy Industrial Description 0 Guard This guard helps protects against accidental activation of the touch surface and protects it from damage. Mounting screws are included. Yellow Plastic 800Z-HAG1 1 800P-B1 2 800P-B2 Cat. No. 800Z-HAG1 1 Mounting Bases The heavy industrial line products mount directly on these bases. The conduit hub(s) come with a 3/4 inch opening. 2 3 Cat. No. Single Hub Base Cat. No. 800P-B1 Double Hub Base Cat. No. 800P-B2 4 Adapter This adapter is used if mounting touch button onto a 4-1/2 in. x 2-3/8 in. (114.3 x 60.3 mm) enclosure pattern. 800P-N150 Replacement Relay Note: Package quantity of 2. 10...264V 800Z-N12 Guard-to-Base Mounting Note: package quantity of 4 800Z-HAH1 Base Mounting Note: package quantity of 4 800Z-HAH2 Cat. No. 800P-N150 5 6 Cat. No. 800Z-N12 7 Replacement Screws Cat. No. 800Z-HAH1 8 9 10 11 12 13 www.ab.com/catalogs 10-218 Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P Bulletin 800Z Zero-Force Touch Buttons™ Wiring Diagram Wiring Diagrams — Touch Button Terminations General Purpose Line Electrical Connections: 10...40V DC and 20...30V AC Input Voltage (Relay Output); 100...240V AC Input Voltage (Relay Output) 0 Note: Separate N.O. and N.C. output relays with shared common. 5-Conductor Cabled (Relay Output) 1 For 800Z-GL_ _ _ For 800Z-GF_ _ _ 2 BROWN (+) L1 BLUE (-) L2 BLACK (N.O.) WHITE (N.C.) GREY (COMMON) 3 WHITE (1 N.C.) BLACK (1 N.O.) BLUE (-) L2 GREY (COMMON) BROWN (+) L1 WHITE (1 N.C.) BROWN (+) L1 4 BLACK (1 N.O.) BLUE (-) L2 5 GREY (COMMON) Electrical Connections: 10...30V DC Input Voltage (Transistor Output); 150 mA Max. per Circuit Output 4-Conductor Cabled 6 BROWN (+) L1 BLUE (-) L2 7 BLACK (N.O.) WHITE (N.C.) 8 BLACK (1 N.O.) WHITE (1 N.C.) WHITE (1 N.C.) BROWN (+) L1 9 BLUE (-) L2 BROWN (+) L1 BLACK (1 N.O.) BLUE (-) L2 10 Heavy Industrial Line N.C.2 COM2 N.O.2 11 N.C.1 COM1 N.O.1 (-) L2 12 (+) L1 Terminal Block 13 www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-219 Bulletin 800Z Zero-Force Touch Buttons™ Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions 0 Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. General Purpose 1.61 (40.9) 1.90 (48.3) 1 22 mm Version Micro Quick Disconnect 2.75 (69.9) 2 1.61 (40.9) 3 30 mm Version 4 1.38 (35.1) 1.61 (40.9) Mini Quick Disconnect 0.88 (22.4) 22 mm Version 1.38 (35.1) Cable General Purpose With Guard 1.61 (40.9) 5 0.88 (22.4) 30 mm Version 6 Cable Heavy Industrial 7 8 Replaceable Relay Heavy Industrial With Guard 9 10 11 Cutout and Mounting Screw Locations for a Flush Mounted Cover 12 13 Cut out 4 Holes for #6-32 Screw www.ab.com/catalogs 10-220 Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P Terminal Block Bulletin 800L 12 mm, 18 mm, 22 mm, and 30 mm Indicators Product Overview/Selection Bulletin 800L — 12, 18, 22, and 30 mm Indicators Table of Contents Economical, commercial-grade indicators LED/strobe/incandescent Shallow back-of-panel depth Type 4/4X/13, watertight/oiltight (12 mm is Type 1) 18, 22, and 30 mm devices are rated for use in Class 1 Div. 2 Groups A, B, C, D and Class 2 Div. 2 Groups F, G. Product Selection ...... this page Approximate Dimensions................... 10-222 Standards Compliance UL 508 0 1 Certifications cULus Listed (File No. E14840, Guide No. NKCR, NKCR7) EN60947-5-1 CSA C22.2, No. 14 CE Marked Specifications1 3 Mechanical Ratings Vibration 2 10…2000 Hz 1.52 mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max./10 G max 1/2 cycle sine wave for 11 ms ≥ 25 G Shock 12 mm: Type 1 18, 22, and 30 mm: Type 1/4/4X/12/13; watertight/oiltight IEC 529 IP66 Degree of protection 4 Environment Temperature range Operating -40…+131 °F (-40…+55 °C) Storage -40…+185 °F (-40…+85 °C) Humidity 50% at 104 °F (40 °C) 5 Lamp Ratings Incandescent Lamp life Flash frequency 5 000 Hrs. LED 100 000 Hrs. Strobe 1 000 000 Flashes Strobe 1…2 Hz 6 1 Performance Data — See Important- 3. Product Selection 12 mm Indicators 6 in. Pigtail Leads 7 Terminals 24V DC 120V AC 24V DC 120V AC Color Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Amber 800L-12L24A 800L-12L10A 800L-12L24AS 800L-12L10AS Blue 800L-12L24B 800L-12L10B 800L-12L24BS 800L-12L10BS Clear 800L-12L24C 800L-12L10C 800L-12L24CS 800L-12L10CS Green 800L-12L24G 800L-12L10G 800L-12L24GS 800L-12L10GS Red 800L-12L24R 800L-12L10R 800L-12L24RS 800L-12L10RS 8 9 18 mm Indicators LED1 Incandescent 24V AC/DC 120V AC 240V AC 24V AC/DC Color Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. 120V AC/DC Cat. No. Amber 800L-18L24A 800L-18L10A 800L-18L20A 800L-18C24A 800L-18C10A Blue 800L-18L24B 800L-18L10B 800L-18L20B 800L-18C24B 800L-18C10B Clear 800L-18L24C 800L-18L10C 800L-18L20C 800L-18C24C 800L-18C10C Green 800L-18L24G 800L-18L10G 800L-18L20G 800L-18C24G 800L-18C10G Red 800L-18L24R 800L-18L10R 800L-18L20R 800L-18C24R 800L-18C10R 22 mm Indicators LED1 Incandescent 120V AC 240V AC 24V AC/DC 120V AC/DC 24V AC/DC Color Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Amber 800L-22L24A 800L-22L10A 800L-22L20A 800L-22C24A 800L-22C10A 800L-22S24A 800L-22S10A 120/240V AC Blue 800L-22L24B 800L-22L10B 800L-22L20B 800L-22C24B 800L-22C10B 800L-22S24B 800L-22S10B Clear 800L-22L24C 800L-22L10C 800L-22L20C 800L-22C24C 800L-22C10C 800L-22S24C 800L-22S10C Green 800L-22L24G 800L-22L10G 800L-22L20G 800L-22C24G 800L-22C10G 800L-22S24G 800L-22S10G Red 800L-22L24R 800L-22L10R 800L-22L20R 800L-22C24R 800L-22C10R 800L-22S24R 800L-22S10R 1 LED color matches lens color specified. White LED supplied for clear selection. Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 11 Strobe 24V AC/DC www.ab.com/catalogs 10 10-221 12 13 Bulletin 800L 12 mm, 18 mm, 22 mm, and 30 mm Indicators Product Selection 0 Product Selection, Continued 30 mm Indicators LED1 1 2 Incandescent 120V AC 240V AC 24V AC/DC 120V AC/DC 24V AC/DC Color Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Amber 800L-30L24A 800L-30L10A 800L-30L20A 800L-30C24A 800L-30C10A 800L-30S24A 800L-30S10A Blue 800L-30L24B 800L-30L10B 800L-30L20B 800L-30C24B 800L-30C10B 800L-30S24B 800L-30S10B 800L-30L24C 800L-30L10C 800L-30L20C 800L-30C24C 800L-30C10C 800L-30S24C 800L-30S10C Green 800L-30L24G 800L-30L10G 800L-30L20G 800L-30C24G 800L-30C10G 800L-30S24G 800L-30S10G Red 800L-30L24R 800L-30L10R 800L-30L20R 800L-30C24R 800L-30C10R 800L-30S24R 800L-30S10R 1 LED color matches lens color specified. White LED supplied for clear selection. a 3 5 120/240V AC Clear 800L – 30 4 Strobe 24V AC/DC L 24 R b c d a b c d Indicator Size Illumination Type Voltage Lens Color Code Description Code Description Code Description Code 12 12 mm C Incandescent 24 24V AC/DC♣ R Description Red 18 18 mm1 L LED§ 10 120V AC G Green 22 22.5 mm S Xenon strobe 20 240V AC‡ A Amber 30 30.5 mm B Blue C Clear 1 18 mm indicators are only available with LED or incandescent illumination. For 18 mm devices with 120V incandescent lamps, it is recommended that the lens is changed with lamp replacement. LED and Xenon strobe lamps are integral to indicators and are not field replaceable. Entire indicator must be replaced upon lamp failure. ‡ Incandescent illumination not available in 240V option. For 240V strobe, order voltage code 10 (Table c) as strobe is rated for both 120V/240V AC. § LED color will match lens color specified. White LED supplied for clear lens. ♣ 12 mm devices are only available with LED illumination (24V DC or 120V AC). 6 Replacement Parts Replacement Lens Caps 7 Replacement Lamps® Color 8 18 mm 22 mm Lamp Type 30 mm Red 800L-N18R 800L-N22R 800T-N26R Green 800L-N18G 800L-N22G 800T-N26G Amber 800L-N18A 800L-N22A 800T-N26A Blue 800L-N18B 800L-N22B 800T-N26B Clear 800L-N18C 800L-N22C 800T-N26C Incandescent Voltage ANSI No. Cat. No. 24V AC/DC 757 800T-N157 120V AC/DC 949 800T-N169 ® LED and Xenon strobe lamps are integral to indicators and are not field replaceable. Entire indicator must be replaced upon lamp failure. 9 Approximate Dimensions 10 11 A B C Indicator 12 D E F 11/16 (17.5) Inches (mm) 12 mm 1-3/32 (27.8) 5/16 (7.9) 5/8 (15.8) 1/2 (12.7) 3/4 (19.0) 18 mm 1-21/64 (33.7) 57/64 (22.6) 1-1/32 (26.2) 3/4 (18.6) 2-9/32 (58.0) 1-1/8 (28.6) 22 mm 1-21/64 (33.7) 57/64 (22.6) 1-7/32 (31.0) 15/16 (22.6) 2-9/32 (58.0) 1-8/32 (32.5) 30 mm 1-9/16 (39.7) 1-9/64 (29.0) 1-19/32 (40.5) 1-13/64 (30.6) 2-9/32 (58.0) 1-29/32 (48.5) For devices with strobe illumination, Dimension A for 22 mm is 2-7/8 in. (73 mm) and for 30 mm devices it is 3-1/8 in. (79 mm). 13 www.ab.com/catalogs 10-222 Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P Bulletin 800S Standard Duty Stations Product Overview/Selection Bulletin 800S — Standard Duty Stations Table of Contents Bulletin 800S standard duty push button stations are used in control circuits. They offer compact size and dependable peformance. NEMA Type 1 general purpose stations have been designed for greater operating flexibility and ease of wiring. The cover of the station contains the entire contact mechanism. Wiring terminals are located in the base. Spring type, silver plated contacts connect the two assemblies. This unique construction will speed up installation and maintenance. Operating buttons can be rotated 90° to make them suitable for horizontal mounting. This change can be made in the field. Contact Ratings ......... 10-225 Accessories.................. 10-225 Approximate Dimensions................... 10-226 0 1 2 NEMA Type 4 enclosures are die cast aluminum. Standard stations are supplied with a 3/4 in. pipe tap at the bottom. Pilot Lights 3 Push button stations with pilot lights can operate on either 120V or 240V by changing connections. A red pilot lens is supplied. Selector Switches All two-position Bulletin 800S standard duty selector switch stations can be changed to three-position in the field, and the three-position selector switches can be changed to two-position. Instructions for changing are included with each station. In addition to the standard marking, all selector switches are supplied with adhesive backed metal legend plates, marked as follows: OFF-ON, FOR-REV, HAND-AUTO, OPEN-CLOSE, HIGH-LOW, SUMMER-WINTER, SUMMER-OFF-WINTER, HIGH-OFF-LOW, OPEN-OFFCLOSE, FOR-OFF-REV, HAND-OFF-AUTO. 4 5 Product Selection Complete Assembled Stations 6 Flush Mount Units fit a standard GEM or Handy Type Wall Box. Contact Symbol 3 Cat. No. 800S-2AS 7 Type 1 Flush Mount Unit1 — Wall Box not included Grey Painted Flush Plate Stainless Steel Flush Plate Legend Marking Contact Symbol® Cat. No. Cat. No. START STOP 3 800S-2AS 800S-2ASQ 8 1 Not rated for DC operation. 9 Cat. No. 800S-2SAP Momentary Contact Buttons and Pilot Light — 120V or 240V, Type 1. Legend Marking No Legend START STOP ®Contact 10 Cat. No. 800S-2SCM Contact Symbol® 6 Cat. No. 800S-2SAP Maintained Contact Buttons — Type 1 Legend Marking Contact Symbol® Cat. No. No Legend ON OFF 7 800S-2SCM No Legend START STOP 7 800S-2SBM 11 12 Symbols 13 www.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-223 Bulletin 800S Standard Duty Stations Product Selection Complete Assembled Stations, Continued 0 Cat. No. 800S-R3SX 1 2 Cat. No. 800S-R2SXP Selector Switches — Type 1 Selector Switch and Pilot Light — 120V or 240V, Type 1 Contact Symbol® Legend Marking Operator Type OFF-ON 2-Position Selector Switch HAND-OFF-AUTO 3-Position Selector Switch Cat. No. Legend Marking Operator Type Contact Symbol® Cat. No. 8 800S-R2SX No Legend OFF-ON Pilot Light, 2Position Selector Switch 10 800S-R2SXP 9 800S-R3SX No Legend HAND OFF AUTO Pilot Light, 3Position Selector Switch 11 800S-R3SXP 3 4 Cat. No. 800S-2SA Type 1 Type 4 Die Cast Aluminum Enclosure 1 Contact Type Contact Symbol® Cat. No. Cat. No. 1 N.C. 1 800S-1SA 800S-1SA4 1 N.O. 2 800S-1SAK 800S-1SAK4 — 2 800S-1SB 800S-1SB4 1 N.O. - 1 N.C. 3 800S-2SA 800S-2SA4 Momentary Contact Buttons Legend Marking 5 STOP START 6 7 START STOP 1 N.O. - 1 N.O. 4 800S-2SAK 800S-2SAK4 FOR REV — 4 800S-2SB 800S-2SB4 OPEN CLOSE — 4 800S-2SF 800S-2SF4 1 N.O. - 1 N.C. 3 800S-2SE 800S-2SE4 ON OFF 8 9 10 11 12 Cat. No. 800S-2SA4 1 N.O. - 1 N.O. 4 800S-2SEK 800S-2SEK4 RAISE LOWER — 4 800S-2SD 800S-2SD4 UP DOWN — 4 800S-2SC 800S-2SC4 FAST SLOW STOP — 5 800S-3SF — FOR REV STOP — 5 800S-3SA — OPEN CLOSE STOP — 5 800S-3SD — RAISE LOWER STOP — 5 800S-3SB — UP DOWN STOP — 5 800S-3SC — 1 Not rated for DC operation. Flip levers permit attachment of lock without additional accessory. ®Contact Symbols 13 www.ab.com/catalogs 10-224 Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 800S-N1 This device is used with 3-position selector switches. 800S-N60 8 Locking Attachments This device is used with extended push buttons or 2-position selector switches.Bulletin 800S Standard Duty Stations Contact Ratings/Accessories Contact Ratings (IEC 337-1) (NEMA ICS 2-125) Maximum Continuous Current Ith 5 A. No.0 A ‡ For applications below 24V and 24 mA. sealed switch. 4 800S-N90R 5 6 Cat.ab. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P 10-225 . or stackable sealed switch contact blocks are recommended. Bulletin 800S push button stations have control circuit ratings as follows: Utilization Category Rated Operational Current Maximum Operational Voltage Ue IEC NEMA AC 600 AC-11 B600 DC 600 DC-11 P600 Volts UeUe Make Break 480…600 3600VA 360VA 240…480 3600VA 360VA 120…240 30 A 3.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 800S-N1 9 10 Cat. No. No. to lock in the right or left position. are bold. No. 0 1 2 3 Accessories Complete Assembled Stations Description Pilot Light Lens Red lens replacement cap. Bulletin 800T units with Logic Reed.0 A 28…600 138VA 24…28‡ 5. 800S-N90R Lamp 120V lamp 800S-N60 7 Cat. nos. Cat. 800S-N4 11 12 13 www. Holes (2) Ø Mtg.com/catalogs 10-226 Preferred availability cat. 1 lb (0. Holes (4) Shipping Wt. 3 lb (1. 2 lbs (0.Bulletin 800S Standard Duty Stations Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights 0 Dimensions in inches (millimeters).36 kg) 11 12 13 www. Publication A117-CA001B-EN-P . are bold.91 kg) Knockouts for 1/2 (12.7) & 3/4 (19. 1 lb (0. Holes (2) of Conduit 1 2 Padlocking Adjustment For Stop Button Only Padlocking Adjustment 3 for Stop Button Only One. Type 1 — General Purpose Enclosures Knockouts for 1/2 (12.45 kg) 7 Selector Switch Surface Mounting Station Shipping Wt.ab.7) & 3/4 (19.1) Conduits (Top & Bottom) Ø Mtg.1) Conduits (Top & Bottom) Knockouts for 1/2 (12.1) Conduits (Top & Bottom) Ø Mtg.45 kg) Type 4 — Watertight Enclosure 8 9 Pipe Tap 10 Ø Mtg. Holes (2) of Conduit 5 6 Insulation Padlocking Adjustment Three-Unit Surface Mounting Station Shipping Wt.and Two-Unit Surface Mounting Stations Shipping Wt.7) & 3/4 (19.45 kg) 4 Two-Unit Flush Mounting Station Shipping Wt. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. 1 lbs (0. nos.
Report "Allen Bradley Estaciones y Botoneras de Control"